Muhūrta Cintāmaṇi

गौरीश्रवःकेतकपत्रभङ्गमाकृष्य हस्तेन ददन्मुखाग्रे विघ्नं मुहूर्ताकलितद्वितीयदन्तप्ररोहो हरतु द्विपास्यः

gaurīśravaḥketakapatrabhaṅgamākṛṣya hastena dadanmukhāgre vighnaṃ muhūrtākalitadvitīyadantapraroho haratu dvipāsyaḥ

May the elephant-faced one remove obstacles — he who, having drawn out with his hand the ketaka-leaf ornament from Gaurī's ear and held it before his mouth, ⟨so appears as one⟩ whose second tusk has sprouted, reckoned in a muhūrta.

क्रियाकलापप्रतिपत्तिहेतुं सङ्क्षिप्तसारार्थविलासगर्भम् अनन्तदैवज्ञसुतः स रामो मुहूर्तचिन्तामणिमातनोति

kriyākalāpapratipattihetuṃ saṅkṣiptasārārthavilāsagarbham anantadaivajñasutaḥ sa rāmo muhūrtacintāmaṇimātanoti

That Rāma, son of the daivajña Ananta, sets forth the Muhūrtacintāmaṇi — the means of ascertaining the whole body of rites, pregnant with the play of essential meaning set down in brief.

तिथीशा वह्निकौ गौरी गणेशोऽहिर्गुहो रविः शिवो दुर्गाऽन्तको विश्वे हरिः कामः शिवः शशी

tithīśā vahnikau gaurī gaṇeśo'hirguho raviḥ śivo durgā'ntako viśve hariḥ kāmaḥ śivaḥ śaśī

The lords of the tithis ⟨are⟩: Vahni ⟨Agni⟩ and Ka ⟨Brahmā⟩, Gaurī, Gaṇeśa, Ahi ⟨the Serpent⟩, Guha ⟨Kārttikeya⟩, Ravi ⟨the Sun⟩, Śiva, Durgā, Antaka ⟨Yama⟩, the Viśvedevas, Hari ⟨Viṣṇu⟩, Kāma, Śiva, ⟨and⟩ Śaśī ⟨the Moon⟩.

नन्दा च भद्रा च जया च रिक्ता पूर्णेति तिथ्योऽशुभमध्यशस्ताः सितेऽसिते शस्तसमाधमाः स्युः सितज्ञभौमार्किगुरौ च सिद्धाः

nandā ca bhadrā ca jayā ca riktā pūrṇeti tithyo'śubhamadhyaśastāḥ site'site śastasamādhamāḥ syuḥ sitajñabhaumārkigurau ca siddhāḥ

Nandā, Bhadrā, Jayā, Riktā and Pūrṇā — such are the tithis ⟨in five classes⟩; ⟨graded⟩ inauspicious, middling and commended. In the bright ⟨fortnight⟩ and in the dark they are commended, equal and lowest. And on Venus, Mercury, Mars, Saturn and Jupiter ⟨respectively⟩ they are siddhā ⟨accomplished⟩.

नन्दा भद्रा नन्दिकाख्या जया च रिक्ता भद्रा पूर्णसञ्ज्ञा मृताऽर्कात् याम्यं त्वाष्ट्रं वैश्वदेवं धनिष्ठाऽऽर्यम्णं ज्येष्ठाऽन्त्यं रवेर्दग्धभं स्यात्

nandā bhadrā nandikākhyā jayā ca riktā bhadrā pūrṇasañjñā mṛtā'rkāt yāmyaṃ tvāṣṭraṃ vaiśvadevaṃ dhaniṣṭhā''ryamṇaṃ jyeṣṭhā'ntyaṃ raverdagdhabhaṃ syāt

Nandā, Bhadrā, the one called Nandikā ⟨Nandā⟩, Jayā, Riktā, Bhadrā, ⟨and⟩ the one named Pūrṇā — ⟨these are⟩ dead ⟨mṛtā, the death-yoga⟩, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Sun ⟨Sunday onward⟩. Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, Tvāṣṭra ⟨Citrā⟩, Vaiśvadeva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩, Dhaniṣṭhā, Āryamṇa ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩, Jyeṣṭhā, ⟨and⟩ Antya ⟨Revatī⟩ — that is the burnt nakṣatra ⟨dagdha⟩ from the Sun ⟨Sunday onward⟩.

षष्ठ्यादितिथयो मन्दाद्विलोमं प्रतिपद्बुधे सप्तम्यर्केऽधमाः षष्ठ्याद्यामाश्च रदधावने

ṣaṣṭhyāditithayo mandādvilomaṃ pratipadbudhe saptamyarke'dhamāḥ ṣaṣṭhyādyāmāśca radadhāvane

The tithis beginning with the sixth, ⟨set⟩ in reverse from Manda ⟨Saturday⟩; the pratipad on Mercury's day ⟨Wednesday⟩, the seventh on the Sun's ⟨Sunday⟩ — ⟨these are⟩ lowest. And the sixth, the first and the new-moon ⟨tithi are lowest⟩ for tooth-cleaning.

षष्ठ्यष्टमी भूतविधुक्षयेषु नो सेवेत ना तैलपले क्षुरं रतं नाभ्यञ्जनं विश्वदशद्विके तिथौ धात्रीफलैः स्नानममाद्रिगोष्वसत्

ṣaṣṭhyaṣṭamī bhūtavidhukṣayeṣu no seveta nā tailapale kṣuraṃ rataṃ nābhyañjanaṃ viśvadaśadvike tithau dhātrīphalaiḥ snānamamādrigoṣvasat

On the sixth, the eighth, the bhūta ⟨fifth⟩ and the waning of the moon ⟨the new moon⟩, a man should not resort to oil and flesh, to the razor, or to intercourse. ⟨There is⟩ no anointing on the tithis viśva ⟨thirteenth⟩, ten and two. Bathing with dhātrī ⟨āmalaka⟩ fruits is bad on amā ⟨the new moon⟩, on adri ⟨the seventh⟩ and on go ⟨the ninth⟩.

सूर्येशपञ्चाग्निरसाष्टनन्दा वेदाङ्गसप्ताश्विगजाङ्कशैलाः सूर्याङ्गसप्तोरगगोदिगीशा दग्धा विषाख्याश्च हुताशनाश्च

sūryeśapañcāgnirasāṣṭanandā vedāṅgasaptāśvigajāṅkaśailāḥ sūryāṅgasaptoragagodigīśā dagdhā viṣākhyāśca hutāśanāśca

Sūrya ⟨twelve⟩, īśa ⟨eleven⟩, five, agni ⟨three⟩, rasa ⟨six⟩, eight, nandā ⟨nine⟩; veda ⟨four⟩, aṅga ⟨six⟩, seven, aśvi ⟨two⟩, gaja ⟨eight⟩, aṅka ⟨nine⟩, śaila ⟨seven⟩; sūrya ⟨twelve⟩, aṅga ⟨six⟩, seven, uraga ⟨eight⟩, go ⟨nine⟩, dik ⟨ten⟩, īśa ⟨eleven⟩ — ⟨these are⟩ the burnt ⟨dagdha⟩, those called poison ⟨viṣa⟩, and the fire-ones ⟨hutāśana⟩.

सूर्यादिवारे तिथयो भवन्ति मघाविशाखाशिवमूलवह्निः ब्राह्मं करोऽर्काद्यमघण्टकाश्च शुभे विवर्ज्या गमने त्ववश्यम्

sūryādivāre tithayo bhavanti maghāviśākhāśivamūlavahniḥ brāhmaṃ karo'rkādyamaghaṇṭakāśca śubhe vivarjyā gamane tvavaśyam

⟨These⟩ tithis fall on the weekdays beginning with the Sun ⟨Sunday⟩. Maghā, Viśākhā, Śiva ⟨Ārdrā⟩, Mūla, Vahni ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, Kara ⟨Hasta⟩ — ⟨these⟩ from the Sun ⟨Sunday onward⟩ are the Yamaghaṇṭakas. They are to be shunned in auspicious ⟨rites⟩, and unfailingly in travel.

भाद्रे चन्द्रदृशौ नभस्यनलनेत्रे माधवे द्वादशी पौषे वेदशरा इषे दशशिवा मार्गेऽद्रिनागा मधौ गोष्टौ चोभयपक्षगाश्च तिथयः शून्या बुधैः कीर्तिता ऊर्जाषाढतपस्यशुक्रतपसां कृष्णे शराङ्गाब्धयः

bhādre candradṛśau nabhasyanalanetre mādhave dvādaśī pauṣe vedaśarā iṣe daśaśivā mārge'drināgā madhau goṣṭau cobhayapakṣagāśca tithayaḥ śūnyā budhaiḥ kīrtitā ūrjāṣāḍhatapasyaśukratapasāṃ kṛṣṇe śarāṅgābdhayaḥ

In Bhādra ⟨Bhādrapada⟩, candra ⟨one⟩ and dṛś ⟨two⟩; in Nabhas ⟨Śrāvaṇa⟩, anala ⟨three⟩ and netra ⟨two⟩; in Mādhava ⟨Vaiśākha⟩, the twelfth; in Pauṣa, veda ⟨four⟩ and śara ⟨five⟩; in Iṣa ⟨Āśvina⟩, ten and śiva ⟨eleven⟩; in Mārga ⟨Mārgaśīrṣa⟩, adri ⟨seven⟩ and nāga ⟨eight⟩; in Madhu ⟨Caitra⟩, go ⟨nine⟩ and eight. These tithis, falling in both fortnights, are declared void ⟨śūnya⟩ by the wise. Of Ūrja ⟨Kārttika⟩, Āṣāḍha, Tapasya ⟨Phālguna⟩, Śukra ⟨Jyeṣṭha⟩ and Tapas ⟨Māgha⟩, in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩: śara ⟨five⟩, aṅga ⟨six⟩, abdhi ⟨four⟩ …

शक्राः पञ्च सिते शक्राद्र्यग्निविश्वरसाः क्रमात् तथा निन्द्यं शुभे सार्पं द्वादश्यां वैश्वमादिमे

śakrāḥ pañca site śakrādryagniviśvarasāḥ kramāt tathā nindyaṃ śubhe sārpaṃ dvādaśyāṃ vaiśvamādime

… śakra ⟨fourteen⟩ ⟨and⟩ five. In the bright ⟨fortnight⟩: śakra ⟨fourteen⟩, adri ⟨seven⟩, agni ⟨three⟩, viśva ⟨thirteen⟩, rasa ⟨six⟩, in order. Likewise Sārpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ on the twelfth, ⟨and⟩ Vaiśva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ on the first, are censured in an auspicious ⟨rite⟩.

अनुराधा द्वितीयायां पञ्चम्यां पित्र्यभं तथा त्र्युत्तराश्च तृतीयायामेकादश्यां च रोहिणी

anurādhā dvitīyāyāṃ pañcamyāṃ pitryabhaṃ tathā tryuttarāśca tṛtīyāyāmekādaśyāṃ ca rohiṇī

Anurādhā on the second, and Pitrya ⟨Maghā⟩ on the fifth; the three Uttarās on the third, and Rohiṇī on the eleventh.

स्वातीचित्रे त्रयोदश्यां सप्तम्यां हस्तराक्षसे नवम्यां कृत्तिकाऽष्टम्यां पूभा षष्ठ्यां च रोहिणी

svātīcitre trayodaśyāṃ saptamyāṃ hastarākṣase navamyāṃ kṛttikā'ṣṭamyāṃ pūbhā ṣaṣṭhyāṃ ca rohiṇī

Svātī and Citrā on the thirteenth; Hasta and Rākṣasa ⟨Mūla⟩ on the seventh; Kṛttikā on the ninth; Pūbhā ⟨Pūrva Bhādrapadā⟩ on the eighth; and Rohiṇī on the sixth.

कदास्रभे त्वाष्ट्रवायू विश्वेज्यौ भगवासवौ वैश्वश्रुती पाशिपौष्णे अजपादग्निपित्र्यभे

kadāsrabhe tvāṣṭravāyū viśvejyau bhagavāsavau vaiśvaśrutī pāśipauṣṇe ajapādagnipitryabhe

The nakṣatras of Ka ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ and Dāsra ⟨Aśvinī⟩; Tvāṣṭra ⟨Citrā⟩ and Vāyu ⟨Svātī⟩; Viśva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ and Ijya ⟨Puṣya⟩; Bhaga ⟨Pūrva Phalgunī⟩ and Vāsava ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩; Vaiśva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ and Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩; Pāśi ⟨Śatabhiṣā⟩ and Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩; the nakṣatras Ajapād ⟨Pūrva Bhādrapadā⟩, Agni ⟨Kṛttikā⟩ and Pitrya ⟨Maghā⟩.

चित्राद्वीशौ शिवाश्व्यर्काः श्रुतिमूले यमेन्द्रभे चैत्रादिमासे शून्याख्यास्तारा वित्तविनाशदाः

citrādvīśau śivāśvyarkāḥ śrutimūle yamendrabhe caitrādimāse śūnyākhyāstārā vittavināśadāḥ

Citrā and Dvīśa ⟨Viśākhā⟩; Śiva ⟨Ārdrā⟩, Aśvi ⟨Aśvinī⟩, Arka ⟨Hasta⟩; Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩ and Mūla; the nakṣatras of Yama ⟨Bharaṇī⟩ and Indra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩ — ⟨these⟩ in the months beginning with Caitra are the stars called void ⟨śūnya⟩, and they bring the destruction of wealth.

घटो झषो गौर्मिथुनं मेषकन्यालितौलिनः धनुः कर्को मृगः सिंहश्चैत्रादौ शून्यराशयः

ghaṭo jhaṣo gaurmithunaṃ meṣakanyālitaulinaḥ dhanuḥ karko mṛgaḥ siṃhaścaitrādau śūnyarāśayaḥ

Ghaṭa ⟨Aquarius⟩, Jhaṣa ⟨Pisces⟩, Go ⟨Taurus⟩, Mithuna ⟨Gemini⟩, Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩, Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩, Ali ⟨Scorpio⟩, Tulin ⟨Libra⟩, Dhanus ⟨Sagittarius⟩, Karka ⟨Cancer⟩, Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩, Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩ — ⟨these are⟩ the void ⟨śūnya⟩ rāśis in the months beginning with Caitra.

पक्षादितस्त्वोजतिथौ घटैणौ मृगेन्द्रनक्रौ मिथुनाङ्गने च चापेन्दुभे कर्कहरी हयान्त्यौ गोन्त्यौ च नेष्टे तिथिशून्यलग्ने

pakṣāditastvojatithau ghaṭaiṇau mṛgendranakrau mithunāṅgane ca cāpendubhe karkaharī hayāntyau gontyau ca neṣṭe tithiśūnyalagne

But from the beginning of the fortnight, on the odd tithis: Ghaṭa ⟨Aquarius⟩ and Eṇa ⟨Capricorn⟩; Mṛgendra ⟨Leo⟩ and Nakra ⟨Capricorn⟩; Mithuna ⟨Gemini⟩ and Aṅganā ⟨Virgo⟩; Cāpa ⟨Sagittarius⟩ and the Moon's nakṣatra-sign ⟨Cancer⟩; Karka ⟨Cancer⟩ and Hari ⟨Leo⟩; Haya ⟨Sagittarius⟩ and Antya ⟨Pisces⟩; and Go ⟨Taurus⟩ and Antya ⟨Pisces⟩ — the tithi-void lagnas are not desirable.

तिथयो मासशून्याश्च शून्यलग्नानि यान्यपि मध्यदेशे विवर्ज्यानि न दूष्याणीतरेषु तु

tithayo māsaśūnyāśca śūnyalagnāni yānyapi madhyadeśe vivarjyāni na dūṣyāṇītareṣu tu

The ⟨void⟩ tithis, the month-void ⟨rāśis⟩, and whatever void lagnas ⟨there are⟩ — these are to be shunned in Madhyadeśa; but in other ⟨countries⟩ they are not to be held faulty.

पङ्ग्वन्धकाणलग्नानि मासशून्याश्च राशयः गौडमालवयोस्त्याज्या अन्यदेशे न गर्हिताः

paṅgvandhakāṇalagnāni māsaśūnyāśca rāśayaḥ gauḍamālavayostyājyā anyadeśe na garhitāḥ

The lame, blind and one-eyed lagnas, and the month-void rāśis, are to be rejected in Gauḍa and Mālava; in another country they are not censured.

वर्जयेत्सर्वकार्येषु हस्तार्कं पञ्चमीतिथौ भौमाश्विनीं च सप्तम्यां षष्ठ्यां चन्द्रैन्दवं तथा

varjayetsarvakāryeṣu hastārkaṃ pañcamītithau bhaumāśvinīṃ ca saptamyāṃ ṣaṣṭhyāṃ candraindavaṃ tathā

In all undertakings one should reject Hasta with the Sun ⟨Sunday⟩ on the fifth tithi; Aśvinī with Mars ⟨Tuesday⟩ on the seventh; and on the sixth, likewise, Aindava ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩ with the Moon ⟨Monday⟩.

बुधानुराधामष्टम्यां दशम्यां भृगुरेवतीं नवम्यां गुरुपुष्यं चैकादश्यां शनिरोहिणीम्

budhānurādhāmaṣṭamyāṃ daśamyāṃ bhṛgurevatīṃ navamyāṃ gurupuṣyaṃ caikādaśyāṃ śanirohiṇīm

On the eighth, Mercury ⟨Wednesday⟩ with Anurādhā; on the tenth, Venus ⟨Friday⟩ with Revatī; on the ninth, Jupiter ⟨Thursday⟩ with Puṣya; and on the eleventh, Saturn ⟨Saturday⟩ with Rohiṇī.

गृहप्रवेशे यात्रायां विवाहे च यथाक्रमम् भौमेऽश्विनीं शनौ ब्राह्मं गुरौ पुष्यं विवर्ज्जयेत्

gṛhapraveśe yātrāyāṃ vivāhe ca yathākramam bhaume'śvinīṃ śanau brāhmaṃ gurau puṣyaṃ vivarjjayet

In house-entry, in a journey and in marriage, respectively, one should reject Aśvinī on Mars' day ⟨Tuesday⟩, Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ on Saturn's ⟨Saturday⟩, and Puṣya on Jupiter's ⟨Thursday⟩.

आनन्दाख्यः कालदण्डश्च धूम्रो धाता सौम्यो ध्वाङ्क्षकेतू क्रमेण श्रीवत्साख्यो वज्रकं मुद्गरश्च च्छत्रं मित्रं मानसं पद्मलुम्बौ

ānandākhyaḥ kāladaṇḍaśca dhūmro dhātā saumyo dhvāṅkṣaketū krameṇa śrīvatsākhyo vajrakaṃ mudgaraśca cchatraṃ mitraṃ mānasaṃ padmalumbau

The one called Ānanda, and Kāladaṇḍa, Dhūmra, Dhātā, Saumya, Dhvāṅkṣa and Ketu, in order; the one called Śrīvatsa, Vajra, Mudgara, Chatra, Mitra, Mānasa, Padma and Lumba.

उत्पातमृत्यू किल काणसिद्धी शुभोऽमृताख्यो मुसलं गदश्च मातङ्गरक्षश्चरसुस्थिराख्यप्रवर्धमानाः फलदाः स्वनाम्ना

utpātamṛtyū kila kāṇasiddhī śubho'mṛtākhyo musalaṃ gadaśca mātaṅgarakṣaścarasusthirākhyapravardhamānāḥ phaladāḥ svanāmnā

Utpāta and Mṛtyu indeed, Kāṇa and Siddhi, the auspicious one named Amṛta, Musala and Gada, Mātaṅga, Rakṣas, and those called Cara, Susthira and Pravardhamāna — ⟨all these⟩ give fruit according to their own names.

दास्रादर्के मृगादिन्दौ सार्पाद्भौमे कराद्बुधे मैत्राद्गुरौ भृगौ वैश्वाद्गण्या मन्दे च वारुणात्

dāsrādarke mṛgādindau sārpādbhaume karādbudhe maitrādgurau bhṛgau vaiśvādgaṇyā mande ca vāruṇāt

⟨They are⟩ to be counted from Dāsra ⟨Aśvinī⟩ on the Sun's day ⟨Sunday⟩, from Mṛga ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩ on the Moon's ⟨Monday⟩, from Sārpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ on Mars' ⟨Tuesday⟩, from Kara ⟨Hasta⟩ on Mercury's ⟨Wednesday⟩, from Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩ on Jupiter's ⟨Thursday⟩, from Vaiśva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ on Venus' ⟨Friday⟩, and from Vāruṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣā⟩ on Saturn's ⟨Saturday⟩.

ध्वाङ्क्षे वज्रे मुद्गरे चेषुनाड्यो वर्ज्या वेदाः पद्मलुम्बे गदेऽश्वाः धूम्रे काणे मौसले भूर्द्वयं द्वे रक्षोमृत्यूत्पातकालाश्च सर्वे

dhvāṅkṣe vajre mudgare ceṣunāḍyo varjyā vedāḥ padmalumbe gade'śvāḥ dhūmre kāṇe mausale bhūrdvayaṃ dve rakṣomṛtyūtpātakālāśca sarve

In Dhvāṅkṣa, Vajra and Mudgara, iṣu ⟨five⟩ nāḍīs are to be shunned; veda ⟨four⟩ in Padma and Lumba; in Gada, aśva ⟨seven⟩; in Dhūmra, Kāṇa and Mausala ⟨Musala⟩, bhū ⟨one⟩, a pair ⟨two⟩, two; and the whole durations of Rakṣas, Mṛtyu and Utpāta.

सूर्यभाद्वेदगोतर्कदिग्विश्वनखसम्मिते चन्द्रर्क्षे रवियोगाः स्युर्दोषसङ्घविनाशकाः

sūryabhādvedagotarkadigviśvanakhasammite candrarkṣe raviyogāḥ syurdoṣasaṅghavināśakāḥ

When the Moon's nakṣatra is at ⟨a distance⟩ measured by veda ⟨four⟩, go ⟨nine⟩, tarka ⟨six⟩, dik ⟨ten⟩, viśva ⟨thirteen⟩ or nakha ⟨twenty⟩ from the Sun's nakṣatra, there are the Ravi-yogas, destroyers of the whole mass of blemishes.

सूर्येऽर्कमूलोत्तरपुष्यदास्रं चन्द्रे श्रुतिब्राह्मशशीज्यमैत्रम् भौमेऽश्व्यहिर्बुध्न्यकृशानुसार्पं ज्ञे ब्राह्ममैत्रार्ककृशानुचान्द्रम्

sūrye'rkamūlottarapuṣyadāsraṃ candre śrutibrāhmaśaśījyamaitram bhaume'śvyahirbudhnyakṛśānusārpaṃ jñe brāhmamaitrārkakṛśānucāndram

On the Sun's day ⟨Sunday⟩: Arka ⟨Hasta⟩, Mūla, the Uttarās, Puṣya, Dāsra ⟨Aśvinī⟩. On the Moon's ⟨Monday⟩: Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, Śaśī ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, Ijya ⟨Puṣya⟩, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩. On Mars' ⟨Tuesday⟩: Aśvi ⟨Aśvinī⟩, Ahirbudhnya ⟨Uttara Bhādrapadā⟩, Kṛśānu ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, Sārpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩. On Mercury's ⟨Wednesday⟩: Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Arka ⟨Hasta⟩, Kṛśānu ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, Cāndra ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩.

जीवेऽन्त्यमैत्राश्व्यदितीज्यधिष्ण्यं शुक्रेऽन्त्यमैत्राश्व्यदितिश्रवोभं शनौ श्रुतिब्राह्मसमीरभानि सर्वार्थसिद्ध्यै कथितानि पूर्वैः

jīve'ntyamaitrāśvyaditījyadhiṣṇyaṃ śukre'ntyamaitrāśvyaditiśravobhaṃ śanau śrutibrāhmasamīrabhāni sarvārthasiddhyai kathitāni pūrvaiḥ

On Jupiter's ⟨Thursday⟩: the nakṣatras Antya ⟨Revatī⟩, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Aśvi ⟨Aśvinī⟩, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Ijya ⟨Puṣya⟩. On Venus' ⟨Friday⟩: Antya ⟨Revatī⟩, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Aśvi ⟨Aśvinī⟩, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Śravas ⟨Śravaṇa⟩. On Saturn's ⟨Saturday⟩: the nakṣatras Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, Samīra ⟨Svātī⟩. These have been declared by the ancients for the accomplishment of every aim.

द्वीशात्तोयाद्वासवात्पौष्णभाच्च ब्राह्मात्पुष्यादर्यमर्क्षाच्चतुर्भैः स्यादुत्पातो मृत्युकाणौ च सिद्धिर्वारेऽर्काद्ये तत्फलं नामतुल्यम्

dvīśāttoyādvāsavātpauṣṇabhācca brāhmātpuṣyādaryamarkṣāccaturbhaiḥ syādutpāto mṛtyukāṇau ca siddhirvāre'rkādye tatphalaṃ nāmatulyam

From Dvīśa ⟨Viśākhā⟩, from Toya ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩, from Vāsava ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩, from the Pauṣṇa nakṣatra ⟨Revatī⟩, from Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, from Puṣya and from Aryaman's nakṣatra ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩ — by fours of nakṣatras there arise Utpāta, Mṛtyu, Kāṇa, and Siddhi, on the weekdays beginning with the Sun ⟨Sunday⟩; their fruit is equal to their name.

कुयोगास्तिथिवारोत्थास्तिथिभोत्था भवारजाः हूणबङ्गखशेष्वेव वर्ज्यास्त्रितयजास्तथा

kuyogāstithivārotthāstithibhotthā bhavārajāḥ hūṇabaṅgakhaśeṣveva varjyāstritayajāstathā

The evil combinations (kuyoga) that arise from tithi and weekday, those that arise from tithi and nakṣatra, those born of nakṣatra and weekday, and likewise those born of all three together — these are to be shunned only among the Hūṇas, the Baṅgas and the Khaśas.

सर्वस्मिन्विधुपापयुक्तनुलवावर्धे निशाह्नोर्घटी त्र्यंशं वै कुनवांशकं ग्रहणतः पूर्वं दिनानां त्रयम् उत्पातग्रहतोऽद्र्यहाँश्च शुभदोत्पातैश्च दुष्टं दिनं षण्मासं ग्रहभिन्नभं त्यज शुभे यौद्धं तथोत्पातभम्

sarvasminvidhupāpayuktanulavāvardhe niśāhnorghaṭī tryaṃśaṃ vai kunavāṃśakaṃ grahaṇataḥ pūrvaṃ dinānāṃ trayam utpātagrahato'dryahām̐śca śubhadotpātaiśca duṣṭaṃ dinaṃ ṣaṇmāsaṃ grahabhinnabhaṃ tyaja śubhe yauddhaṃ tathotpātabham

In every ⟨undertaking reject⟩: half the degree of the lagna joined with the Moon and a malefic; the ghaṭī at the joining of night and day; a third ⟨part⟩ indeed; the evil navāṃśa; the three days before an eclipse; and seven days from a portent-graha; a day spoiled by portents, though otherwise a giver of good; for six months the nakṣatra split by a graha. In auspicious work reject the nakṣatra of a planetary war (yuddha) and likewise the nakṣatra of a portent.

नेष्टं ग्रहर्क्षं सकलार्धपादग्रासे क्रमात्तर्कगुणेन्दुमासान् पूर्वं परस्तादुभयोस्त्रिघस्रा ग्रस्तेऽस्तगे वाभ्युदितेऽर्धखण्डे

neṣṭaṃ graharkṣaṃ sakalārdhapādagrāse kramāttarkaguṇendumāsān pūrvaṃ parastādubhayostrighasrā graste'stage vābhyudite'rdhakhaṇḍe

The nakṣatra of an eclipsed graha is unfit — for six, three and one month respectively when the obscuration is total, half or a quarter. Before and after, for both ⟨luminaries⟩, three days ⟨are shunned⟩. When ⟨the luminary⟩ is eclipsed already set, or has risen ⟨already eclipsed⟩, ⟨the fault is⟩ of half measure.

जन्मर्क्षमासतिथयो व्यतिपातभद्रावैधृत्यमापितृदिनानि तिथिक्षयर्द्धी न्यूनाधिमासकुलिकप्रहरार्द्धपाता विष्कम्भवज्रघटिकात्रयमेव वर्ज्यम्

janmarkṣamāsatithayo vyatipātabhadrāvaidhṛtyamāpitṛdināni tithikṣayarddhī nyūnādhimāsakulikapraharārddhapātā viṣkambhavajraghaṭikātrayameva varjyam

The birth nakṣatra, the birth month and the birth tithi; Vyatīpāta, Bhadrā, Vaidhṛti, the new moon and the pitṛ days; the loss and the gain of a tithi; the deficient month and the intercalary month; Kulika, the half-prahara and the pātas; and of Viṣkambha and Vajra just three ghaṭikās — ⟨all this⟩ is to be shunned.

परिघार्धं पञ्च शूले षट् च गण्डातिगण्डयोः व्याघाते नव नाड्यश्च वर्ज्याः सर्वेषु कर्मसु

parighārdhaṃ pañca śūle ṣaṭ ca gaṇḍātigaṇḍayoḥ vyāghāte nava nāḍyaśca varjyāḥ sarveṣu karmasu

Half of Parigha; five ⟨nāḍīs⟩ in Śūla; six in Gaṇḍa and in Atigaṇḍa; and nine nāḍīs in Vyāghāta — are to be shunned in all works.

वेदाङ्गाष्टनवार्केन्द्रपक्षरन्ध्रतिथौ त्यजेत् वस्वङ्कमनुतत्त्वाशाः शरा नाडीः पराः शुभाः

vedāṅgāṣṭanavārkendrapakṣarandhratithau tyajet vasvaṅkamanutattvāśāḥ śarā nāḍīḥ parāḥ śubhāḥ

On the tithis 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15 and 9 one should reject ⟨respectively⟩ 8, 9, 14, 25, 10 and 5 nāḍīs; the nāḍīs beyond these are auspicious.

कुलिकः कालवेला च यमघण्टश्च कण्टकः वाराद्द्विघ्ने क्रमान्मन्दे बुधे जीवे कुजे क्षणः

kulikaḥ kālavelā ca yamaghaṇṭaśca kaṇṭakaḥ vārāddvighne kramānmande budhe jīve kuje kṣaṇaḥ

Kulika, Kālavelā, Yamaghaṇṭa and Kaṇṭaka: the ⟨evil⟩ moment ⟨is found⟩ from the weekday doubled, ⟨reckoned⟩ in order on Manda ⟨Saturn⟩, Budha ⟨Mercury⟩, Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩ and Kuja ⟨Mars⟩.

सूर्ये षट्स्वर नागदिङ्मनुमिताश्चन्द्रेऽब्धिषट् कुञ्जराङ्कार्काविश्वपुरन्दराः क्षितिसुते द्व्यब्ध्यग्नितर्का दिशः सौम्ये द्व्यब्धिगजाङ्कदिङ्मनुमिता जीवे द्विषड्भास्कराः शक्राख्यास्तिथयः कलाश्च भृगुजे वेदेषुतर्क ग्रहाः

sūrye ṣaṭsvara nāgadiṅmanumitāścandre'bdhiṣaṭ kuñjarāṅkārkāviśvapurandarāḥ kṣitisute dvyabdhyagnitarkā diśaḥ saumye dvyabdhigajāṅkadiṅmanumitā jīve dviṣaḍbhāskarāḥ śakrākhyāstithayaḥ kalāśca bhṛguje vedeṣutarka grahāḥ

On the Sun's ⟨day the measures are⟩ 6, 7, 8, 10 and 14; on the Moon's, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13 and 14; on the Earth's son's ⟨Mars's⟩, 2, 4, 3, 6 and 10; on Saumya's ⟨Mercury's⟩, 2, 4, 8, 9, 10 and 14; on Jīva's ⟨Jupiter's⟩, 2, 6, 12, 14, 15 and 16; on Bhṛgu's son's ⟨Venus's⟩, 4, 5, 6 and 9.

दिग्भास्करा मनुमिताश्च शनौ शशिद्वि नागा दिशो भवदिवाकरसम्मिताश्च दुष्टक्षणः कुलिककण्टककालवेलाः स्युश्चार्द्धयामयमघण्टगताः कलांशः

digbhāskarā manumitāśca śanau śaśidvi nāgā diśo bhavadivākarasammitāśca duṣṭakṣaṇaḥ kulikakaṇṭakakālavelāḥ syuścārddhayāmayamaghaṇṭagatāḥ kalāṃśaḥ

⟨And⟩ 10, 12 and 14; and on Saturn's ⟨day⟩, 1, 2, 8, 10, 11 and 12. The evil moments are Kulika, Kaṇṭaka and Kālavelā, and those belonging to the Ardhayāma and to Yamaghaṇṭa — ⟨these figures being⟩ in kalā-parts.

विपाशेरावतीतीरे शुतुद्र्वाश्च त्रिपुष्करे विवाहादिशुभे नेष्टं होलिकाप्राग्दिनाष्टकम्

vipāśerāvatītīre śutudrvāśca tripuṣkare vivāhādiśubhe neṣṭaṃ holikāprāgdināṣṭakam

On the banks of the Vipāśā and the Irāvatī, and ⟨on the banks⟩ of the Śutudru, ⟨the fault holds⟩ in Tripuṣkara. For marriage and other auspicious rites the eight days preceding Holikā are unfit.

मृत्युक्रकचदग्धादीनिन्दौ शस्ते शुभाञ् जगुः केचिद्यामोत्तरञ्चान्ये यात्रायामेव निन्दितान्

mṛtyukrakacadagdhādīnindau śaste śubhāñ jaguḥ kecidyāmottarañcānye yātrāyāmeva ninditān

Some declared Mṛtyu, Krakaca, Dagdha and the rest auspicious when the Moon is well placed; some ⟨declared them so only⟩ after a yāma; and others ⟨held them⟩ censured in a journey alone.

अयोगे सुयोगोऽपि चेत् स्यात्तदानीमयोगं निहत्यैष सिद्धिं तनोति परे लग्नशुद्ध्या कुयोगादिनाशं दिनार्द्धोत्तरं विष्टिपूर्वं च शस्तम्

ayoge suyogo'pi cet syāttadānīmayogaṃ nihatyaiṣa siddhiṃ tanoti pare lagnaśuddhyā kuyogādināśaṃ dinārddhottaraṃ viṣṭipūrvaṃ ca śastam

If, where there is an evil combination (ayoga), there should also be a good one (suyoga), then this ⟨good one⟩, striking the ayoga down, spreads success. Others ⟨hold⟩ that evil combinations and the rest are destroyed by purity of the lagna. And the latter half of the day, and ⟨the time⟩ before Viṣṭi, is commended.

शुक्ले पूर्वार्धेऽष्टमीपञ्चदश्योर्भद्रैकादश्यां चतुर्थ्यां परार्धे कृष्णेऽन्त्यार्धे स्यात्तृतीयादशम्योः पूर्वे भागे सप्तमीशम्भुतिथ्योः

śukle pūrvārdhe'ṣṭamīpañcadaśyorbhadraikādaśyāṃ caturthyāṃ parārdhe kṛṣṇe'ntyārdhe syāttṛtīyādaśamyoḥ pūrve bhāge saptamīśambhutithyoḥ

In the bright ⟨fortnight, Bhadrā falls⟩ in the first half of the eighth and the fifteenth, and in the latter half of the eleventh and the fourth; in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩ she falls in the last half of the third and the tenth, and in the earlier part of the seventh and the fourteenth.

पञ्चद्व्यद्रिकृताष्टरामरसभूयामादिघट्यः शरा विष्टेरास्यमसद्गजेन्दुरसरामाद्र्यश्वबाणाब्धिषु यामेष्वन्त्यघटीत्रयं शुभकरं पुच्छं तथा वासरे विष्टिस्तिथ्यपरार्धजा शुभकरी रात्रौ तु पूर्वार्धजा

pañcadvyadrikṛtāṣṭarāmarasabhūyāmādighaṭyaḥ śarā viṣṭerāsyamasadgajendurasarāmādryaśvabāṇābdhiṣu yāmeṣvantyaghaṭītrayaṃ śubhakaraṃ pucchaṃ tathā vāsare viṣṭistithyaparārdhajā śubhakarī rātrau tu pūrvārdhajā

⟨Counting⟩ from the beginning of the yāma, at ghaṭīs 5, 2, 7, 4, 8, 3, 6 and 1 — five ⟨ghaṭīs⟩ are the face of Viṣṭi, and evil. In the yāmas ⟨reckoned⟩ 8, 1, 6, 3, 7, 7, 5 and 4, the last three ghaṭīs are auspicious, being the tail. Moreover, by day the Viṣṭi born of the latter half of a tithi is auspicious, but at night the one born of the first half.

कुम्भकर्कद्वये मर्त्ये स्वर्गेऽब्जेऽजात्त्रयेऽलिगे स्त्रीधनुर्जूकनक्रेऽधो भद्रा तत्रैव तत्फलम्

kumbhakarkadvaye martye svarge'bje'jāttraye'lige strīdhanurjūkanakre'dho bhadrā tatraiva tatphalam

In the two ⟨signs reckoned from⟩ Kumbha and Karka ⟨Bhadrā dwells⟩ in the world of men; in Mīna, in the three from Meṣa, and in Vṛścika, in heaven; in Kanyā, Dhanus, Tulā and Makara, below. And her fruit is ⟨felt⟩ in that very ⟨world where she dwells⟩.

वाप्यारामतडागकूपभवनारम्भप्रतिष्ठे व्रता ऽऽरम्भोत्सर्गवधूप्रवेशनमहादानानि सोमाष्टके गोदानाग्रयणप्रपाप्रथमकोपाकर्म वेदव्रतं नीलोद्वाहमथातिपन्नशिशुसंस्कारान् सुरस्थापनम्

vāpyārāmataḍāgakūpabhavanārambhapratiṣṭhe vratā ''rambhotsargavadhūpraveśanamahādānāni somāṣṭake godānāgrayaṇaprapāprathamakopākarma vedavrataṃ nīlodvāhamathātipannaśiśusaṃskārān surasthāpanam

The commencement and the consecration of a step-well, a pleasure-garden, a tank, a well and a dwelling; the beginning and the concluding (utsarga) of a vrata, the bride's entry ⟨into the house⟩, and the great gifts; the Soma ⟨sacrifice⟩ and the Aṣṭakā; the godāna, the āgrayaṇa, the first ⟨opening of a⟩ water-booth, the upākarma, the Veda-vratas, the marriage of the blue ⟨bull⟩, and then the saṃskāras of a child whose ⟨proper season⟩ has lapsed, and the installation of a deity —

दीक्षामौञ्जिविवाहमुण्डनमपूर्वं देवतीर्थेक्षणं सन्न्यासाग्निपरिग्रहौ नृपतिसन्दर्शाऽभिषेकौ गमं चातुर्मास्यसमावृती श्रवणयोर्वेधं परीक्षां त्यजेद् वृद्धत्वास्तशिशुत्व इज्यसितयोर्न्यूनाधिमासे तथा

dīkṣāmauñjivivāhamuṇḍanamapūrvaṃ devatīrthekṣaṇaṃ sannyāsāgniparigrahau nṛpatisandarśā'bhiṣekau gamaṃ cāturmāsyasamāvṛtī śravaṇayorvedhaṃ parīkṣāṃ tyajed vṛddhatvāstaśiśutva ijyasitayornyūnādhimāse tathā

— the dīkṣā, the girding with the muñja ⟨cord⟩, marriage, the tonsure, the first sight of a deity or a tīrtha, sannyāsa and the taking up of the ⟨sacred⟩ fire, the audience of a king and the consecration, setting out ⟨on a journey⟩, the cāturmāsya and the samāvartana, the piercing of the two ears, and examination — one should avoid ⟨all this⟩ during the old age, the combustion and the infancy of Jupiter and Venus, and likewise in a deficient or an intercalary month.

अस्ते वर्ज्यं सिंहनक्रस्थजीवे वर्ज्यं केचिद्वक्रगे चातिचारे गुर्वादित्ये विश्वघस्रेऽपि पक्षे प्रोचुस्तद्वद्दन्तरत्नादिभूषाम्

aste varjyaṃ siṃhanakrasthajīve varjyaṃ kecidvakrage cāticāre gurvāditye viśvaghasre'pi pakṣe procustadvaddantaratnādibhūṣām

⟨All this is⟩ to be shunned at ⟨their⟩ combustion, and to be shunned when Jupiter stands in Siṃha or Makara; some ⟨shun it⟩ also when he is retrograde or in accelerated motion. In the Guru-Āditya ⟨conjunction⟩ too, and in a thirteen-day fortnight, they declared the same — and likewise ⟨forbade⟩ ornaments of ivory, jewels and the rest.

सिंहे गुरौ सिंहलवे विवाहो नेष्टोऽथ गोदोत्तरतश्च यावत् भागीरथीयाम्यतटं हि दोषो नान्यत्र देशे तपनेऽपि मेषे

siṃhe gurau siṃhalave vivāho neṣṭo'tha godottarataśca yāvat bhāgīrathīyāmyataṭaṃ hi doṣo nānyatra deśe tapane'pi meṣe

When Jupiter is in Siṃha, ⟨or⟩ in the Siṃha navāṃśa, marriage is unfit. Now the fault holds from north of the Godāvarī as far as the southern bank of the Bhāgīrathī, and in no other country — even when the Sun is in Meṣa.

मघादिपञ्चपादेषु गुरुः सर्वत्र निन्दितः गङ्गागोदान्तरं हित्वा शेषाङ्घ्रिषु न दोषकृत्

maghādipañcapādeṣu guruḥ sarvatra ninditaḥ gaṅgāgodāntaraṃ hitvā śeṣāṅghriṣu na doṣakṛt

Jupiter in the five pādas beginning with Maghā is censured everywhere; in the remaining pādas he works no fault — leaving aside the ⟨tract⟩ between the Gaṅgā and the Godāvarī.

मेषेऽर्के सन् व्रतोद्वाहो गङ्गागोदान्तरेऽपि च सर्वः सिंहगुरुर्वर्ज्यः कलिङ्गे गौडगुर्जरे

meṣe'rke san vratodvāho gaṅgāgodāntare'pi ca sarvaḥ siṃhagururvarjyaḥ kaliṅge gauḍagurjare

With the Sun in Meṣa the vrata ⟨investiture⟩ and marriage are proper, even in the tract between the Gaṅgā and the Godāvarī. ⟨But⟩ Jupiter in Siṃha is wholly to be shunned in Kaliṅga, in Gauḍa and in Gurjara.

रेवापूर्वे गण्डकीपश्चिमे च शोणस्योदग्दक्षिणे नीच इज्यः वर्ज्यो नायं कौङ्कणे मागधे च गौडे सिन्धौ वर्जनीयः शुभेषु

revāpūrve gaṇḍakīpaścime ca śoṇasyodagdakṣiṇe nīca ijyaḥ varjyo nāyaṃ kauṅkaṇe māgadhe ca gauḍe sindhau varjanīyaḥ śubheṣu

East of the Revā, west of the Gaṇḍakī, and north and south of the Śoṇa, a debilitated Jupiter ⟨is to be shunned⟩. He is not to be shunned in Kauṅkaṇa and in Magadha; in Gauḍa and in Sindhu he must be shunned in auspicious ⟨rites⟩.

गोजान्त्यकुम्भेतरभेऽतिचारगो नो पूर्वराशिं गुरुरेति वक्रितः तदा विलुप्ताब्द इहातिनिन्दितः शुभेषु रेवासुरनिम्नगान्तरे

gojāntyakumbhetarabhe'ticārago no pūrvarāśiṃ gurureti vakritaḥ tadā viluptābda ihātininditaḥ śubheṣu revāsuranimnagāntare

When Jupiter, moving in accelerated motion in a sign other than Vṛṣa, Meṣa, Mīna and Kumbha, does not, on turning retrograde, come back to the earlier rāśi, then it is a lost year (luptābda), and it is here most strongly censured for auspicious rites in the tract between the Revā and the river of the gods.

पादोनरेखापरपूर्वयोजनैः पलैर्युतोनास्तिथयो दिनार्धतः ऊनाधिकास्तद्विवरोद्भवैः पलैरूर्ध्वं तथाऽधो दिनपप्रवेशनम्

pādonarekhāparapūrvayojanaiḥ palairyutonāstithayo dinārdhataḥ ūnādhikāstadvivarodbhavaiḥ palairūrdhvaṃ tathā'dho dinapapraveśanam

By palas ⟨equal to⟩ the yojanas west and east of the ⟨reference⟩ line less a quarter, the tithis ⟨are reckoned⟩ increased or diminished from midday; and by the palas arising from that same interval the Sun's ingress ⟨falls⟩ later or earlier.

वारादेर्घटिका द्विघ्नाः स्वाक्षहृच्छेषवर्जिताः सैकास्तष्टा नगैः कालहोरेशा दिनपात् क्रमात्

vārāderghaṭikā dvighnāḥ svākṣahṛccheṣavarjitāḥ saikāstaṣṭā nagaiḥ kālahoreśā dinapāt kramāt

The ghaṭikās ⟨elapsed⟩ from the beginning of the weekday, doubled, divided by five with the remainder discarded, increased by one and divided by seven ⟨give⟩, counted in order from the lord of the day, the lords of the kālahorās.

वारे प्रोक्तं कालहोरासु तस्य धिष्ण्ये प्रोक्तं स्वामितिथ्यंशकेऽस्य कुर्याद्दिक्छूलादि चिन्त्यं क्षणेषु नैवोल्लङ्घ्यः पारिघश्चापि दण्डः

vāre proktaṃ kālahorāsu tasya dhiṣṇye proktaṃ svāmitithyaṃśake'sya kuryāddikchūlādi cintyaṃ kṣaṇeṣu naivollaṅghyaḥ pārighaścāpi daṇḍaḥ

What is prescribed for a weekday, one should apply in the kālahorās of that ⟨same lord⟩; what is prescribed for a nakṣatra, in the tithi and the aṃśa of its lord. Diśāśūla and the rest are to be considered in the ⟨evil⟩ moments; and the Pārigha rod is by no means to be overstepped.

मन्वाद्यास्त्रितिथी मधौ तिथिरवी ऊर्जे शुचौ दिक्तिथी ज्येष्ठेऽन्त्ये च तिथिस्त्विषे नव तपस्यश्वाः सहस्ये शिवाः भाद्रेऽग्निश्च सिते त्वमाष्टनभसः कृष्णे युगाद्याः सिते गोऽग्नी बाहुलराधयोर्मदनदर्शौ भाद्रमाघासिते

manvādyāstritithī madhau tithiravī ūrje śucau diktithī jyeṣṭhe'ntye ca tithistviṣe nava tapasyaśvāḥ sahasye śivāḥ bhādre'gniśca site tvamāṣṭanabhasaḥ kṛṣṇe yugādyāḥ site go'gnī bāhularādhayormadanadarśau bhādramāghāsite

The Manvādi ⟨tithis⟩: the third and the fifteenth in Madhu ⟨Caitra⟩; the fifteenth and the twelfth in Ūrja ⟨Kārttika⟩; the tenth and the fifteenth in Śuci ⟨Āṣāḍha⟩; the fifteenth in Jyeṣṭha and in the last ⟨month⟩; but the ninth in Iṣa ⟨Āśvina⟩; the seventh in Tapas ⟨Māgha⟩; the eleventh in Sahasya ⟨Pauṣa⟩; the third in Bhādra, in the bright ⟨fortnight⟩; but the new moon ⟨of Bhādra⟩ and the eighth of Nabhas ⟨Śrāvaṇa⟩ in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩. The Yugādi ⟨tithis⟩: in the bright ⟨fortnight⟩ the ninth and the third, in Bāhula ⟨Kārttika⟩ and Rādha ⟨Vaiśākha⟩; the thirteenth and the new moon in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩ of Bhādra and Māgha.

नासत्याऽन्तकवह्निधातृशशभृद्रुद्रादितीज्योरगा ऋक्षेशाः पितरो भगोऽर्यमरवी त्वष्टा समीरः क्रमात् शक्राग्नी खलु मित्र इन्द्रनिरृतिक्षीराणि विश्वे विधिर्गोविन्दो वसुतोयपाऽजचरणाऽहिर्बुध्न्यपूषाभिधाः

nāsatyā'ntakavahnidhātṛśaśabhṛdrudrāditījyoragā ṛkṣeśāḥ pitaro bhago'ryamaravī tvaṣṭā samīraḥ kramāt śakrāgnī khalu mitra indranirṛtikṣīrāṇi viśve vidhirgovindo vasutoyapā'jacaraṇā'hirbudhnyapūṣābhidhāḥ

The Nāsatyas ⟨the Aśvins⟩, Antaka ⟨Yama⟩, Vahni ⟨Agni⟩, Dhātṛ, Śaśabhṛt ⟨the Moon⟩, Rudra, Aditi, Ijya ⟨Bṛhaspati⟩ and the Uragas ⟨the serpents⟩ are the lords of the asterisms ⟨from Aśvinī onward⟩; then the Pitṛs, Bhaga, Aryaman, Ravi ⟨the Sun⟩, Tvaṣṭṛ, Samīra ⟨Vāyu⟩, in order; then Śakra-and-Agni ⟨together⟩, Mitra indeed, Indra, Nirṛti, the Waters, the Viśve ⟨devas⟩, Vidhi ⟨Brahmā⟩, Govinda ⟨Viṣṇu⟩, the Vasus, Toyapa ⟨Varuṇa⟩, Aja-caraṇa ⟨Aja Ekapād⟩, Ahirbudhnya and Pūṣan — such are their names.

उत्तरात्रयरोहिण्यो भास्करश्च ध्रुवं स्थिरं तत्र स्थिरं बीजगेहशान्त्यारामादि सिद्धये

uttarātrayarohiṇyo bhāskaraśca dhruvaṃ sthiraṃ tatra sthiraṃ bījagehaśāntyārāmādi siddhaye

The three Uttarās and Rohiṇī, and the Sun ⟨Sunday⟩, are dhruva, ‘fixed’ (sthira). In them fixed works succeed — sowing of seed, house-building, śānti rites, laying out gardens and the like.

स्वात्यादित्ये श्रुतेस्त्रीणि चन्द्रश्चापि चरं चलं तस्मिन् गजादिकारोहो वाटिकागमनादिकम्

svātyāditye śrutestrīṇi candraścāpi caraṃ calaṃ tasmin gajādikāroho vāṭikāgamanādikam

Svātī, Punarvasu (Aditi's) and the three beginning with Śravaṇa ⟨Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj⟩, and also the Moon ⟨Monday⟩, are cara, ‘moving’ (cala). In that ⟨class⟩ mounting elephants and the like, going to pleasure-gardens, and so forth ⟨are done⟩.

पूर्वात्रयं याम्यमघे उग्रं क्रूरं कुजस्तथा तस्मिन् घाताग्निशाठ्यानि विषशस्त्रादि सिद्ध्यति

pūrvātrayaṃ yāmyamaghe ugraṃ krūraṃ kujastathā tasmin ghātāgniśāṭhyāni viṣaśastrādi siddhyati

The three Pūrvās, Bharaṇī (Yama's) and Maghā are ugra, ‘fierce’ (krūra), and likewise Mars ⟨Tuesday⟩. In that ⟨class⟩ killing, arson, treachery, poison, weapons and the like succeed.

विशाखाग्नेयभे सौम्यो मिश्रं साधारणं स्मृतं तत्राग्निकार्यं मिश्रं च वृषोत्सर्गादि सिद्ध्यति

viśākhāgneyabhe saumyo miśraṃ sādhāraṇaṃ smṛtaṃ tatrāgnikāryaṃ miśraṃ ca vṛṣotsargādi siddhyati

Viśākhā and the Āgneya asterism ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, and Mercury ⟨Wednesday⟩, are held to be miśra, ‘common’ (sādhāraṇa). In that ⟨class⟩ fire-rites, mixed works, the release of a bull (vṛṣotsarga) and the like succeed.

हस्ताश्विपुष्याभिजितः क्षिप्रं लघु गुरुस्तथा तस्मिन् पण्यरतिज्ञानं भूषाशिल्पकलादिकम्

hastāśvipuṣyābhijitaḥ kṣipraṃ laghu gurustathā tasmin paṇyaratijñānaṃ bhūṣāśilpakalādikam

Hasta, Aśvinī, Puṣya and Abhijit are kṣipra, ‘swift’ (laghu), and likewise Jupiter ⟨Thursday⟩. In that ⟨class⟩: trade, love-making, learning, ornaments, crafts, the arts and the like.

मृगान्त्यचित्रामित्रर्क्षं मृदु मैत्रं भृगुस्तथा तत्र गीताम्बरक्रीडा मित्रकार्यं विभूषणम्

mṛgāntyacitrāmitrarkṣaṃ mṛdu maitraṃ bhṛgustathā tatra gītāmbarakrīḍā mitrakāryaṃ vibhūṣaṇam

Mṛgaśiras, Revatī (the last), Citrā and the Maitra asterism ⟨Anurādhā⟩ are mṛdu, ‘soft’ (maitra), and likewise Venus ⟨Friday⟩. In them: song, garments, sport, dealings with friends, adornment.

मूलेन्द्रार्द्राहिभं सौरिस्तीक्ष्णं दारुणसञ्ज्ञकं तत्राभिचारघातोग्रभेदाः पशुदमादिकम्

mūlendrārdrāhibhaṃ sauristīkṣṇaṃ dāruṇasañjñakaṃ tatrābhicāraghātograbhedāḥ paśudamādikam

Mūla, Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's), Ārdrā and the serpent asterism ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, and Saturn ⟨Saturday⟩, are tīkṣṇa, called dāruṇa ‘dreadful’. In that ⟨class⟩: sorcery (abhicāra), slaying, fierce breaches, the breaking-in of beasts and the like.

मूलाहिमिश्रोग्रमधोमुखं भवेदूर्ध्वास्यमार्द्रेज्यहरित्रयं ध्रुवं तिर्यङ्मुखं मैत्रकरानिलादितिज्येष्ठाश्विभानीदृशकृत्यमेषु सत्

mūlāhimiśrogramadhomukhaṃ bhavedūrdhvāsyamārdrejyaharitrayaṃ dhruvaṃ tiryaṅmukhaṃ maitrakarānilāditijyeṣṭhāśvibhānīdṛśakṛtyameṣu sat

Mūla, Āśleṣā, the miśra ⟨Viśākhā and Kṛttikā⟩ and the ugra ⟨asterisms⟩ are downward-faced (adhomukha); Ārdrā, Puṣya, the three of Hari ⟨Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj⟩ and the dhruva ⟨group⟩ are upward-faced (ūrdhvāsya); the maitra ⟨group⟩, Hasta, Svātī (Anila's), Punarvasu (Aditi's), Jyeṣṭhā and Aśvinī are level-faced (tiryaṅmukha). In these ⟨asterisms⟩ works of like ⟨direction⟩ are good.

पौष्णध्रुवाश्विकरपञ्चकवासवेज्या दित्ये प्रवालरदशङ्खसुवर्णवस्त्रं धार्यं विरिक्तशनिचन्द्रकुजेऽह्नि रक्तं भौमे ध्रुवादितियुगे सुभगा न दध्यात्

pauṣṇadhruvāśvikarapañcakavāsavejyā ditye pravālaradaśaṅkhasuvarṇavastraṃ dhāryaṃ viriktaśanicandrakuje'hni raktaṃ bhaume dhruvāditiyuge subhagā na dadhyāt

In Revatī (Pūṣan's), the dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩, Aśvinī, the pentad beginning with Hasta, Dhaniṣṭhā, Puṣya and Punarvasu, coral, ivory, conch, gold and cloth are to be worn — on a day that has no riktā ⟨tithi⟩ and is not Saturn's, the Moon's or Mars's; ⟨but⟩ red on Mars's ⟨day⟩. In the dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩ and Punarvasu paired ⟨with them⟩ a fortunate wife should not put ⟨new cloth⟩ on.

वस्त्राणां नवभागकेषु च चतुष्कोणेऽमरा राक्षसा मध्यत्र्यंशगता नरास्तु सदशे पाशे च मध्यांशयोः दग्धे वा स्फुटितेऽम्बरे नवतरे पङ्कादिलिप्ते न सद्रक्षोंऽशे नृसुरांशयोः शुभमसत्सर्वांशके प्रान्ततः

vastrāṇāṃ navabhāgakeṣu ca catuṣkoṇe'marā rākṣasā madhyatryaṃśagatā narāstu sadaśe pāśe ca madhyāṃśayoḥ dagdhe vā sphuṭite'mbare navatare paṅkādilipte na sadrakṣoṃ'śe nṛsurāṃśayoḥ śubhamasatsarvāṃśake prāntataḥ

And in the nine parts of a garment: in the four corners the gods; the rākṣasas occupy the three middle parts; men ⟨are⟩ in the fringed part and in the pāśa, ⟨these⟩ lying in the middle portions. When a garment, new, is burnt or split or smeared with mud and the like, ⟨that⟩ is not good in the rākṣasa portion; in the men's and gods' portions it is auspicious; in every portion it is inauspicious at the very edge.

विप्राज्ञया तथोद्वाहे राज्ञा प्रीत्याऽर्पितञ्च यत् निन्द्येऽपि धिष्ण्ये वारादौ वस्त्रं धार्यं जगुर्बुधाः

viprājñayā tathodvāhe rājñā prītyā'rpitañca yat nindye'pi dhiṣṇye vārādau vastraṃ dhāryaṃ jagurbudhāḥ

What is ⟨worn⟩ by a brahmin's direction, and likewise at a marriage, and what a king has bestowed in affection — such cloth may be worn even in a censured asterism, weekday and so on: so the wise have declared.

राधामूलमृदुध्रुवर्क्षवरुणक्षिप्रैर्लतापादपा रोपोऽथो नृपदर्शनं ध्रुवमृदुक्षिप्रश्रवोवासवैः तीक्ष्णोग्राम्बुपभेषु मद्यमुदितं क्षिप्रान्त्यवह्नीन्द्रभादित्येन्द्राम्बुपवासवेषु हि गवां शस्तः क्रयो विक्रयः

rādhāmūlamṛdudhruvarkṣavaruṇakṣiprairlatāpādapā ropo'tho nṛpadarśanaṃ dhruvamṛdukṣipraśravovāsavaiḥ tīkṣṇogrāmbupabheṣu madyamuditaṃ kṣiprāntyavahnīndrabhādityendrāmbupavāsaveṣu hi gavāṃ śastaḥ krayo vikrayaḥ

By Viśākhā (Rādhā), Mūla, the mṛdu and dhruva asterisms, Śatabhiṣaj (Varuṇa's) and the kṣipra ⟨asterisms⟩, the planting of creepers and trees; and then the seeing of a king by the dhruva, mṛdu and kṣipra ⟨asterisms⟩, Śravaṇa and Dhaniṣṭhā. In the tīkṣṇa, ugra and Śatabhiṣaj asterisms liquor is spoken of ⟨as fit⟩; and in the kṣipra ⟨asterisms — Aśvinī, Puṣya, Hasta⟩, Revatī (antya), Viśākhā (vahni-indra, the asterism of Agni and Indra), Punarvasu (Aditi's), Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's), Śatabhiṣaj (Varuṇa's) and Dhaniṣṭhā (Vasu's) — nine in all — the buying and selling of cattle is commended.

लग्ने शुभे चाष्टमशुद्धिसंयुते रक्षा पशूनां निजयोनिभे चरे रिक्ताऽष्टमीदर्शकुजश्रवोध्रुवत्वाष्ट्रेषु यानं स्थितिवेशनं न सत्

lagne śubhe cāṣṭamaśuddhisaṃyute rakṣā paśūnāṃ nijayonibhe care riktā'ṣṭamīdarśakujaśravodhruvatvāṣṭreṣu yānaṃ sthitiveśanaṃ na sat

With the lagna auspicious and joined to purity of the eighth ⟨house⟩, the securing of cattle ⟨is done⟩ in their own yoni asterism and in a cara ⟨asterism⟩. On riktā ⟨tithis⟩, the eighth ⟨tithi⟩, the new moon, Tuesday, Śravaṇa, the dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩ and Citrā (Tvaṣṭṛ's), journeying, halting and entering ⟨a dwelling⟩ are not good.

भैषज्यं सल्लघुमृदुचरे मूलभे द्व्यङ्गलग्ने शुक्रेन्द्विज्ये विदि च दिवसे चापि तेषां रवेश्च शुद्धे रिष्फद्युनमृतिगृहे सत्तिथौ नो जनेर्भे सूचीकर्माऽप्यदितिवसुभत्वाष्ट्रमित्राश्विपुष्ये

bhaiṣajyaṃ sallaghumṛducare mūlabhe dvyaṅgalagne śukrendvijye vidi ca divase cāpi teṣāṃ raveśca śuddhe riṣphadyunamṛtigṛhe sattithau no janerbhe sūcīkarmā'pyaditivasubhatvāṣṭramitrāśvipuṣye

Medicine ⟨is good⟩ in the laghu, mṛdu and cara ⟨asterisms⟩ and in Mūla, in a dual-bodied lagna, on the days of Venus, the Moon, Jupiter, Mercury and the Sun as well, when the 12th (riṣpha), 7th (dyuna) and 8th (mṛti) houses are clean and the tithi is good — but not in one's own birth asterism. Needle-work also ⟨is done⟩ in Punarvasu, Dhaniṣṭhā, Citrā, Anurādhā, Aśvinī and Puṣya.

क्रयर्क्षे विक्रयो नेष्टो विक्रयर्क्षे क्रयोऽपि न पौष्णाम्बुपाश्विनीवातश्रवश्चित्राः क्रये शुभाः

krayarkṣe vikrayo neṣṭo vikrayarkṣe krayo'pi na pauṣṇāmbupāśvinīvātaśravaścitrāḥ kraye śubhāḥ

In a buying asterism selling is not liked; in a selling asterism buying is not either. Revatī (Pūṣan's), Śatabhiṣaj, Aśvinī, Svātī (Vāta's), Śravaṇa and Citrā are auspicious for buying.

पूर्वाद्वीशकृशानुसार्पयमभे केन्द्रद्विकोणे शुभैः षट्त्र्यायेष्वशुभैर्विना घटतनुं सन्विक्रयः सत्तिथौ रिक्ताभौमघटान्विना च विपणिर्मित्रध्रुवक्षिप्रभैर्लग्ने चन्द्रसिते व्ययाष्टरहितैः पापैः शुभैर्द्व्यायखे

pūrvādvīśakṛśānusārpayamabhe kendradvikoṇe śubhaiḥ ṣaṭtryāyeṣvaśubhairvinā ghaṭatanuṃ sanvikrayaḥ sattithau riktābhaumaghaṭānvinā ca vipaṇirmitradhruvakṣiprabhairlagne candrasite vyayāṣṭarahitaiḥ pāpaiḥ śubhairdvyāyakhe

In the Pūrvās, Viśākhā (of the two lords), Kṛttikā (Kṛśānu's), Āśleṣā (the serpent's) and Bharaṇī (Yama's), with benefics in a kendra and the two trikoṇas, with malefics in the 6th, 3rd and 11th, and Aquarius excluded as the lagna, selling is good, on a good tithi. And trade ⟨is good⟩, excluding riktā ⟨tithis⟩, Tuesday and Aquarius, by Anurādhā, the dhruva and kṣipra asterisms, with the lagna on a day of the Moon or Venus, with malefics kept out of the 12th and 8th and benefics in the 2nd, 11th and 10th.

क्षिप्रान्त्यवस्विन्दुमरुञ्जलेशादित्येष्वरिक्तारदिने प्रशस्तं स्याद्वाजिकृत्यं त्वथ हस्तिकार्यं कुर्यान्मृदुक्षिप्रचरेषु विद्वान्

kṣiprāntyavasvindumaruñjaleśādityeṣvariktāradine praśastaṃ syādvājikṛtyaṃ tvatha hastikāryaṃ kuryānmṛdukṣipracareṣu vidvān

In the kṣipra ⟨asterisms⟩, Revatī, Dhaniṣṭhā, Mṛgaśiras (the Moon's), Svātī (Marut's), Śatabhiṣaj (the water-lord's) and Punarvasu, on a day that is neither a riktā ⟨tithi⟩ nor Āra's ⟨Mars's⟩, work with horses is commended; but elephant-work the learned man should do in the mṛdu, kṣipra and cara ⟨asterisms⟩.

स्याद् भूषाघटनं त्रिपुष्करचरक्षिप्रध्रुवे रत्नयुक् तत्तीक्ष्णोग्रविहीनभे रविकुजे मेषालिसिंहे तनौ तन्मुक्तासहितं चरध्रुवमृदुक्षिप्रे शुभे सत्तनौ तीक्ष्णोग्राश्विमृगे द्विदैवदहने शस्त्रं शुभं घट्टितम्

syād bhūṣāghaṭanaṃ tripuṣkaracarakṣipradhruve ratnayuk tattīkṣṇogravihīnabhe ravikuje meṣālisiṃhe tanau tanmuktāsahitaṃ caradhruvamṛdukṣipre śubhe sattanau tīkṣṇogrāśvimṛge dvidaivadahane śastraṃ śubhaṃ ghaṭṭitam

The fashioning of ornaments falls in the tripuṣkara, cara, kṣipra and dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩; that ⟨ornament⟩ set with gems, in an asterism free of the tīkṣṇa and ugra ⟨classes⟩, on the days of the Sun and Mars, with Aries, Scorpio or Leo as the lagna; that ⟨ornament⟩ with pearls, in the cara, dhruva, mṛdu and kṣipra ⟨asterisms⟩, auspicious, with a good lagna. In the tīkṣṇa and ugra ⟨asterisms⟩, Aśvinī, Mṛgaśiras, Viśākhā (of the two deities) and Kṛttikā (the burner's), a weapon is auspiciously forged.

मुद्राणां पातनं सद्ध्रुवमृदुचरभक्षिप्रभैर्वीन्दुसौरे घस्रे पूर्णाजयाख्ये न च गुरुभृगुजास्ते विलग्ने शुभैः स्यात् वस्त्राणां क्षालनं सद्वसुहयदिनकृत्पञ्चकादित्यपुष्ये नो रिक्तापर्वषष्ठीपितृदिनरविजज्ञेषु कार्यं कदापि

mudrāṇāṃ pātanaṃ saddhruvamṛducarabhakṣiprabhairvīndusaure ghasre pūrṇājayākhye na ca gurubhṛgujāste vilagne śubhaiḥ syāt vastrāṇāṃ kṣālanaṃ sadvasuhayadinakṛtpañcakādityapuṣye no riktāparvaṣaṣṭhīpitṛdinaravijajñeṣu kāryaṃ kadāpi

The striking of seals is good by the dhruva, mṛdu, cara and kṣipra asterisms, on a day other than the Moon's and Saturn's, on a pūrṇā or jayā ⟨tithi⟩, and not when Jupiter and Venus are set; with benefics in the lagna it obtains. The washing of clothes is good in Dhaniṣṭhā, Aśvinī, the pentad beginning with Hasta (the day-maker's), Punarvasu and Puṣya; it should never be done on riktā ⟨tithis⟩, the parvans, the sixth, the day of the Manes, or on Saturday and Wednesday.

सन्धार्याः कुन्तवर्मेष्वसनशरकृपाणासिपुत्र्यो विरिक्ते शुक्रेज्यार्केऽह्नि मैत्रध्रुवलघुसहितादित्यशाक्रद्विदैवे स्युर्लग्नेऽपि स्थिराख्ये शशिनि च शुभदृष्टे शुभैः केन्द्रगैः स्या द्भोगः शय्यासनादेर्ध्रुवमृदुलघुहर्यन्तकादित्य इष्टः

sandhāryāḥ kuntavarmeṣvasanaśarakṛpāṇāsiputryo virikte śukrejyārke'hni maitradhruvalaghusahitādityaśākradvidaive syurlagne'pi sthirākhye śaśini ca śubhadṛṣṭe śubhaiḥ kendragaiḥ syā dbhogaḥ śayyāsanāderdhruvamṛdulaghuharyantakāditya iṣṭaḥ

Spear, armour, bow, arrow, scimitar, sword and dagger are to be taken up on a day of Venus, Jupiter or the Sun free of riktā ⟨tithis⟩, in Anurādhā, the dhruva and laghu ⟨asterisms⟩ together with Punarvasu, Jyeṣṭhā (Śakra's) and Viśākhā (of the two deities), and with the lagna in a fixed sign as well, the Moon aspected by benefics and benefics in the kendras. The use of bed, seat and the like is desired in the dhruva, mṛdu and laghu ⟨asterisms⟩, Śravaṇa (Hari's), Bharaṇī (Antaka's) and Punarvasu.

अन्धाक्षं वसुपुष्यधातृजलभद्वीशार्यमान्त्याभिधं मन्दाक्षं रविविश्वमित्रजलपाश्लेषाश्विचान्द्रं भवेत् मध्याक्षं शिवपित्रजैकचरणत्वाष्ट्रैन्द्रविध्यन्तकं स्वक्षं स्वात्यदितिश्रवोदहनभाहिर्बुध्न्यरक्षो भगम्

andhākṣaṃ vasupuṣyadhātṛjalabhadvīśāryamāntyābhidhaṃ mandākṣaṃ raviviśvamitrajalapāśleṣāśvicāndraṃ bhavet madhyākṣaṃ śivapitrajaikacaraṇatvāṣṭraindravidhyantakaṃ svakṣaṃ svātyaditiśravodahanabhāhirbudhnyarakṣo bhagam

Blind-eyed are those named Dhaniṣṭhā, Puṣya, Rohiṇī (Dhātṛ's), the water asterism ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩, Viśākhā (of the two lords), Uttaraphalgunī (Aryaman's) and Revatī (the last). Dull-eyed are Hasta (the Sun's), Uttarāṣāḍhā (the Viśvedevas'), Anurādhā (Mitra's), Śatabhiṣaj (the water-lord's), Āśleṣā, Aśvinī and Mṛgaśiras (the Moon's). Middling-eyed are Ārdrā (Śiva's), Maghā (the Manes'), Pūrvabhādrapadā (the one-footed's), Citrā (Tvaṣṭṛ's), Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's), Abhijit (Vidhi's) and Bharaṇī (Antaka's). Fine-eyed are Svātī, Punarvasu (Aditi's), Śravaṇa, Kṛttikā (the burner's), Uttarabhādrapadā (Ahirbudhnya's), Mūla (Rakṣas's) and Pūrvaphalgunī (Bhaga's).

विनष्टार्थस्य लाभोऽन्धे शीघ्रं मन्दे प्रयत्नतः स्याद्दूरे श्रवणं मध्ये श्रुत्याप्ती न सुलोचने

vinaṣṭārthasya lābho'ndhe śīghraṃ mande prayatnataḥ syāddūre śravaṇaṃ madhye śrutyāptī na sulocane

A thing lost ⟨in a⟩ blind ⟨asterism⟩ is regained quickly; in a dull one, with effort; in a middling one, news of it ⟨comes⟩ from afar; in a fine-eyed one there is neither news nor recovery.

तीक्ष्णमिश्रध्रुवोग्रैर्यद् द्रव्यं दत्तं निवेशितम् प्रयुक्तं च विनष्टं च विष्ट्यां पाते च नाप्यते

tīkṣṇamiśradhruvograiryad dravyaṃ dattaṃ niveśitam prayuktaṃ ca vinaṣṭaṃ ca viṣṭyāṃ pāte ca nāpyate

Wealth that is given, deposited or lent under the tīkṣṇa, miśra, dhruva or ugra ⟨asterisms⟩, and wealth lost under viṣṭi or in a pāta, is not recovered.

मित्रार्कध्रुववासवाम्बुपमघातोयान्त्यपुष्येन्दुभिः पापैर्हीनबलैस्तनौ सुरगुरौ ज्ञे वा भृगौ खे विधौ आप्ये सर्वजलाशयस्य खननं व्यम्भोमघैः सेन्द्रभै स्तैर्नृत्यं हिबुके शुभैस्तनुगृहे ज्ञेऽब्जे ज्ञराशौ शुभम्

mitrārkadhruvavāsavāmbupamaghātoyāntyapuṣyendubhiḥ pāpairhīnabalaistanau suragurau jñe vā bhṛgau khe vidhau āpye sarvajalāśayasya khananaṃ vyambhomaghaiḥ sendrabhai stairnṛtyaṃ hibuke śubhaistanugṛhe jñe'bje jñarāśau śubham

By Anurādhā, Hasta (the Sun's), the dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj, Maghā, Pūrvāṣāḍhā (the Waters'), Revatī, Puṣya and Mṛgaśiras, with malefics weak in strength, Jupiter in the lagna, or Mercury or Venus in the 10th and the Moon in a watery ⟨sign⟩, the digging of any reservoir ⟨is done⟩. With those same asterisms, excluding the watery ones and Maghā, and with Jyeṣṭhā added, dancing ⟨is begun⟩, with benefics in the 4th (hibuka); and with Mercury in the lagna and the Moon in a sign of Mercury it is auspicious.

क्षिप्रे मैत्रे वित्सितार्केज्यवारे सौम्ये लग्नेऽर्के कुजे वा खलाभे योनेर्मैत्र्यां राशिपोश्चापि मैत्र्यां सेवा कार्या स्वामिनः सेवकेन

kṣipre maitre vitsitārkejyavāre saumye lagne'rke kuje vā khalābhe yonermaitryāṃ rāśipoścāpi maitryāṃ sevā kāryā svāminaḥ sevakena

In a kṣipra ⟨asterism⟩ or Anurādhā, on the day of Mercury, Venus, the Sun or Jupiter, with a benefic lagna, and the Sun or Mars in the 10th or 11th, when there is friendship of the yonis and friendship of the two rāśi-lords as well, service is to be entered on by a servant to his master.

स्वात्यादित्यमृदुद्विदैवगुरुभे कर्णत्रयाश्वे चरे लग्ने धर्मसुताष्टशुद्धिसहिते द्रव्यप्रयोगः शुभः नारे ग्राह्यमृणं तु सङ्क्रमदिने वृद्धौ करेऽर्केऽह्नि यत् तद्वंशेषु भवेदृणं न च बुधे देयं कदाचिद्धनम्

svātyādityamṛdudvidaivagurubhe karṇatrayāśve care lagne dharmasutāṣṭaśuddhisahite dravyaprayogaḥ śubhaḥ nāre grāhyamṛṇaṃ tu saṅkramadine vṛddhau kare'rke'hni yat tadvaṃśeṣu bhavedṛṇaṃ na ca budhe deyaṃ kadāciddhanam

In Svātī, Punarvasu, the mṛdu ⟨asterisms⟩, Viśākhā (of the two deities), Puṣya (Guru's), the three ‘ear’ ⟨asterisms — Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj⟩ and Aśvinī, with a movable lagna endowed with purity of the 9th, 5th and 8th, the putting out of money ⟨at interest⟩ is auspicious. But a loan is not to be taken on Mars's ⟨day⟩; and whatever ⟨is taken⟩ on a saṅkrānti day, in the Vṛddhi ⟨yoga⟩, in Hasta, or on the Sun's day, that debt will stand upon his descendants; and money should never be lent on Wednesday.

मूलद्वीशमघाचरध्रुवमृदुक्षिप्रैर्विनाऽर्कं शनिं पापैर्हीनबलैर्विधौ जललवे शुक्रे विधौ मांसले लग्ने देवगुरौ हलप्रवहणं शस्तं न सिंहे घटे कर्काजैणधटे तनौ क्षयकरं रिक्तासु षष्ठ्यां तथा

mūladvīśamaghācaradhruvamṛdukṣiprairvinā'rkaṃ śaniṃ pāpairhīnabalairvidhau jalalave śukre vidhau māṃsale lagne devagurau halapravahaṇaṃ śastaṃ na siṃhe ghaṭe karkājaiṇadhaṭe tanau kṣayakaraṃ riktāsu ṣaṣṭhyāṃ tathā

In Mūla, Viśākhā (of the two lords), Maghā, and the cara, dhruva, mṛdu and kṣipra ⟨asterisms⟩, excluding the Sun and Saturn ⟨days⟩, with malefics weak in strength, the Moon in a watery portion, on the days of Venus and the Moon, with a fleshy lagna and Jupiter ⟨in it⟩, the plying of the plough is commended. Not in Leo or Aquarius; with Cancer, Aries, Capricorn or Libra as the lagna it causes loss, and likewise on riktā ⟨tithis⟩ and the sixth.

एतेषु श्रुतिवारुणादितिविशाखोडूनि भौमं विना बीजोप्तिर्गदिता शुभा त्वगुभतोऽष्टाग्नीन्दुरामेन्दवः रामेन्द्वग्नियुगान्यसच्छुभकराण्युप्तौ हलेऽर्कोज्झिताद् भाद्रामाष्टनवाष्टभानि मुनिभिः प्रोक्तान्यसत्सन्ति च

eteṣu śrutivāruṇāditiviśākhoḍūni bhaumaṃ vinā bījoptirgaditā śubhā tvagubhato'ṣṭāgnīndurāmendavaḥ rāmendvagniyugānyasacchubhakarāṇyuptau hale'rkojjhitād bhādrāmāṣṭanavāṣṭabhāni munibhiḥ proktānyasatsanti ca

Among these, Śravaṇa, Śatabhiṣaj (Varuṇa's), Punarvasu (Aditi's) and Viśākhā — Tuesday excepted — the sowing of seed is declared auspicious. ⟨And⟩ tvagubhataḥ ⟨—⟩: eight, three, one, three and one. Three, one, three and four are not conducive to good in sowing; in ploughing, ⟨counted⟩ from the asterism the Sun has quitted, the third, eighth, ninth and eighth asterisms are declared by the sages to be inauspicious as well.

त्वाष्ट्रान्मित्रकभाद् द्वयेऽम्बुपलघुश्रोत्रे शिरामोक्षणं भौमार्केज्यदिने विरेकवमनाद्यं स्याद्बुधार्की विना मित्रक्षिप्रचरध्रुवे रविशुभाहे लग्नवर्गे विदो जीवस्यापि तनौ गुरौ निगदिता धर्मक्रिया तद्बले

tvāṣṭrānmitrakabhād dvaye'mbupalaghuśrotre śirāmokṣaṇaṃ bhaumārkejyadine virekavamanādyaṃ syādbudhārkī vinā mitrakṣipracaradhruve raviśubhāhe lagnavarge vido jīvasyāpi tanau gurau nigaditā dharmakriyā tadbale

⟨Counting⟩ from Citrā (Tvaṣṭṛ's) and from Anurādhā, in the two ⟨asterisms⟩, in Śatabhiṣaj, the laghu ⟨asterisms⟩ and Śravaṇa (the ear), the opening of a vein; on the days of Mars, the Sun and Jupiter, purging, vomiting and the like — Mercury and Saturn excepted. In Anurādhā and the kṣipra, cara and dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩, on the Sun's day or a benefic day, with the lagna's varga belonging to Mercury or to Jupiter as well, and Jupiter in the lagna, religious rites are prescribed — that, on his strength.

तीक्ष्णाजपादकरवह्निवसुश्रुतीन्दु स्वातीमघोत्तरजलान्तकतक्षपुष्ये मन्दाररिक्तरहिते दिवसेऽतिशस्ता धान्यच्छिदा निगदिता स्थिरभे विलग्ने

tīkṣṇājapādakaravahnivasuśrutīndu svātīmaghottarajalāntakatakṣapuṣye mandārariktarahite divase'tiśastā dhānyacchidā nigaditā sthirabhe vilagne

In the tīkṣṇa ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Ajapāda ⟨Pūrva Bhādrapadā⟩, Hasta, Kṛttikā, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śravaṇa, Mṛgaśirā, Svātī, Maghā, the Uttarā ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Pūrvāṣāḍhā, Bharaṇī, Citrā and Puṣya, on a day free of Saturn, Mars and the riktā ⟨tithis⟩, with a fixed sign as the lagna, the reaping of grain is declared most commended.

भाग्यार्यमश्रुतिमघेन्द्रविधातृमूल मैत्रान्त्यभेषु कथितं कणमर्दनं सत् द्वीशाजपान्निरृतिधातृशतार्यमर्क्षे सस्यस्य रोपणमिहार्किकुजौ विना सत्

bhāgyāryamaśrutimaghendravidhātṛmūla maitrāntyabheṣu kathitaṃ kaṇamardanaṃ sat dvīśājapānnirṛtidhātṛśatāryamarkṣe sasyasya ropaṇamihārkikujau vinā sat

In Pūrva Phalgunī, Uttara Phalgunī, Śravaṇa, Maghā, Jyeṣṭhā, Rohiṇī, Mūla, Anurādhā and Revatī the threshing of the grain is declared proper. Here the planting of the crop is good in the nakṣatras Viśākhā, Pūrva Bhādrapadā, Mūla, Rohiṇī, Śatabhiṣaj and Uttara Phalgunī, save on ⟨the days of⟩ Saturn and Mars.

मिश्रोग्ररौद्रभुजगेन्द्रविभिन्नभेषु कर्काजतौलिरहिते च तनौ शुभाहे धान्यस्थितिः शुभकरी गदिता ध्रुवेज्य द्वीशेन्द्रदस्र चरभेषु च धान्यवृद्धिः

miśrograraudrabhujagendravibhinnabheṣu karkājataulirahite ca tanau śubhāhe dhānyasthitiḥ śubhakarī gaditā dhruvejya dvīśendradasra carabheṣu ca dhānyavṛddhiḥ

In nakṣatras other than the miśra ⟨ones⟩, the ugra ⟨ones⟩, Ārdrā, Āśleṣā and Jyeṣṭhā, with a lagna free of Cancer, Aries and Libra, on an auspicious day, the storing of grain is declared to work good; and in the dhruva ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Puṣya, Viśākhā, Jyeṣṭhā, Aśvinī and the cara nakṣatras there is increase of the grain.

क्षिप्रध्रुवान्त्यचरमैत्रमघासु शस्तं स्याच्छान्तिकं च सह मङ्गलपौष्टिकाभ्यां खेऽर्के विधौ सुखगते तनुगे गुरौ नो मौढ्यादिदुष्टसमये शुभदं निमित्ते

kṣipradhruvāntyacaramaitramaghāsu śastaṃ syācchāntikaṃ ca saha maṅgalapauṣṭikābhyāṃ khe'rke vidhau sukhagate tanuge gurau no mauḍhyādiduṣṭasamaye śubhadaṃ nimitte

In the kṣipra and dhruva ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Revatī, the cara ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Anurādhā and Maghā the śāntika rite, together with the maṅgala and pauṣṭika ⟨rites⟩, is commended, with the Sun in the tenth, the Moon gone to the fourth and Jupiter in the lagna. Not at a vitiated time such as combustion and the like — ⟨yet⟩ when there is an omen ⟨that calls for it⟩ it bestows good.

सूर्यभात् त्रित्रिभे चान्द्रे सूर्यविच्छुक्रपङ्गवः चन्द्रारेज्यागुशिखिनो नेष्टा होमाहुतिः खले

sūryabhāt tritribhe cāndre sūryavicchukrapaṅgavaḥ candrārejyāguśikhino neṣṭā homāhutiḥ khale

From the Sun's nakṣatra, in triads ⟨of nakṣatras⟩, up to the Moon's: the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Saturn ⟨the lame one⟩, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Rāhu ⟨the rayless one⟩ and Ketu ⟨the crested one⟩. The homa-oblation is not desired when ⟨the lord so reached⟩ is a malefic.

सैका तिथिर्वारयुता कृताप्ता शेषे गुणेऽभ्रे भुवि वह्निवासः सौख्याय होमे शशियुग्मशेषे प्राणार्थनाशौ दिवि भूतले च

saikā tithirvārayutā kṛtāptā śeṣe guṇe'bhre bhuvi vahnivāsaḥ saukhyāya home śaśiyugmaśeṣe prāṇārthanāśau divi bhūtale ca

The tithi increased by one and joined with the ⟨number of the⟩ weekday, divided by four: when the remainder is three or zero, the fire's dwelling is on the earth — that is for happiness in the homa. When the remainder is one or two, ⟨there is⟩ loss of life and loss of wealth, ⟨the fire dwelling⟩ in heaven and below the earth respectively.

नवान्नं स्याच्चरक्षिप्रमृदुभे सत्तनौ शुभं विना नन्दाविषघटीमधुपौषाऽर्किभूमिजान्

navānnaṃ syāccarakṣipramṛdubhe sattanau śubhaṃ vinā nandāviṣaghaṭīmadhupauṣā'rkibhūmijān

The new grain would be auspicious in the cara, kṣipra and mṛdu nakṣatras with a good lagna, excepting the nandā ⟨tithis⟩, the viṣa-ghaṭī, ⟨the months⟩ Madhu ⟨Caitra⟩ and Pauṣa, and ⟨the days of⟩ Saturn and Mars.

याम्यत्रयविशाखेन्द्रसार्पपित्र्येशभिन्नभे भृग्वीज्यार्कदिने नौकाघटनं सत्तनौ शुभम्

yāmyatrayaviśākhendrasārpapitryeśabhinnabhe bhṛgvījyārkadine naukāghaṭanaṃ sattanau śubham

In a nakṣatra other than the Yāmya triad, Viśākhā, Jyeṣṭhā, Āśleṣā, Maghā and Ārdrā, on the day of Venus, Jupiter or the Sun, the building of a boat is auspicious when the lagna is good.

मूलार्द्राभरणीपित्र्यमृगे सौम्ये घटे तनौ सुखे शुक्रेऽष्टमे शुद्धे सिद्धिर्वीराभिचारयोः

mūlārdrābharaṇīpitryamṛge saumye ghaṭe tanau sukhe śukre'ṣṭame śuddhe siddhirvīrābhicārayoḥ

In Mūla, Ārdrā, Bharaṇī, Maghā and Mṛgaśirā, on Wednesday, with Aquarius as the lagna, Venus in the fourth and the eighth unoccupied, there is accomplishment of the vīra ⟨rite⟩ and of abhicāra ⟨hostile sorcery⟩.

व्यन्त्यादितिध्रुवमघाऽनिलसार्पधिष्ण्ये रिक्ते तिथौ चरतनौ विकवीन्दुवारे स्नानं रुजा विरहितस्य जनस्य शस्तं हीने विधौ खलखगैर्भवकेन्द्रकोणे

vyantyāditidhruvamaghā'nilasārpadhiṣṇye rikte tithau caratanau vikavīnduvāre snānaṃ rujā virahitasya janasya śastaṃ hīne vidhau khalakhagairbhavakendrakoṇe

In the nakṣatras ⟨Viśākhā?⟩, Revatī, Punarvasu, the dhruva ⟨ones⟩, Maghā, Svātī and Āśleṣā, on a riktā tithi, with a movable sign as the lagna, on the days of Mercury, Venus and the Moon, the bathing of a person free of illness is commended — the Moon being free of malefic grahas, and these absent from the kendra and trikoṇa bhāvas.

मृदुध्रुवक्षिप्रचरे ज्ञे गुरौ वा खलग्नगे विधौ ज्ञजीववर्गस्थे शिल्पविद्या प्रशस्यते

mṛdudhruvakṣipracare jñe gurau vā khalagnage vidhau jñajīvavargasthe śilpavidyā praśasyate

With Mercury (jña) or Jupiter placed in the tenth (kha) or in the lagna, and the Moon standing in a varga of Mercury or Jupiter, in the mṛdu (soft), dhruva (fixed), kṣipra (swift) and cara (moveable) asterisms the learning of a craft (śilpavidyā) is commended.

सुरेज्यमित्रभाग्येषु चाष्टम्यां तैतिले हरौ शुक्रदृष्टतनौ सौम्यवारे सन्धानमिष्यते

surejyamitrabhāgyeṣu cāṣṭamyāṃ taitile harau śukradṛṣṭatanau saumyavāre sandhānamiṣyate

In Puṣya (Surejya's), Anurādhā (Mitra's) and Pūrvā Phālgunī (Bhaga's), and on the eighth tithi, in the Taitila karaṇa, in Śravaṇa (Hari's), with the lagna aspected by Venus, on a benefic weekday — the making of a union (sandhāna) is approved.

त्यक्त्वाऽष्टभूतशनिविष्टिकुजान् जनुर्भ मासौ मृतौ रविविधू अपि भानि नाड्याः द्व्यङ्गे चरे तनुलवे शशिजीवतारा शुद्धौ करादितिहरीन्द्रकपे परीक्षा

tyaktvā'ṣṭabhūtaśaniviṣṭikujān janurbha māsau mṛtau ravividhū api bhāni nāḍyāḥ dvyaṅge care tanulave śaśijīvatārā śuddhau karāditiharīndrakape parīkṣā

Having avoided the eighth and the fifth (bhūta) ⟨tithis⟩, Saturn's day, the Viṣṭi ⟨karaṇa⟩ and Mars's day; the natal asterism and the ⟨natal and⟩ death months; the Sun's and the Moon's ⟨asterisms⟩ as well; and the asterisms of the nāḍī ⟨that stand in vedha⟩ — with the lagna and the lagna's division (tanu-lava) in a dual or a moveable ⟨sign⟩, and the Moon, Jupiter and the tārā clean, the examination (parīkṣā) ⟨is to be made⟩ in Hasta (kara), Punarvasu (Aditi's), Śravaṇa (Hari's), Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's) ⟨and one further asterism, ka-pa⟩.

व्ययाष्टशुद्धोपचये लग्नगे शुभदृग्युते चन्द्रे त्रिषड्दशायस्थे सर्वारम्भः प्रसिद्ध्यति

vyayāṣṭaśuddhopacaye lagnage śubhadṛgyute candre triṣaḍdaśāyasthe sarvārambhaḥ prasiddhyati

With the twelfth and the eighth clean, ⟨a benefic⟩ in an upacaya or placed in the lagna, ⟨and the lagna⟩ aspected or joined by benefics, and the Moon standing in the third, sixth, tenth or eleventh (āya), every undertaking succeeds.

स्वातीन्द्रपूर्वाशिवसार्पभे मृतिर्ज्वरेऽन्त्यमैत्रे स्थिरता भवेद्रुजः याम्यश्रवोवारुणतक्षभे शिवा घस्रा हि पक्षो द्व्यधिपार्कवासवे

svātīndrapūrvāśivasārpabhe mṛtirjvare'ntyamaitre sthiratā bhavedrujaḥ yāmyaśravovāruṇatakṣabhe śivā ghasrā hi pakṣo dvyadhipārkavāsave

⟨Illness arising⟩ in Svātī, Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's), the Pūrvā ⟨asterisms⟩, Ārdrā (Śiva's) and Āśleṣā (the serpent's) — death in the fever. In Revatī (the last) and Anurādhā (Maitra's) the disease becomes settled ⟨chronic⟩. In Bharaṇī (Yama's), Śravaṇa, Śatabhiṣā (Varuṇa's) and Citrā (Tvaṣṭṛ's) the days are benign indeed. And in Viśākhā (of the two lords), Hasta (Arka's) and Dhaniṣṭhā (the Vasus') ⟨it runs⟩ a fortnight.

मूलाग्निदास्रे नव पित्र्यभे नखा बुध्न्यार्यमेज्यादितिधातृभे नगाः मासोऽब्जवैश्वेऽथ यमाहिमूलभे मिश्रेशपित्र्ये फणिदंशने मृतिः

mūlāgnidāsre nava pitryabhe nakhā budhnyāryamejyāditidhātṛbhe nagāḥ māso'bjavaiśve'tha yamāhimūlabhe miśreśapitrye phaṇidaṃśane mṛtiḥ

In Mūla, Kṛttikā (Agni's) and Aśvinī (the Dasras') nine ⟨days⟩; in Maghā (the Fathers') the nails, twenty; in Uttara Bhādrapadā (Ahirbudhnya's), Uttarā Phālgunī (Aryaman's), Puṣya (Ijya's), Punarvasu (Aditi's) and Rohiṇī (Dhātṛ's) the mountains, seven; in Mṛgaśirā (the Moon's) and Uttarāṣāḍhā (the Viśvedevas') a month. And in Bharaṇī (Yama's), Āśleṣā (the serpent's), Mūla, Viśākhā (the mixed), Ārdrā (Īśa's) and Maghā (the Fathers'), on a snake's bite — death.

रौद्राहिशाक्राम्बुपयाम्यपूर्वाद्विदैववस्वग्निषु पापवारे रिक्ताहरिस्कन्ददिने च रोगे शीघ्रं भवेद्रोगिजनस्य मृत्युः

raudrāhiśākrāmbupayāmyapūrvādvidaivavasvagniṣu pāpavāre riktāhariskandadine ca roge śīghraṃ bhavedrogijanasya mṛtyuḥ

In Ārdrā (Rudra's), Āśleṣā (the serpent's), Jyeṣṭhā (Śakra's), Śatabhiṣā (the water-lord's), Bharaṇī (Yama's), the Pūrvā ⟨asterisms⟩, Viśākhā (of the two deities), Dhaniṣṭhā (the Vasus') and Kṛttikā (Agni's); on a malefic weekday; and on a riktā ⟨tithi⟩, on Hari's day and on Skanda's day — when the illness ⟨begins then⟩, the sick person's death comes quickly.

क्षिप्राहिमूलेन्द्रहरीशवायुभे प्रेतक्रिया स्याज्झषकुम्भगे विधौ प्रेतस्य दाहं यमदिग्गमं त्यजेच्छय्यावितानं गृहगोपनादि च

kṣiprāhimūlendraharīśavāyubhe pretakriyā syājjhaṣakumbhage vidhau pretasya dāhaṃ yamadiggamaṃ tyajecchayyāvitānaṃ gṛhagopanādi ca

In the kṣipra ⟨asterisms — Aśvinī, Puṣya, Hasta⟩, Āśleṣā (the serpent's), Mūla, Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's), Śravaṇa (Hari's), Ārdrā (Īśa's) and Svātī (Vāyu's) — nine in all — the rite for the dead may be performed. When the Moon is in Pisces (jhaṣa) or Aquarius, one should avoid the burning of the corpse, going in Yama's quarter ⟨the south⟩, the bier's canopy, and the roofing of a house and the like.

सूर्यर्क्षाद्रसभैरधःस्थलगतैः पाको रसैः संयुतः शीर्षे युग्ममितैः शवस्य दहनं मध्ये युगैः सर्पभीः प्रागाशादिषु वेदभैः स्वसुहृदां स्यात्सङ्गमो रोगभीः क्वाथादेः करणं सुखं च गदितं काष्ठादिसंस्थापने

sūryarkṣādrasabhairadhaḥsthalagataiḥ pāko rasaiḥ saṃyutaḥ śīrṣe yugmamitaiḥ śavasya dahanaṃ madhye yugaiḥ sarpabhīḥ prāgāśādiṣu vedabhaiḥ svasuhṛdāṃ syātsaṅgamo rogabhīḥ kvāthādeḥ karaṇaṃ sukhaṃ ca gaditaṃ kāṣṭhādisaṃsthāpane

From the Sun's asterism: with the six asterisms that have gone to the lower place, cooking joined with savours; at the head, with those counted by twos, the burning of a corpse; in the middle, with fours, fear of snakes; in the eastern and the other quarters, with four asterisms ⟨each⟩, there is meeting with one's own friends, fear of disease, the making of decoctions and the like, and comfort — so it is declared in ⟨the matter of⟩ the setting up of timber and the rest.

भद्रातिथी रविजभूतनयार्कवारे द्वीशार्यमाजचरणादितिवह्निवैश्वे त्रैपुष्करो भवति मृत्युविनाशवृद्धौ त्रैगुण्यदो द्विगुणकृद्वसुतक्षचान्द्रे

bhadrātithī ravijabhūtanayārkavāre dvīśāryamājacaraṇāditivahnivaiśve traipuṣkaro bhavati mṛtyuvināśavṛddhau traiguṇyado dviguṇakṛdvasutakṣacāndre

On a Bhadrā tithi, on the weekday of Saturn (Ravija), Mars (Bhūtanaya) or the Sun (Arka), and in Viśākhā (of the two lords), Uttarā Phālgunī (Aryaman's), Pūrva Bhādrapadā (Aja's foot), Punarvasu (Aditi's), Kṛttikā (Vahni's) or Uttarāṣāḍhā (the Viśvedevas'), the Tripuṣkara arises, giving threefoldness in death, in ruin and in increase; ⟨and the same⟩ in Dhaniṣṭhā (the Vasus'), Citrā (Tvaṣṭṛ's) or Mṛgaśirā (the Moon's) makes ⟨it⟩ twofold.

शुक्रारार्किषु दर्शभूतमदने नन्दासु तीक्ष्णोग्रभे पौष्णे वारुणभे त्रिपुष्करदिने न्यूनाधिमासेऽयने याम्येऽब्दात्परतश्च पातपरिघे देवेज्यशुक्रास्तके भद्रावैधृतयोः शवप्रतिकृतेर्दाहो न पक्षे सिते

śukrārārkiṣu darśabhūtamadane nandāsu tīkṣṇograbhe pauṣṇe vāruṇabhe tripuṣkaradine nyūnādhimāse'yane yāmye'bdātparataśca pātaparighe devejyaśukrāstake bhadrāvaidhṛtayoḥ śavapratikṛterdāho na pakṣe site

On ⟨the weekdays⟩ of Venus, Mars and Saturn; on darśa ⟨the new moon⟩, the fifth and the thirteenth ⟨tithis⟩; on the Nandā ⟨tithis⟩; in a tīkṣṇa or ugra asterism; in Revatī (Pauṣṇa); in Śatabhiṣaj (Vāruṇa); on a tripuṣkara day; in a deficient or an intercalary month; in the southern course ⟨of the Sun⟩, and beyond a year ⟨from the death⟩; in the Pāta and Parigha ⟨yogas⟩; when Jupiter (Devejya) or Venus is set; in Bhadrā ⟨viṣṭi⟩ and in Vaidhṛti — the burning of the effigy of the corpse ⟨is⟩ not ⟨to be done⟩; nor in the bright fortnight.

जन्मप्रत्यरितारयोर्मृतिसुखान्त्येऽब्जे च कर्तुर्न सन् मध्यो मैत्रभगादितिध्रुवविशाखाद्व्यङ्घ्रिभे ज्ञेऽपि च श्रेष्ठोऽर्केज्यविधोर्दिने श्रुतिकरस्वात्यश्विपुष्ये तथा त्वाशौचात्परतो विचार्यमखिलं मध्ये यथासम्भवम्

janmapratyaritārayormṛtisukhāntye'bje ca karturna san madhyo maitrabhagāditidhruvaviśākhādvyaṅghribhe jñe'pi ca śreṣṭho'rkejyavidhordine śrutikarasvātyaśvipuṣye tathā tvāśaucātparato vicāryamakhilaṃ madhye yathāsambhavam

In the janma and pratyari tārās, and when the Moon (abja) is in the 8th, the 4th or the 12th ⟨from the performer's own sign⟩, ⟨the time⟩ is not good for the performer. It is middling in Anurādhā (Maitra), Pūrvaphalgunī (Bhaga), Punarvasu (Aditi), the dhruva ⟨asterisms⟩, Viśākhā and the biped (dvyaṅghri) asterisms, and on Mercury's ⟨day⟩ as well; ⟨it is⟩ best on the days of the Sun, Jupiter and the Moon, and likewise in Śravaṇa (Śruti), Hasta (Kara), Svātī, Aśvinī and Puṣya. But the whole ⟨of this⟩ is to be weighed after the ⟨period of⟩ ritual impurity; within ⟨it⟩, so far as is possible.

अभुक्तमूलं घटिकाचतुष्टयं ज्येष्ठान्त्यमूलादिभवं हि नारदः वसिष्ठ एकद्विघटीमितं जगौ वृहस्पतिस्त्वेकघटीप्रमाणकम्

abhuktamūlaṃ ghaṭikācatuṣṭayaṃ jyeṣṭhāntyamūlādibhavaṃ hi nāradaḥ vasiṣṭha ekadvighaṭīmitaṃ jagau vṛhaspatistvekaghaṭīpramāṇakam

Nārada indeed ⟨calls⟩ abhukta-mūla four ghaṭikās, arising from the end of Jyeṣṭhā and the beginning of Mūla; Vasiṣṭha proclaimed ⟨it⟩ to measure one or two ghaṭīs, but Bṛhaspati ⟨to be⟩ of the measure of a single ghaṭī.

अथोचुरन्ये प्रथमाष्टघट्यो मूलस्य शाक्रान्तिमपञ्च नाड्यः जातं शिशुं तत्र परित्यजेद्वा मुखं पितास्याष्टसमा न पश्येत्

athocuranye prathamāṣṭaghaṭyo mūlasya śākrāntimapañca nāḍyaḥ jātaṃ śiśuṃ tatra parityajedvā mukhaṃ pitāsyāṣṭasamā na paśyet

Now others have said ⟨it to be⟩ the first eight ghaṭīs of Mūla ⟨and⟩ the last five nāḍīs of Jyeṣṭhā (Śakra's). A child born therein one should abandon — or else its father should not look upon its face for eight years.

आद्ये पिता नाशमुपैति मूलपादे द्वितीये जननी तृतीये धनं चतुर्थोऽस्य शुभोऽथ शान्त्या सर्वत्र सत्स्यादहिभे विलोमम्

ādye pitā nāśamupaiti mūlapāde dvitīye jananī tṛtīye dhanaṃ caturtho'sya śubho'tha śāntyā sarvatra satsyādahibhe vilomam

In the first pāda of Mūla the father meets destruction; in the second, the mother; in the third, wealth; its fourth is auspicious for him. And by śānti ⟨the result⟩ becomes good in every ⟨quarter⟩. In Āśleṣā (the serpent's) ⟨the order is⟩ reversed.

स्वर्गे शुचिप्रौष्ठपदेषमाघे भूमौ नभःकार्तिकचैत्रपौषे मूलं ह्यधस्तात्तु तपस्यमार्गवैशाखशुक्रेष्वशुभं च तत्र

svarge śuciprauṣṭhapadeṣamāghe bhūmau nabhaḥkārtikacaitrapauṣe mūlaṃ hyadhastāttu tapasyamārgavaiśākhaśukreṣvaśubhaṃ ca tatra

Mūla ⟨is⟩ in heaven in Āṣāḍha (Śuci), Bhādrapada (Prauṣṭhapada), Āśvina (Iṣa) and Māgha; on earth in Śrāvaṇa (Nabhas), Kārtika, Caitra and Pauṣa; but below in Phālguna (Tapasya), Mārgaśīrṣa, Vaiśākha and Jyeṣṭha (Śukra) — and there it is inauspicious.

गण्डान्तेन्द्रभशूलपातपरिघव्याघातगण्डावमे सङ्क्रान्तिव्यतिपातवैधृतिसिनीवालीकुहूदर्शके वज्रे कृष्णचतुर्दशीषु यमघण्टे दग्धयोगे मृतौ विष्टौ सोदरभे जनिर्न पितृभे शस्ता शुभा शान्तितः

gaṇḍāntendrabhaśūlapātaparighavyāghātagaṇḍāvame saṅkrāntivyatipātavaidhṛtisinīvālīkuhūdarśake vajre kṛṣṇacaturdaśīṣu yamaghaṇṭe dagdhayoge mṛtau viṣṭau sodarabhe janirna pitṛbhe śastā śubhā śāntitaḥ

In a gaṇḍānta; in Jyeṣṭhā (Indra's asterism); in the Śūla, Pāta, Parigha, Vyāghāta and Gaṇḍa ⟨yogas⟩; on an avama ⟨omitted⟩ tithi; on a saṅkrānti; in Vyatīpāta and Vaidhṛti; on Sinīvālī, Kuhū and darśa; in Vajra ⟨yoga⟩; on the fourteenths of the dark fortnight; in Yamaghaṇṭa; in a dagdha yoga; in Mṛtyu ⟨yoga⟩ and in viṣṭi; in a brother's own asterism; and in Maghā (the Manes') — birth is not commended; ⟨it becomes⟩ auspicious through śānti.

त्रित्र्यङ्गपञ्चाग्निकुवेदवह्नयः शरेषुनेत्राश्विशरेन्दुभूकृताः वेदाग्निरुद्राश्वियमाग्निवह्नयोऽब्धयः शतं द्विद्विरदा भतारकाः

tritryaṅgapañcāgnikuvedavahnayaḥ śareṣunetrāśviśarendubhūkṛtāḥ vedāgnirudrāśviyamāgnivahnayo'bdhayaḥ śataṃ dvidviradā bhatārakāḥ

Three, three, six, five, three, one, four, three; five, five, two, two, five, one, one, four; four, three, eleven, two, two, three, three; four, a hundred, two, two, and thirty-two — ⟨such are⟩ the stars of the asterisms.

अश्व्यादिरूपं तुरगास्ययोनिक्षुरोऽन एणास्यमणिर्गृहं च पृषत्कचक्रे भवनं च मञ्चः शय्या करो मौक्तिकविद्रुमं च

aśvyādirūpaṃ turagāsyayonikṣuro'na eṇāsyamaṇirgṛhaṃ ca pṛṣatkacakre bhavanaṃ ca mañcaḥ śayyā karo mauktikavidrumaṃ ca

The forms ⟨of the asterisms⟩ beginning from Aśvinī: a horse's head, a yoni, a razor, a cart; a deer's head, a gem, a house; an arrow and a wheel, a mansion and a platform; a bed, a hand, and a pearl and coral.

तोरणं बलिनिभं च कुण्डलं सिंहपुच्छगजदन्तमञ्चकाः त्र्यस्रि च त्रिचरणाभमर्दलौ वृत्तमञ्चयमलाभमर्दलाः

toraṇaṃ balinibhaṃ ca kuṇḍalaṃ siṃhapucchagajadantamañcakāḥ tryasri ca tricaraṇābhamardalau vṛttamañcayamalābhamardalāḥ

A gateway; ⟨a form⟩ like a bali-offering; an earring; a lion's tail, an elephant's tusk, a cot; a triangle; ⟨a form⟩ like three feet, and a drum; a circle, a couch, a twin-like ⟨pair⟩, and a drum.

जलाशयारामसुरप्रतिष्ठा सौम्यायने जीवशशाङ्कशुक्रे दृश्ये मृदुक्षिप्रचरध्रुवे स्यात्पक्षे सिते स्वर्क्षतिथिक्षणे वा

jalāśayārāmasurapratiṣṭhā saumyāyane jīvaśaśāṅkaśukre dṛśye mṛdukṣipracaradhruve syātpakṣe site svarkṣatithikṣaṇe vā

The consecration of reservoirs, of pleasure-gardens and of images of the gods ⟨is to be performed⟩ in the northern course ⟨of the Sun⟩, while Jupiter, the Moon and Venus are visible, in a mṛdu, kṣipra, cara or dhruva nakṣatra, and in the bright fortnight — or ⟨else⟩ at a moment of its own nakṣatra and its own tithi.

रिक्तारवर्ज्ये दिवसेऽतिशस्ता शशाङ्कपापैस्त्रिभवाङ्गसंस्थैः व्यन्त्याष्टगैः सत्खचरैर्मृगेन्द्रे सूर्यो घटे को युवतौ च विष्णुः

riktāravarjye divase'tiśastā śaśāṅkapāpaistribhavāṅgasaṃsthaiḥ vyantyāṣṭagaiḥ satkhacarairmṛgendre sūryo ghaṭe ko yuvatau ca viṣṇuḥ

⟨And it is⟩ most highly commended on a day free of the riktā ⟨tithis⟩ and of Mars ⟨i.e. Tuesday⟩, with the Moon and the malefics standing in the 3rd, the 11th and the 6th, and the benefic grahas not going to the 12th or the 8th. The Sun ⟨is to be installed⟩ in Leo, Ka ⟨Brahmā⟩ in Aquarius, and Viṣṇu in Virgo.

शिवो नृयुग्मे द्वितनौ च देव्यः क्षुद्राश्चरे सर्व इमे स्थिरर्क्षे पुष्ये ग्रहा विघ्नपयक्षसर्पभूतादयोऽन्त्ये श्रवणे जिनश्च

śivo nṛyugme dvitanau ca devyaḥ kṣudrāścare sarva ime sthirarkṣe puṣye grahā vighnapayakṣasarpabhūtādayo'ntye śravaṇe jinaśca

Śiva in Gemini, and the goddesses in a two-bodied ⟨sign⟩; the minor ⟨deities⟩ in a movable ⟨sign⟩; all these ⟨may equally be installed⟩ in a fixed sign. The grahas ⟨are installed⟩ in Puṣya; Gaṇeśa, the yakṣas, the serpents, the bhūtas and the rest in the last ⟨nakṣatra, Revatī⟩; and the Jina in Śravaṇa.

घोराऽर्कसङ्क्रमणमुग्ररवौ हि शूद्रान् ध्वाङ्क्षी विशो लघुविधौ च चरर्क्षभौमे चौरान्महोदरयुता नृपतीन् ज्ञमैत्रे मन्दाकिनी स्थिरगुरौ सुखयेच्च मन्दा

ghorā'rkasaṅkramaṇamugraravau hi śūdrān dhvāṅkṣī viśo laghuvidhau ca cararkṣabhaume caurānmahodarayutā nṛpatīn jñamaitre mandākinī sthiragurau sukhayecca mandā

The Sun's ingress is Ghorā when it falls in an ugra (fierce) nakṣatra and on a Sunday, and it slays the śūdras; Dhvāṅkṣī ⟨slays⟩ the vaiśyas, in a laghu (swift) nakṣatra and on Monday; in a cara (movable) nakṣatra and on Tuesday it is joined with the name Mahodarā and ⟨slays⟩ thieves; kings, on Mercury's day and in a maitra (gentle) nakṣatra — ⟨that is⟩ Mandākinī; in a fixed nakṣatra and on Thursday ⟨it is⟩ Mandā, and it brings ease.

विप्रांश्च मिश्रभभृगौ तु पशूंश्च मिश्रा तीक्ष्णार्कजेऽन्त्यजसुखा खलु राक्षसी च त्र्यंशे दिनस्य नृपतीन् प्रथमे निहन्ति मध्ये द्विजानपि विशोऽपरके च शूद्रान्

viprāṃśca miśrabhabhṛgau tu paśūṃśca miśrā tīkṣṇārkaje'ntyajasukhā khalu rākṣasī ca tryaṃśe dinasya nṛpatīn prathame nihanti madhye dvijānapi viśo'parake ca śūdrān

And brahmins, and cattle too, in a miśra nakṣatra and on Friday — that is Miśrā; in a tīkṣṇa (sharp) nakṣatra and on Saturday it is Rākṣasī indeed, bringing ease to the antyajas. In the ⟨three⟩ thirds of the day: in the first it slays kings, in the middle the twice-born and the vaiśyas as well, and in the last the śūdras.

अस्ते निशाप्रहरकेषु पिशाचकादी न्नक्तञ्चरानपि नटान्पशुपालकांश्च सूर्योदये सकललिङ्गिजनं च सौम्य याम्यायनं मकरकर्कटयोर्निरुक्तम्

aste niśāpraharakeṣu piśācakādī nnaktañcarānapi naṭānpaśupālakāṃśca sūryodaye sakalaliṅgijanaṃ ca saumya yāmyāyanaṃ makarakarkaṭayorniruktam

At sunset and in the watches of the night ⟨it slays⟩ piśācas and their like, night-rangers, and actors and cowherds as well; at sunrise, every person who wears the marks of an order. The northern and the southern ayana are declared ⟨to run⟩ from Makara and from Karkaṭa ⟨respectively⟩.

षडशीत्याननं चापनृयुक्कन्याझषे भवेत् तुलाजौ विषुवं विष्णुपदं सिंहालिगोघटे

ṣaḍaśītyānanaṃ cāpanṛyukkanyājhaṣe bhavet tulājau viṣuvaṃ viṣṇupadaṃ siṃhāligoghaṭe

The ṣaḍaśīti-mukha ⟨ingress⟩ falls in Dhanus, Mithuna, Kanyā and Mīna; in Tulā and Meṣa is the viṣuva (equinoctial); the viṣṇupada in Siṃha, Vṛścika, Vṛṣabha and Kumbha.

सङ्क्रान्तिकालादुभयत्र नाडिकाः पुण्या मताः षोडश षोडशोष्णगोः निशीथतोऽर्वागपरत्र सङ्क्रमे पूर्वापराहान्तिमपूर्वभागयोः

saṅkrāntikālādubhayatra nāḍikāḥ puṇyā matāḥ ṣoḍaśa ṣoḍaśoṣṇagoḥ niśīthato'rvāgaparatra saṅkrame pūrvāparāhāntimapūrvabhāgayoḥ

From the moment of the saṅkrānti, on either side, sixteen and sixteen nāḍīs are held to be holy for the Sun. When the ingress falls before midnight or after it, ⟨the holy time lies⟩ in the last portion of the preceding day and in the first portion of the following day ⟨respectively⟩.

पूर्णे निशीथे यदि सङ्क्रमः स्याद्दिनद्वयं पुण्यमथोदयास्तात् पूर्वं परस्ताद्यदि याम्यसौम्यायने दिने पूर्वपरे तु पुण्ये

pūrṇe niśīthe yadi saṅkramaḥ syāddinadvayaṃ puṇyamathodayāstāt pūrvaṃ parastādyadi yāmyasaumyāyane dine pūrvapare tu puṇye

If the ingress falls at full midnight, both days are holy. And if it is before sunrise or after sunset, in the southern and the northern ayana ⟨respectively⟩, then the preceding and the following days are holy.

सन्ध्या त्रिनाडीप्रमिताऽर्कविम्बादर्धोदितास्तादध ऊर्ध्वमत्र चेद्याम्यसौम्ये अयने क्रमात्स्तः पुण्यौ तदानीं परपूर्वघस्रौ

sandhyā trināḍīpramitā'rkavimbādardhoditāstādadha ūrdhvamatra cedyāmyasaumye ayane kramātstaḥ puṇyau tadānīṃ parapūrvaghasrau

The sandhyā is measured at three nāḍīs, below the Sun's half-risen disc and above the half-set one. If ⟨the ingress falls⟩ here, then in the southern and the northern ayana, in order, the following and the preceding days are the holy ones.

याम्यायने विष्णुपदे चाद्या मध्यास्तुलाजयोः षडशीत्यानने सौम्ये परा नाड्योऽतिपुण्यदाः

yāmyāyane viṣṇupade cādyā madhyāstulājayoḥ ṣaḍaśītyānane saumye parā nāḍyo'tipuṇyadāḥ

In the southern-ayana ⟨ingress⟩ and in the viṣṇupada, the first ⟨nāḍīs⟩; in Tulā and Meṣa, the middle ones; in the ṣaḍaśīti-mukha and in the northern ⟨ayana⟩, the later nāḍīs are the most meritorious.

तथाऽयनांशाः खरसाहताश्च स्पष्टार्कगत्या विहृता दिनाद्यैः मेषादितः प्राक् चलसङ्क्रमाः स्युर्दाने जपादौ बहुपुण्यदास्ते

tathā'yanāṃśāḥ kharasāhatāśca spaṣṭārkagatyā vihṛtā dinādyaiḥ meṣāditaḥ prāk calasaṅkramāḥ syurdāne japādau bahupuṇyadāste

Likewise, the ayanāṃśas multiplied by sixty and divided by the Sun's true motion yield ⟨the interval⟩ in days and the rest; that much earlier, reckoned from Meṣa onward, fall the moving (cala) ingresses. These give great merit for gift-giving, japa and the like.

समं मृदुक्षिप्रवसुश्रवोऽग्निमघात्रिपूर्वास्रपभं बृहत्स्यात् ध्रुवद्विदैवादितिभं जघन्यं सार्पाम्बुपार्द्रानिलशाक्रयाम्यम्

samaṃ mṛdukṣipravasuśravo'gnimaghātripūrvāsrapabhaṃ bṛhatsyāt dhruvadvidaivāditibhaṃ jaghanyaṃ sārpāmbupārdrānilaśākrayāmyam

Equal (sama) are the mṛdu and the kṣipra ⟨nakṣatras⟩. Great (bṛhat) are Dhaniṣṭhā, Śravaṇa, Kṛttikā, Maghā, the three Pūrvās, and the star of the blood-drinker ⟨Mūla⟩. Lowest (jaghanya) are the dhruva ⟨stars⟩, the two-deitied ⟨Viśākhā⟩, Aditi's ⟨Punarvasu⟩, the serpent's ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, the water-lord's ⟨Śatabhiṣā⟩, Ārdrā, the wind's ⟨Svātī⟩, Indra's ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩ and Yama's ⟨Bharaṇī⟩.

जघन्यभे सङ्क्रमणे मुहूर्ताः शरेन्दवो बाणकृता बृहत्सु खरामसङ्ख्याः समभे महर्घसमर्घसाम्यं विधुदर्शनेऽपि

jaghanyabhe saṅkramaṇe muhūrtāḥ śarendavo bāṇakṛtā bṛhatsu kharāmasaṅkhyāḥ samabhe maharghasamarghasāmyaṃ vidhudarśane'pi

At an ingress in a jaghanya nakṣatra, fifteen muhūrtas; in the bṛhat ⟨nakṣatras⟩, forty-five; in a sama nakṣatra, thirty in number. ⟨Thence come⟩ dearness, cheapness and parity ⟨of prices, in that order⟩ — and so too at the sighting of the Moon.

अर्कादिवारे सङ्क्रान्तौ कर्कस्याब्दविंशोपकाः दिशो नखा गजाः सूर्या धृत्योऽष्टादश सायकाः

arkādivāre saṅkrāntau karkasyābdaviṃśopakāḥ diśo nakhā gajāḥ sūryā dhṛtyo'ṣṭādaśa sāyakāḥ

When the Cancer ingress falls on the weekdays beginning with the Sun's, the year's viṃśopakas are: ten, twenty, eight, twelve, eighteen, eighteen, five.

स्यात्तैतिले नागचतुष्पदे रविः सुप्तो निविष्टस्तु गरादिपञ्चके किंस्तुघ्न ऊर्ध्वः शकुनौ सकौलवे नेष्टः समः श्रेष्ठ इहार्घवर्षणे

syāttaitile nāgacatuṣpade raviḥ supto niviṣṭastu garādipañcake kiṃstughna ūrdhvaḥ śakunau sakaulave neṣṭaḥ samaḥ śreṣṭha ihārghavarṣaṇe

In Taitila, Nāga and Catuṣpada the Sun is asleep; in the five beginning with Gara he is seated; in Kiṃstughna and in Śakuni together with Kaulava he is upright. ⟨These states are⟩ undesirable, middling and best, here in the matter of prices and of rainfall.

सिंहव्याघ्रवराहरासभगजा वाहद्विषद्घोटकाः श्वाऽजो गौश्चरणायुधश्च बवतो वाहा रवेः सङ्क्रमे वस्त्रं श्वेतसुपीतहारितकपाण्ड्वारक्तकालासितं चित्रं कम्बलदिग्घनाभमथ शस्त्रं स्याद्भुशुण्डी गदा

siṃhavyāghravarāharāsabhagajā vāhadviṣadghoṭakāḥ śvā'jo gauścaraṇāyudhaśca bavato vāhā raveḥ saṅkrame vastraṃ śvetasupītahāritakapāṇḍvāraktakālāsitaṃ citraṃ kambaladigghanābhamatha śastraṃ syādbhuśuṇḍī gadā

Lion, tiger, boar, ass, elephant, the draught-beast's foe ⟨the buffalo⟩, horse, dog, goat, cow, and the one armed with its feet ⟨the cock⟩ — these, ⟨counted⟩ from Bava, are the Sun's mounts at the ingress. The garment is white, deep yellow, green, somewhat pale, reddish, black, dark, variegated, of a blanket's hue, or of the hue of the cloud of the quarter. Then the weapon: it is the bhuśuṇḍī, the mace,

खड्गो दण्डशरासतोमरमथो कुन्तश्च पाशोऽङ्कुशो ऽस्त्रं बाणस्त्वथ भक्ष्यमन्नपरमान्नं भैक्ष्यपक्वान्नकं दुग्धं दध्यपि चित्रितान्नगुडमध्वाज्यं तथा शर्करा ऽथो लेपो मृगनाभिकुङ्कुममथो पाटीरमृद्रोचनम्

khaḍgo daṇḍaśarāsatomaramatho kuntaśca pāśo'ṅkuśo 'straṃ bāṇastvatha bhakṣyamannaparamānnaṃ bhaikṣyapakvānnakaṃ dugdhaṃ dadhyapi citritānnaguḍamadhvājyaṃ tathā śarkarā 'tho lepo mṛganābhikuṅkumamatho pāṭīramṛdrocanam

sword, staff, bow, javelin, and then lance, noose, goad, missile, and arrow. The food ⟨is⟩ cooked grain, milk-rice, alms-food, dressed food, milk, and curds too, coloured food, jaggery, honey and ghee, and likewise sugar. Then the unguent: musk, saffron, sandal, clay, gorocanā,

यावश्चौतुमदो निशाञ्जनमथो कालागुरुश्चन्द्रको जातिर्दैवतभूतसर्पविहगाः पश्वेणविप्रास्ततः क्षत्त्रावैश्यकशूद्रसङ्करभवाः पुष्पं च पुन्नागकं जातीबाकुलकेतकानि च तथा बिल्वार्कदूर्वाम्बुजम्

yāvaścautumado niśāñjanamatho kālāguruścandrako jātirdaivatabhūtasarpavihagāḥ paśveṇaviprāstataḥ kṣattrāvaiśyakaśūdrasaṅkarabhavāḥ puṣpaṃ ca punnāgakaṃ jātībākulaketakāni ca tathā bilvārkadūrvāmbujam

lac-dye and ⟨cautumada⟩, turmeric-collyrium, then black aloe-wood and camphor. The kind ⟨of the being⟩: a god, a bhūta, a serpent, a bird, a beast, an antelope, a brahmin, and thereafter one born a kṣatriya, a vaiśya, a śūdra, or of mixed descent. And the flower is punnāga, jātī, bakula and ketakī, and likewise bilva, arka, dūrvā and lotus,

स्यान्मल्लिका पाटलिका जपा च सङ्क्रान्तिवस्त्राशनवाहनादेः नाशश्च तद्वृत्त्युपजीविनां च स्थितोपविष्टस्वपतां च नाशः

syānmallikā pāṭalikā japā ca saṅkrāntivastrāśanavāhanādeḥ nāśaśca tadvṛttyupajīvināṃ ca sthitopaviṣṭasvapatāṃ ca nāśaḥ

and there are mallikā, pāṭalikā and japā. And there is destruction of the saṅkrānti's garment, food, mount and the rest, and of those who live by dealing in them; and there is destruction of those standing, seated and asleep.

सङ्क्रान्तिधिष्ण्याधरधिष्ण्यतस्त्रिभे स्वभे निरुक्तं गमनं ततोऽङ्गभे सुखं त्रिभे पीडनमङ्गभेऽंशुकं त्रिभेऽर्थहानी रसभे धनागमः

saṅkrāntidhiṣṇyādharadhiṣṇyatastribhe svabhe niruktaṃ gamanaṃ tato'ṅgabhe sukhaṃ tribhe pīḍanamaṅgabhe'ṃśukaṃ tribhe'rthahānī rasabhe dhanāgamaḥ

⟨Counting⟩ from the saṅkrānti's star down to one's own star: if it falls within three stars, a journey is declared; thereafter within six, ease; within three, affliction; within six stars, fine cloth; within three, loss of wealth; within six stars, the coming of wealth.

नृपेक्षणं सर्वकृतिश्च सङ्गरः शास्त्रं विवाहो गमदीक्षणे रवेः वीर्येऽथ ताराबलतो विधुर्विधोर्बलाद्रविस्तद्बलतःशुभाः परे

nṛpekṣaṇaṃ sarvakṛtiśca saṅgaraḥ śāstraṃ vivāho gamadīkṣaṇe raveḥ vīrye'tha tārābalato vidhurvidhorbalādravistadbalataḥśubhāḥ pare

Seeing the king, every undertaking, battle, ⟨the study of⟩ śāstra, marriage, journey and initiation — ⟨these rest⟩ on the Sun's strength. And then the Moon ⟨has strength⟩ from the strength of the tārā, the Sun from the Moon's strength, and from his strength the others are auspicious.

स्पष्टार्कसङ्क्रान्तिविहीन उक्तो मासोऽधिमासः क्षयमासकस्तु द्विसङ्क्रमस्तत्र विभागयोः स्तस्तिथेर्हि मासौ प्रथमान्त्यसञ्ज्ञौ

spaṣṭārkasaṅkrāntivihīna ukto māso'dhimāsaḥ kṣayamāsakastu dvisaṅkramastatra vibhāgayoḥ stastitherhi māsau prathamāntyasañjñau

A month devoid of a true solar ingress is called an adhimāsa; but a kṣaya-māsa is one that holds two ingresses. There, ⟨standing⟩ in the two divisions of the tithi, the two months bear the names 'first' and 'last'.

सूर्यो रसान्त्ये खयुगेऽग्निनन्दे शिवाक्षयोर्भौमशनी तमश्च रसाङ्कयोर्लाभशरे गुणान्त्ये चन्द्रोम्बराब्धौ गुणनन्दयोश्च

sūryo rasāntye khayuge'gninande śivākṣayorbhaumaśanī tamaśca rasāṅkayorlābhaśare guṇāntye candrombarābdhau guṇanandayośca

The Sun ⟨is favourable⟩ in the 6th and ⟨is obstructed from⟩ the 12th, in the 10th and the 4th, in the 3rd and the 9th, in the 11th and the 5th. Mars and Saturn, and Rāhu (tamas), ⟨likewise⟩ in the 6th and the 9th, in the 11th and the 5th, in the 3rd and the 12th. The Moon in the 10th and the 4th, and in the 3rd and the 9th —

लाभाष्टमे चाद्यशरे रसान्त्ये नगद्वये ज्ञो द्विशरेऽब्धिरामे रसाङ्कयोर्नागविधौ खनागे लाभव्यये देवगुरुः शराब्धौ

lābhāṣṭame cādyaśare rasāntye nagadvaye jño dviśare'bdhirāme rasāṅkayornāgavidhau khanāge lābhavyaye devaguruḥ śarābdhau

— ⟨and⟩ in the 11th and the 8th, in the 1st and the 5th, in the 6th and the 12th, in the 7th and the 2nd. Mercury (jña) in the 2nd and the 5th, in the 4th and the 3rd, in the 6th and the 9th, in the 8th and the 1st, in the 10th and the 7th, in the 11th and the 12th. The Guru of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ in the 5th and the 4th —

द्व्यन्त्ये नवांशेऽद्रिगुणे शिवाहौ शुक्रः कुनागे द्विनगेऽग्निरूपे वेदाम्बरे पञ्चनिधौ गजेषौ नन्देशयोर्भानुरसे शिवाग्नौ

dvyantye navāṃśe'driguṇe śivāhau śukraḥ kunāge dvinage'gnirūpe vedāmbare pañcanidhau gajeṣau nandeśayorbhānurase śivāgnau

— in the 2nd and the 12th, in the 9th and the 10th, in the 7th and the 3rd, in the 11th and the 8th. Venus in the 1st and the 8th, in the 2nd and the 7th, in the 3rd and the 1st, in the 4th and the 10th, in the 5th and the 9th, in the 8th and the 5th, in the 9th and the 11th, in the 12th and the 6th, in the 11th and the 3rd.

क्रमाच्छुभो विद्ध इति ग्रहः स्यात् पितुः सुतस्यात्र न वेधमाहुः दुष्टोऽपि खेटो विपरीतवेधाच्छुभो द्विकोणे शुभदः सितेऽब्जः

kramācchubho viddha iti grahaḥ syāt pituḥ sutasyātra na vedhamāhuḥ duṣṭo'pi kheṭo viparītavedhācchubho dvikoṇe śubhadaḥ site'bjaḥ

In order, ⟨the first-named⟩ graha is auspicious and ⟨the second⟩ is the obstructor. Between father and son ⟨the Sun and Saturn⟩ they declare there is no vedha here. Even an afflicted graha (kheṭa) becomes auspicious through a reverse vedha. The Moon gives good in the 2nd and in a trikoṇa, in the bright ⟨fortnight⟩.

स्वजन्मराशेरिह वेधमाहुरन्ये ग्रहाधिष्ठितराशितः सः हिमाद्रिविन्ध्यान्तर एव वेधो न सर्वदेशेष्विति काश्यपोक्तिः

svajanmarāśeriha vedhamāhuranye grahādhiṣṭhitarāśitaḥ saḥ himādrivindhyāntara eva vedho na sarvadeśeṣviti kāśyapoktiḥ

Here they declare the vedha ⟨is reckoned⟩ from one's own birth rāśi; others ⟨say⟩ it is from the rāśi occupied by the graha. 'The vedha ⟨holds⟩ only between the Himālaya and the Vindhya, not in all countries' — such is Kāśyapa's word.

जन्मर्क्षे निधनं ग्रहे जनिभतो घातः क्षतिः श्रीर्व्यथा चिन्ता सौख्यकलत्रदौस्थ्यमृतयः स्युर्माननाशः सुखं लाभोपाय इति क्रमात्तदशुभध्वस्त्यै जपः स्वर्णगो दानं शान्तिरथो ग्रहं त्वशुभदं नो वीक्ष्यमाहुः परे

janmarkṣe nidhanaṃ grahe janibhato ghātaḥ kṣatiḥ śrīrvyathā cintā saukhyakalatradausthyamṛtayaḥ syurmānanāśaḥ sukhaṃ lābhopāya iti kramāttadaśubhadhvastyai japaḥ svarṇago dānaṃ śāntiratho grahaṃ tvaśubhadaṃ no vīkṣyamāhuḥ pare

When a graha ⟨stands⟩ in the birth star ⟨reckoning⟩ from the birth star: death; ⟨then⟩ a blow, injury, wealth, pain, anxiety, happiness, distress of the wife, deaths, loss of honour, ease, ⟨and⟩ a means of gain — thus in order. For the destruction of that inauspiciousness ⟨there is⟩ japa, the gift of gold and a cow, and a śānti rite; but others say that a graha which gives the inauspicious is not to be looked upon.

पापान्तः पापयुग्द्यूने पापाच्चन्द्रः शुभोऽप्यसन् शुभांशे वाऽधिमित्रांशे गुरुदृष्टोऽशुभोऽपि सन्

pāpāntaḥ pāpayugdyūne pāpāccandraḥ śubho'pyasan śubhāṃśe vā'dhimitrāṃśe gurudṛṣṭo'śubho'pi san

The Moon, ⟨standing⟩ between malefics, joined with a malefic, ⟨or⟩ in the 7th from a malefic, though auspicious, is not ⟨auspicious⟩; ⟨but⟩ in a benefic's aṃśa or in a great friend's aṃśa, aspected by Jupiter, though inauspicious, it is ⟨auspicious⟩.

सितासितादौ सद्दुष्टे चन्द्रे पक्षौ शुभावुभौ व्यत्यासे चाशुभौ प्रोक्तौ सङ्कटेऽब्जबलं त्विदम्

sitāsitādau sadduṣṭe candre pakṣau śubhāvubhau vyatyāse cāśubhau proktau saṅkaṭe'bjabalaṃ tvidam

When the Moon is good at the beginning of the bright ⟨fortnight⟩ and afflicted at the beginning of the dark, both fortnights are auspicious; in the reverse case both are declared inauspicious. This, ⟨however⟩, is the Moon's strength ⟨as judged⟩ in a strait.

वज्रं शुक्रेऽब्जे सुमुक्ता प्रबालं भौमेऽगौ गोमेदमार्कौ सुनीलं केतौ वैदूर्य गुरौ पुष्पकं ज्ञे पाचिः प्राङ्माणिक्यमर्के तु मध्ये

vajraṃ śukre'bje sumuktā prabālaṃ bhaume'gau gomedamārkau sunīlaṃ ketau vaidūrya gurau puṣpakaṃ jñe pāciḥ prāṅmāṇikyamarke tu madhye

Diamond for Venus, fine pearl for the Moon, coral for Mars, gomeda for Rāhu (aga), fine blue sapphire for Saturn (ārki), cat's eye for Ketu, topaz (puṣpaka) for Jupiter, emerald (pāci) for Mercury — ⟨these⟩ eastward; but the ruby for the Sun in the middle.

माणिक्यमुक्ताफलविद्रुमाणि गारुत्मतं पुष्पकवज्रनीलं गोमेदवैदूर्यकमर्कतः स्यू रत्नान्यथो ज्ञस्य मुदे सुवर्णम्

māṇikyamuktāphalavidrumāṇi gārutmataṃ puṣpakavajranīlaṃ gomedavaidūryakamarkataḥ syū ratnānyatho jñasya mude suvarṇam

Ruby, pearl, coral, emerald (gārutmata), topaz, diamond, blue sapphire, gomeda and cat's eye — these are the gems ⟨of the grahas⟩ beginning from the Sun; and moreover gold, for Mercury's pleasure.

धार्यं लाजावर्तकं राहुकेत्वो रौप्यं शुक्रेन्द्वोश्च मुक्ता गुरोस्तु लोहं मन्दस्यारभान्वोः प्रवालं तारा जन्मर्क्षात् त्रिरावृत्तितः स्यात्

dhāryaṃ lājāvartakaṃ rāhuketvo raupyaṃ śukrendvośca muktā gurostu lohaṃ mandasyārabhānvoḥ pravālaṃ tārā janmarkṣāt trirāvṛttitaḥ syāt

To be worn: lājāvartaka ⟨lapis lazuli⟩ for Rāhu and Ketu, silver for Venus and the Moon, pearl for Jupiter, iron for Saturn, coral for Mars and the Sun. The tārā is ⟨reckoned⟩ from the birth star, by three rounds.

जन्माख्यसम्पद्विपदः क्षेमप्रत्यरिसाधकाः वधमैत्राऽतिमैत्राः स्युस्तारा नामसदृक्फलाः

janmākhyasampadvipadaḥ kṣemapratyarisādhakāḥ vadhamaitrā'timaitrāḥ syustārā nāmasadṛkphalāḥ

Janma, sampat, vipat, kṣema, pratyari, sādhaka, vadha, maitra and atimaitra — such are the tārās, and their results are like their names.

मृत्यौ स्वर्णतिलान्विपद्यपि गुडं शाकं त्रिजन्मस्वथो दद्यात्प्रत्यरितारकासु लवणं सर्वो विपत्प्रत्यरिः मृत्युश्चादिमपर्यये न शुभदोऽथैषां द्वितीयेऽंशका नादिप्रान्त्यतृतीयका अथ शुभाः सर्वे तृतीये स्मृताः

mṛtyau svarṇatilānvipadyapi guḍaṃ śākaṃ trijanmasvatho dadyātpratyaritārakāsu lavaṇaṃ sarvo vipatpratyariḥ mṛtyuścādimaparyaye na śubhado'thaiṣāṃ dvitīye'ṃśakā nādiprāntyatṛtīyakā atha śubhāḥ sarve tṛtīye smṛtāḥ

In the mṛtyu ⟨tārā⟩ one should give gold and sesame; in vipat, jaggery; in the three janma ⟨tārās⟩, vegetables; and in the pratyari tārās, salt. Every vipat, pratyari and mṛtyu in the first round is not a giver of good; then in the second ⟨round⟩ ⟨only some of⟩ their portions ⟨are so⟩ — not the first, the last and the third; and in the third ⟨round⟩ all are held auspicious.

षष्टिघ्नं गतभं भुक्तघटीयुक्तं युगाहतं शराब्धिहृल्लब्धतोऽर्कशेषेऽवस्थाः क्रियाद्विधोः

ṣaṣṭighnaṃ gatabhaṃ bhuktaghaṭīyuktaṃ yugāhataṃ śarābdhihṛllabdhato'rkaśeṣe'vasthāḥ kriyādvidhoḥ

The elapsed nakṣatras multiplied by sixty, added to the ghaṭīs elapsed ⟨of the current one⟩, multiplied by four, divided by forty-five: from the quotient, in the remainder ⟨on division⟩ by twelve, ⟨are found⟩ the states (avasthā) of the Moon, ⟨counted⟩ from Aries.

प्रवासनाशौ मरणं जयश्च हास्यारतिक्रीडितसुप्तभुक्ताः ज्वराख्यकम्पस्थिरता अवस्था मेषात्क्रमान्नामसदृक्फलाः स्युः

pravāsanāśau maraṇaṃ jayaśca hāsyāratikrīḍitasuptabhuktāḥ jvarākhyakampasthiratā avasthā meṣātkramānnāmasadṛkphalāḥ syuḥ

Travelling abroad, ruin, death, victory, laughter, discontent, play, sleeping, eating, the one called fever, trembling ⟨and⟩ steadiness — these are the states, ⟨counted⟩ in order from Aries; and their results are like their names.

लाजाकुष्ठबलाप्रियङ्गुघनसिद्धार्थैर्निशादारुभिः पुङ्खालोध्रयुतैर्जलैर्निगदितं स्नानं ग्रहोत्थाघहृत् धेनुः कम्ब्वरुणो वृषश्च कनकं पीताम्बरं घोटकः श्वेतो गौरसिता महासिरज इत्येता रवेर्दक्षिणाः

lājākuṣṭhabalāpriyaṅgughanasiddhārthairniśādārubhiḥ puṅkhālodhrayutairjalairnigaditaṃ snānaṃ grahotthāghahṛt dhenuḥ kambvaruṇo vṛṣaśca kanakaṃ pītāmbaraṃ ghoṭakaḥ śveto gaurasitā mahāsiraja ityetā raverdakṣiṇāḥ

A bath in waters ⟨charged⟩ with lāja, kuṣṭha, balā, priyaṅgu, ghana, siddhārtha, turmeric and devadāru, together with puṅkhā and lodhra, is declared to carry off the evil arisen from the grahas. A milch cow, a conch, a red bull, gold, a yellow garment, a white horse, a black cow, a great sword ⟨and⟩ a goat — these are the fees (dakṣiṇā), ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Sun.

सूर्यारसौम्यास्फुजितोऽक्षनागसप्ताद्रिघस्रान् विधुरग्निनाडीः तमोयमेज्यास्त्रिरसाऽश्विमासान् गन्तव्यराशेः फलदाः पुरस्तात्

sūryārasaumyāsphujito'kṣanāgasaptādrighasrān vidhuragnināḍīḥ tamoyamejyāstrirasā'śvimāsān gantavyarāśeḥ phaladāḥ purastāt

The Sun, Mars, Mercury ⟨and⟩ Venus ⟨give results⟩ five, eight, seven ⟨and⟩ seven days ⟨in advance⟩; the Moon, three nāḍīs; Rāhu, Saturn ⟨and⟩ Jupiter, three, six ⟨and⟩ two months. ⟨Thus⟩ they give the results of the rāśi still to be entered, beforehand.

दुष्टे योगे हेम चन्द्रे च शङ्खं धान्यं तिथ्यर्धे तिथौ तण्डुलांश्च वारे रत्नं भे च गां हेम नाड्यां दद्यात्सिन्धूत्थं च तारासु राजा

duṣṭe yoge hema candre ca śaṅkhaṃ dhānyaṃ tithyardhe tithau taṇḍulāṃśca vāre ratnaṃ bhe ca gāṃ hema nāḍyāṃ dadyātsindhūtthaṃ ca tārāsu rājā

When the yoga is bad, gold; for the Moon, a conch; for the half-tithi ⟨karaṇa⟩, grain; for the tithi, rice; for the weekday, a gem; for the nakṣatra, a cow; for the nāḍī, gold; and for the tārās, sea-salt — ⟨these⟩ the king should give.

राश्यादिगौ रविकुजौ फलदौ सितेज्यौ मध्ये सदा शशिसुतश्चरमेऽब्जमन्दौ अध्वाऽन्नवह्निभयसन्मतिवस्त्रसौख्य दुःखानि मासि जनिभे रविवासरादौ

rāśyādigau ravikujau phaladau sitejyau madhye sadā śaśisutaścarame'bjamandau adhvā'nnavahnibhayasanmativastrasaukhya duḥkhāni māsi janibhe ravivāsarādau

The Sun and Mars give results while going in the first part of a rāśi; Venus and Jupiter in the middle; Mercury always; the Moon and Saturn in the last. Travel, food, fear of fire, right understanding, clothing, ease ⟨and⟩ sorrow — ⟨these come to pass⟩ in the month, at the birth star, ⟨according as the day is⟩ Sunday and so on.

आद्यं रजः शुभं माघमार्गराधेषफाल्गुने ज्येष्ठश्रावणयोः शुक्ले सद्वारे सत्तनौ दिवा

ādyaṃ rajaḥ śubhaṃ māghamārgarādheṣaphālgune jyeṣṭhaśrāvaṇayoḥ śukle sadvāre sattanau divā

The first menses is auspicious in Māgha, Mārgaśīrṣa, Rādha ⟨Vaiśākha⟩, Iṣa ⟨Āśvina⟩ and Phālguna, and in Jyeṣṭha and Śrāvaṇa; in the bright fortnight, on a good weekday, with a good lagna ⟨tanu⟩, and by day.

श्रुतित्रयमृदुक्षिप्रध्रुवस्वातौ सिताम्बरे मध्यं च मूलादितिभे पितृमिश्रे परेष्वसत्

śrutitrayamṛdukṣipradhruvasvātau sitāmbare madhyaṃ ca mūlāditibhe pitṛmiśre pareṣvasat

⟨It is likewise auspicious⟩ in the three śruti ⟨nakṣatras — Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj⟩, in the mṛdu, kṣipra and dhruva ⟨groups⟩ and in Svātī, ⟨the girl being⟩ in white garments; and it is middling in Mūla, in Aditi's star ⟨Punarvasu⟩, in the Pitṛ star ⟨Maghā⟩ and in the miśra ⟨nakṣatras⟩; in the rest it is not good.

भद्रानिद्रासङ्क्रमे दर्शरिक्तासन्ध्याषष्ठीद्वादशीवैधृतेषु रोगेऽष्टम्यां चन्द्रसूर्योपरागे पाते चाद्यं नो रजोदर्शनं सत्

bhadrānidrāsaṅkrame darśariktāsandhyāṣaṣṭhīdvādaśīvaidhṛteṣu roge'ṣṭamyāṃ candrasūryoparāge pāte cādyaṃ no rajodarśanaṃ sat

In Bhadrā ⟨viṣṭi⟩, in the ⟨Lord's⟩ sleep, at a saṅkrānti, on the new moon, on the riktā ⟨tithis⟩, at twilight, on the sixth, on the twelfth, in Vaidhṛti, during illness, on the eighth, in an eclipse of the Moon or the Sun, and in a pāta — the first appearance of the menses is not good.

हस्तानिलाश्विमृगमैत्रवसुध्रुवाख्यैः शाक्रान्वितैः शुभतिथौ शुभवासरे च स्नायादथार्तववती मृगपौष्णवायु हस्ताश्विधातृभिररं लभते च गर्भम्

hastānilāśvimṛgamaitravasudhruvākhyaiḥ śākrānvitaiḥ śubhatithau śubhavāsare ca snāyādathārtavavatī mṛgapauṣṇavāyu hastāśvidhātṛbhiraraṃ labhate ca garbham

With Hasta, Anila ⟨Svātī⟩, Aśvinī, Mṛgaśiras, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Vasu ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩ and those called dhruva, joined with Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, on an auspicious tithi and an auspicious weekday, the menstruating woman should bathe; and by Mṛgaśiras, Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩, Vāyu ⟨Svātī⟩, Hasta, Aśvinī and Dhātṛ ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ she quickly obtains conception.

गण्डान्तं त्रिविधं त्यजेन्निधनजन्मर्क्षे च मूलान्तकं दास्रं पौष्णमघोपरागदिवसान् पातं तथा वैधृतिम् पित्रोः श्राद्धदिनं दिवा च परिघाद्यर्धं स्वपत्नीगमे भान्युत्पातहतानि मृत्युभवनं जन्मर्क्षतः पापभम्

gaṇḍāntaṃ trividhaṃ tyajennidhanajanmarkṣe ca mūlāntakaṃ dāsraṃ pauṣṇamaghoparāgadivasān pātaṃ tathā vaidhṛtim pitroḥ śrāddhadinaṃ divā ca parighādyardhaṃ svapatnīgame bhānyutpātahatāni mṛtyubhavanaṃ janmarkṣataḥ pāpabham

In going to one's own wife one should avoid the threefold gaṇḍānta; the nidhana ⟨8th⟩ and the birth nakṣatra; Mūla, Antaka ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, Dāsra ⟨Aśvinī⟩, Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩, Maghā and the days of eclipse; a pāta, and likewise Vaidhṛti; the śrāddha-day of one's parents; the daytime; the first half of Parigha ⟨and the yogas of its kind⟩; the nakṣatras struck by portents; the 8th house; and the malefic nakṣatra reckoned from the birth star.

भद्राषष्ठीपर्वरिक्ताश्च सन्ध्याभौमार्कार्कीनाद्यरात्रीश्चतस्रः गर्भाधानं त्र्युत्तरेन्द्वर्कमैत्रब्राह्मस्वातीविष्णुवस्वम्बुपे सत्

bhadrāṣaṣṭhīparvariktāśca sandhyābhaumārkārkīnādyarātrīścatasraḥ garbhādhānaṃ tryuttarendvarkamaitrabrāhmasvātīviṣṇuvasvambupe sat

⟨Avoid also⟩ Bhadrā, the sixth, the parvans, the riktā ⟨tithis⟩, twilight, Tuesday, Sunday and Saturday, and the first four nights ⟨of the courses⟩. Garbhādhāna is good in the three Uttarās, Indu ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, Arka ⟨Hasta⟩, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, Svātī, Viṣṇu ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Vasu ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩ and Ambupa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩.

केन्द्रत्रिकोणेषु शुभैश्च पापैस्त्र्यायारिगैः पुङ्ग्रहदृष्टलग्ने ओजांशगेऽब्जेऽपि च युग्मरात्रौ चित्रादितीज्याश्विषु मध्यमं स्यात्

kendratrikoṇeṣu śubhaiśca pāpaistryāyārigaiḥ puṅgrahadṛṣṭalagne ojāṃśage'bje'pi ca yugmarātrau citrāditījyāśviṣu madhyamaṃ syāt

With benefics in the kendras and trikoṇas, malefics gone to the 3rd, 11th and 6th, the lagna aspected by a male graha, the Moon too placed in an odd navāṃśa, and on an even night ⟨of the courses — a son is born⟩; in Citrā, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Ijyā ⟨Puṣya⟩ and Aśvinī it would be middling.

जीवार्कारदिने मृगेज्यनिरृतिश्रोत्रादितिब्रध्नभैः रिक्तामार्करसाष्टवर्ज्यतिथिभिर्मासाधिपे पीवरे सीमन्तोऽष्टमषष्ठमासि शुभदैः केन्द्रत्रिकोणे खलैर्लाभारित्रिषु वा ध्रुवान्त्यसदहे लग्ने च पुम्भांशके

jīvārkāradine mṛgejyanirṛtiśrotrāditibradhnabhaiḥ riktāmārkarasāṣṭavarjyatithibhirmāsādhipe pīvare sīmanto'ṣṭamaṣaṣṭhamāsi śubhadaiḥ kendratrikoṇe khalairlābhāritriṣu vā dhruvāntyasadahe lagne ca pumbhāṃśake

On the weekdays of Jupiter, the Sun and Mars; with the nakṣatras Mṛgaśiras, Ijyā ⟨Puṣya⟩, Nirṛti ⟨Mūla⟩, Śrotra ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩ and Bradhna ⟨Hasta⟩; with the tithis other than the riktā, the new moon, the twelfth ⟨arka⟩, the sixth ⟨rasa⟩ and the eighth; the lord of the month being stout ⟨strong⟩ — the sīmanta ⟨sīmantonnayana⟩ ⟨is done⟩ in the eighth or the sixth month, with the benefics in kendra and trikoṇa, the malefics in the 11th, 6th and 3rd, on a good day of the dhruva or the last ⟨Revatī⟩ nakṣatras, and with the lagna in a male navāṃśa.

मासेश्वराः सितकुजेज्यरवीन्दुसौरि चन्द्रात्मजास्तनुपचन्द्रदिवाकराः स्युः स्त्रीणां विधोर्बलमुशन्ति विवाहगर्भ संस्कारयोरितरकर्मसु भर्तुरेव

māseśvarāḥ sitakujejyaravīndusauri candrātmajāstanupacandradivākarāḥ syuḥ strīṇāṃ vidhorbalamuśanti vivāhagarbha saṃskārayoritarakarmasu bhartureva

The lords of the ⟨ten⟩ months are Venus, Mars, Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn, Mercury ⟨the Moon's son⟩, the lord of the tanu ⟨the lagna-lord⟩, the Moon and the Sun. For women they hold that the Moon's strength ⟨is what counts⟩ in marriage and in the saṃskāras of the embryo; in other rites, the husband's alone.

पूर्वोदितैः पुंसवनं विधेयं मासे तृतीये त्वथ विष्णुपूजा मासेऽष्टमे विष्णुविधातृजीवैर्लग्ने शुभे मृत्युगृहे च शुद्धे

pūrvoditaiḥ puṃsavanaṃ vidheyaṃ māse tṛtīye tvatha viṣṇupūjā māse'ṣṭame viṣṇuvidhātṛjīvairlagne śubhe mṛtyugṛhe ca śuddhe

With the ⟨factors⟩ stated above, the puṃsavana is to be performed in the third month; and then the worship of Viṣṇu in the eighth month, with Viṣṇu ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Vidhātṛ ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ and Jīva ⟨Puṣya⟩, the lagna being auspicious and the 8th house clear.

तज्जातकर्मादि शिशोर्विधेयं पर्वाख्यरिक्तोनतिथौ शुभेऽह्नि एकादशे द्वादशकेऽपि घस्रे मृदुध्रुवक्षिप्रचरोडुषु स्यात्

tajjātakarmādi śiśorvidheyaṃ parvākhyariktonatithau śubhe'hni ekādaśe dvādaśake'pi ghasre mṛdudhruvakṣipracaroḍuṣu syāt

That jātakarma and the rest for the infant should be performed on a tithi other than the parvans and the riktā, on an auspicious day; it may also be on the eleventh or on the twelfth day, in the mṛdu, dhruva, kṣipra and cara nakṣatras.

नार्द्रात्रयश्रुतिमघान्तकमिश्रमूल त्वाष्ट्रे ज्ञसौरिवसुषड्रविरिक्ततिथ्याम्

nārdrātrayaśrutimaghāntakamiśramūla tvāṣṭre jñasaurivasuṣaḍraviriktatithyām

Not in Ārdrā, the three śruti ⟨Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj⟩, Maghā, Antaka ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, the miśra ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Mūla and Tvāṣṭra ⟨Citrā⟩; nor on the days of Mercury and Saturn; nor on the eighth ⟨vasu⟩, the sixth ⟨ṣaṭ⟩, the twelfth ⟨ravi⟩ or a riktā tithi.

मासे चेत्प्रथमे भवेत्सदशनो बालो विनश्येत्स्वयं हन्यात्स क्रमतोऽनुजातभगिनीमात्रग्रजान् द्व्यादिके षष्ठादौ लभते हि भोगमतुलं तातात्सुखं पुष्टतां लक्ष्मीं सौख्यमथो जनौ सदशनो वोर्ध्वं स्वपित्रादिहा

māse cetprathame bhavetsadaśano bālo vinaśyetsvayaṃ hanyātsa kramato'nujātabhaginīmātragrajān dvyādike ṣaṣṭhādau labhate hi bhogamatulaṃ tātātsukhaṃ puṣṭatāṃ lakṣmīṃ saukhyamatho janau sadaśano vordhvaṃ svapitrādihā

If the child comes to have teeth in the first month, he himself perishes; ⟨and in the months⟩ from the second on he kills, in order, his younger brother, his sister, his mother and his elder brother. In the sixth and after he obtains incomparable enjoyment, happiness from his father, robustness, wealth and well-being. And one born with teeth already, or ⟨cutting them⟩ later than ⟨this reckoning⟩, is a killer of his own father and the rest.

दोलारोहेऽर्कभात् पञ्चशरपञ्चेषुसप्तभैः नैरुज्यं मरणं कार्श्यं व्याधिः सौख्यं क्रमाच्छिशोः

dolārohe'rkabhāt pañcaśarapañceṣusaptabhaiḥ nairujyaṃ maraṇaṃ kārśyaṃ vyādhiḥ saukhyaṃ kramācchiśoḥ

At the mounting of the swing, reckoned from the Sun's nakṣatra, by the ⟨groups of⟩ five, five, five, five and seven nakṣatras there result for the child, in order, freedom from illness, death, emaciation, disease and happiness.

दन्तार्कभूपधृतिदिङ्मितवासरे स्याद् वारे शुभे मृदुलघुध्रुवभैः शिशूनां दोलाधिरूढिरथ निष्क्रमणं चतुर्थ मासे गमोक्तसमयेऽर्कमितेऽह्नि वा स्यात्

dantārkabhūpadhṛtidiṅmitavāsare syād vāre śubhe mṛdulaghudhruvabhaiḥ śiśūnāṃ dolādhirūḍhiratha niṣkramaṇaṃ caturtha māse gamoktasamaye'rkamite'hni vā syāt

The children's mounting of the swing should be on a day numbered by the teeth ⟨32⟩, the Sun ⟨12⟩, the kings ⟨16⟩, dhṛti ⟨18⟩ or the directions ⟨10⟩, on an auspicious weekday, and with the mṛdu, laghu and dhruva nakṣatras. Then the first outing ⟨niṣkramaṇa⟩ is in the fourth month, at the time stated for setting out ⟨on a journey⟩, or on the day numbered by the Sun ⟨the twelfth⟩.

कवीज्यास्तचैत्राधिमासे न पौषे जलं पूजयेत्सूतिका मासपूर्तौ बुधेन्द्वीज्यवारे विरिक्ते तिथौ हि श्रुतीज्यादितीन्द्वर्कनैरृत्यमैत्रैः

kavījyāstacaitrādhimāse na pauṣe jalaṃ pūjayetsūtikā māsapūrtau budhendvījyavāre virikte tithau hi śrutījyāditīndvarkanairṛtyamaitraiḥ

Not in the combustion of Venus and Jupiter, not in Caitra, not in an intercalary month, not in Pauṣa — the lying-in woman ⟨sūtikā⟩ should worship the water at the completion of the month, on the weekday of Mercury, the Moon or Jupiter, on a tithi that is not riktā, and with Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Ijyā ⟨Puṣya⟩, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Indu ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, Arka ⟨Hasta⟩, Nairṛtya ⟨Mūla⟩ and Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩.

रिक्तानन्दाष्टदर्शं हरिदिवसमथो सौरिभौमार्कवारान् लग्नं जन्मर्क्षलग्नाष्टमगृहलवगं मीनमेषालिकं च हित्वा षष्ठात्समे मास्यथ हि मृगदृशां पञ्चमादोजमासे नक्षत्रैः स्यात् स्थिराख्यैः समृदुलघुचरैर्बालकाऽन्नाशनं सत्

riktānandāṣṭadarśaṃ haridivasamatho sauribhaumārkavārān lagnaṃ janmarkṣalagnāṣṭamagṛhalavagaṃ mīnameṣālikaṃ ca hitvā ṣaṣṭhātsame māsyatha hi mṛgadṛśāṃ pañcamādojamāse nakṣatraiḥ syāt sthirākhyaiḥ samṛdulaghucarairbālakā'nnāśanaṃ sat

Leaving out the riktā and nandā ⟨tithis⟩, the eighth and the new moon; the day of Hari ⟨the eleventh⟩; also the weekdays of Saturn, Mars and the Sun; and a lagna that falls in the navāṃśa of the birth nakṣatra's sign or of the 8th house from the lagna, and ⟨the signs⟩ Pisces, Aries and Scorpio — the child's first feeding ⟨annaprāśana⟩ is good in an even month from the sixth on, and for girls ⟨the fawn-eyed⟩ in an odd month from the fifth on, with the nakṣatras called sthira together with the mṛdu, laghu and cara ones.

केन्द्रत्रिकोणसहजेषु शुभैः खशुद्धे लग्ने त्रिलाभरिपुगैश्च वदन्ति पापैः लग्नाष्टषष्ठरहितं शशिनं प्रशस्तं मैत्राम्बुपानिलजनुर्भमसच्च केचित्

kendratrikoṇasahajeṣu śubhaiḥ khaśuddhe lagne trilābharipugaiśca vadanti pāpaiḥ lagnāṣṭaṣaṣṭharahitaṃ śaśinaṃ praśastaṃ maitrāmbupānilajanurbhamasacca kecit

They declare ⟨it good⟩ when benefics are in the kendras, the trikoṇas and the 3rd, when the 10th ⟨kha⟩ is clear, and when the malefics are in the 3rd, the 11th and the 6th from the lagna; the Moon free of the lagna, the 8th and the 6th is praised. And some ⟨hold⟩ Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Ambupa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩, Anila ⟨Svātī⟩ and the birth nakṣatra to be not good.

क्षीणेन्दुपूर्णचन्द्रेज्यज्ञभौमाऽर्काऽऽर्किभार्गवैः त्रिकोणव्ययकेन्द्राष्टस्थितैरुक्तं फलं ग्रहैः

kṣīṇendupūrṇacandrejyajñabhaumā'rkā''rkibhārgavaiḥ trikoṇavyayakendrāṣṭasthitairuktaṃ phalaṃ grahaiḥ

By the waning Moon, the full Moon, Jupiter, Mercury, Mars, the Sun, Saturn and Venus, standing in the trikoṇa, the 12th, the kendra and the 8th, the result is declared ⟨as follows⟩.

भिक्षाशी यज्ञकृद्दीर्घजीवी ज्ञानी च पित्तरुक् कुष्ठी चान्नक्लेशवातव्याधिमान् भोगभागिति

bhikṣāśī yajñakṛddīrghajīvī jñānī ca pittaruk kuṣṭhī cānnakleśavātavyādhimān bhogabhāgiti

⟨He becomes⟩ a beggar, a performer of sacrifices, long-lived, wise, afflicted with bile, leprous, one distressed for food and diseased by wind, and an enjoyer of pleasures — so it is.

पृथ्वीं वराहमभिपूज्य कुजे विशुद्धे ऽरिक्ते तिथौ व्रजति पञ्चममासि बालम् बद्ध्वा शुभेऽह्नि कटिसूत्रमथ ध्रुवेन्दु ज्येष्ठर्क्षमैत्रलघुभैरुपवेशयेत्कौ

pṛthvīṃ varāhamabhipūjya kuje viśuddhe 'rikte tithau vrajati pañcamamāsi bālam baddhvā śubhe'hni kaṭisūtramatha dhruvendu jyeṣṭharkṣamaitralaghubhairupaveśayetkau

Having worshipped the Earth and Varāha, with Mars ⟨kuja⟩ unblemished, on a tithi that is not riktā, when the child passes into the fifth month, and having tied the waist-cord ⟨kaṭi-sūtra⟩ on an auspicious day, one should seat him upon the ground with the dhruva, Indu ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, Jyeṣṭhā, Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩ and laghu nakṣatras.

तस्मिन्काले स्थापयेत्तत्पुरस्ताद्वस्त्रं शस्त्रं पुस्तकं लेखनीं च स्वर्णं रौप्यं यच्च गृह्णाति बालस्तैराजीवैस्तस्य वृत्तिः प्रदिष्टा

tasminkāle sthāpayettatpurastādvastraṃ śastraṃ pustakaṃ lekhanīṃ ca svarṇaṃ raupyaṃ yacca gṛhṇāti bālastairājīvaistasya vṛttiḥ pradiṣṭā

At that time one should set down before him a cloth, a weapon, a book and a pen, and gold and silver; and whichever the child takes — by those means of living his livelihood is declared.

वारे भौमार्किहीने ध्रुवमृदुलघुभैर्विष्णुमूलादितीन्द्र स्वातीवस्वभ्युपेतैर्मिथुनमृगसुताकुम्भगोमीनलग्ने सौम्यैः केन्द्रत्रिकोणैरशुभगगनगैः शत्रुलाभत्रिसंस्थै स्ताम्बूलं सार्धमासद्वयमितसमये प्रोक्तमन्नाशने वा

vāre bhaumārkihīne dhruvamṛdulaghubhairviṣṇumūlāditīndra svātīvasvabhyupetairmithunamṛgasutākumbhagomīnalagne saumyaiḥ kendratrikoṇairaśubhagaganagaiḥ śatrulābhatrisaṃsthai stāmbūlaṃ sārdhamāsadvayamitasamaye proktamannāśane vā

On a weekday other than Mars's and Saturn's; with the dhruva, mṛdu and laghu nakṣatras joined by Viṣṇu ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Mūla, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Indra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, Svātī and Vasu ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩; the lagna being Gemini, Capricorn ⟨mṛga⟩, Virgo ⟨sutā⟩, Aquarius, Taurus ⟨go⟩ or Pisces; with benefics in kendra and trikoṇa and the inauspicious ones gone to the 10th ⟨gagana⟩ or placed in the 6th, the 11th and the 3rd — betel ⟨tāmbūla⟩ is prescribed at the time measured by two and a half months, or else at the first feeding.

हित्वैतांश्चैत्रपौषावमहरिशयनं जन्ममासं च रिक्तां युग्माब्दं जन्मतारामृतुमुनिवसुभिः सम्मिते मास्यथो वा जन्माहात्सूर्यभूपैः परिमितदिवसे ज्ञेज्यशुक्रेन्दुवारेऽथौजाब्दे विष्णुयुग्मादितिमृदुलघुभैः कर्णवेधः प्रशस्तः

hitvaitāṃścaitrapauṣāvamahariśayanaṃ janmamāsaṃ ca riktāṃ yugmābdaṃ janmatārāmṛtumunivasubhiḥ sammite māsyatho vā janmāhātsūryabhūpaiḥ parimitadivase jñejyaśukrenduvāre'thaujābde viṣṇuyugmāditimṛdulaghubhaiḥ karṇavedhaḥ praśastaḥ

Leaving out these — Caitra, Pauṣa, the intercalary ⟨month⟩, the Hariśayana, the birth month, a riktā ⟨tithi⟩, an even year and the birth star — in a month numbered by the seasons ⟨6⟩, the sages ⟨7⟩ or the Vasus ⟨8⟩; or else on a day numbered by the Sun ⟨12⟩ or by the kings ⟨16⟩ from the day of birth; on the weekday of Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or the Moon; in an odd year; with Viṣṇu ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, Yugma, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩ and the mṛdu and laghu nakṣatras — the piercing of the ears is commended.

संशुद्धे मृतिभवने त्रिकोणकेन्द्रत्र्यायस्थैः शुभखचरैः कवीज्यलग्ने पापाख्यैररिसहजायगेहसंस्थैर्लग्नस्थे त्रिदशगुरौ शुभावहः स्यात्

saṃśuddhe mṛtibhavane trikoṇakendratryāyasthaiḥ śubhakhacaraiḥ kavījyalagne pāpākhyairarisahajāyagehasaṃsthairlagnasthe tridaśagurau śubhāvahaḥ syāt

The house of death ⟨the 8th⟩ being wholly clear, with the benefic grahas standing in the trikoṇa, the kendra, the 3rd and the 11th, the lagna being Venus's or Jupiter's ⟨sign⟩, with those called malefic placed in the houses of the enemy ⟨6th⟩, the 3rd and the 11th, and with Jupiter, the guru of the gods, in the lagna — it will bring what is auspicious.

गीर्वाणाऽम्बुप्रतिष्ठापरिणयदहनाधानगेहप्रवेशा श्चौलं राजाभिषेको व्रतमपि शुभदं नैव याम्यायने स्यात् नो वा बाल्यास्तवार्धे सुरगुरुसितयोर्नैव केतूदये स्यात् पक्षं वार्धं च केचिज्जहति तमपरे यावदीक्षां तदुग्रे

gīrvāṇā'mbupratiṣṭhāpariṇayadahanādhānagehapraveśā ścaulaṃ rājābhiṣeko vratamapi śubhadaṃ naiva yāmyāyane syāt no vā bālyāstavārdhe suragurusitayornaiva ketūdaye syāt pakṣaṃ vārdhaṃ ca kecijjahati tamapare yāvadīkṣāṃ tadugre

The installation of gods and of waters, marriage, the setting of the sacred fire, house-entry, the tonsure, the royal consecration and vows too are never auspicious in the southern ayana; nor in the childhood, the combustion or the old age of Jupiter and Venus; nor at the rising of a comet ⟨ketu⟩. For that some abandon a fortnight, and others half ⟨a fortnight⟩; others ⟨abandon it⟩ as long as it is in sight, when it is fierce.

पुरः पश्चाद् भृगोर्बाल्यं त्रिदशाहं च वार्धकम् पक्षं पञ्चदिनं ते द्वे गुरोः पक्षमुदाहृते

puraḥ paścād bhṛgorbālyaṃ tridaśāhaṃ ca vārdhakam pakṣaṃ pañcadinaṃ te dve guroḥ pakṣamudāhṛte

Before and after, Venus's childhood and old age are thirty days ⟨tridaśāha⟩; ⟨others say⟩ a fortnight and five days. Those two, for Jupiter, are declared to be a fortnight ⟨each⟩.

ते दशाहं द्वयोः प्रोक्ते कैश्चित्सप्तदिनं परैः त्र्यहं त्वात्ययिकेऽप्यन्यैरर्धाहं च त्र्यहं विधोः

te daśāhaṃ dvayoḥ prokte kaiścitsaptadinaṃ paraiḥ tryahaṃ tvātyayike'pyanyairardhāhaṃ ca tryahaṃ vidhoḥ

For the two of them those ⟨periods⟩ are said by some to be ten days, and by others seven days; by still others three days, and in an emergency even half a day; and for the Moon, three days.

चूडा वर्षात्तृतीयात्प्रभवति विषमेऽष्टार्करिक्ताद्यषष्ठी पर्वोनाहे विचैत्रोदगयनसमये ज्ञेन्दुशुक्रेज्यकानां वारे लग्नांशयोश्चास्वभनिधनतनौ नैधने शुद्धियुक्ते शाक्रोपेतैर्विमैत्रैर्मृदुचरलघुभैरायषट्त्रिस्थपापैः

cūḍā varṣāttṛtīyātprabhavati viṣame'ṣṭārkariktādyaṣaṣṭhī parvonāhe vicaitrodagayanasamaye jñenduśukrejyakānāṃ vāre lagnāṃśayoścāsvabhanidhanatanau naidhane śuddhiyukte śākropetairvimaitrairmṛducaralaghubhairāyaṣaṭtristhapāpaiḥ

The tonsure takes place from the third year, in an odd ⟨year⟩, on a day free of the eighth, the twelfth ⟨arka⟩, the riktā, the first and the sixth, and of the parvans; in the northern course, excluding Caitra; on the weekday of Mercury, the Moon, Venus or Jupiter; the lagna and its navāṃśa being neither the sign of one's own ⟨birth⟩ star nor the 8th from it; the 8th house being endowed with purity; with the mṛdu, cara and laghu nakṣatras joined by Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩ but excluding Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩; and the malefics standing in the 11th, the 6th and the 3rd.

क्षीणचन्द्रकुजसौरिभास्करैर्मृत्युशस्त्रमृतिपङ्गुताज्वराः स्युः क्रमेण बुधजीवभार्गवैः केन्द्रगैश्च शुभमिष्टतारया

kṣīṇacandrakujasauribhāskarairmṛtyuśastramṛtipaṅgutājvarāḥ syuḥ krameṇa budhajīvabhārgavaiḥ kendragaiśca śubhamiṣṭatārayā

By the waning Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun there result, in order, death, death by a weapon, lameness and fevers; and by Mercury, Jupiter and Venus gone to the kendras, and by a favourable tārā, there is good.

पञ्चमासाधिके मातुर्गर्भे चौलं शिशोर्न सत् पञ्चवर्षाधिकस्येष्टं गर्भिण्यामपि मातरि

pañcamāsādhike māturgarbhe caulaṃ śiśorna sat pañcavarṣādhikasyeṣṭaṃ garbhiṇyāmapi mātari

When the mother's pregnancy is past five months, the caula (tonsure) of a child is not good; but for one past five years of age it is approved even while the mother is pregnant.

तारादौष्ट्येऽब्जे त्रिकोणोच्चगे वा क्षौरं सत्स्यात्सौम्यमित्रस्ववर्गे सौम्ये भेऽब्जे शोभने दुष्टतारा शस्ता ज्ञेया क्षौरयात्रादिकृत्ये

tārādauṣṭye'bje trikoṇoccage vā kṣauraṃ satsyātsaumyamitrasvavarge saumye bhe'bje śobhane duṣṭatārā śastā jñeyā kṣaurayātrādikṛtye

When the tārā is bad, if the Moon is in a trikoṇa or exalted, or in the varga of a benefic, of a friend, or its own, shaving is still good. When the nakṣatra is benefic and the Moon is well placed, even a bad tārā is to be reckoned commended in such acts as shaving and setting out on a journey.

ऋतुमत्याः सूतिकायाः सूनोश्चौलादि नाऽऽचरेत् ज्येष्ठापत्यस्य न ज्येष्ठे कैश्चिन्मार्गेऽपि नेष्यते

ṛtumatyāḥ sūtikāyāḥ sūnoścaulādi nā''caret jyeṣṭhāpatyasya na jyeṣṭhe kaiścinmārge'pi neṣyate

For the son of a woman in her courses or of one newly delivered, one should not perform the caula and the rest. For the eldest child ⟨it is⟩ not ⟨done⟩ in Jyeṣṭha; by some it is not desired in Mārgaśīrṣa either.

दन्तक्षौरनखक्रियाऽत्र विहिता चौलोदिते वारभे पातङ्ग्याररवीन्विहाय नवमं घस्रं च सन्ध्यां तथा रिक्तां पर्व निशां निरासनरणग्रामप्रयाणोद्यत स्नाताभ्यक्तकृताशनैर्नहि पुनः कार्या हितप्रेप्सुभिः

dantakṣauranakhakriyā'tra vihitā caulodite vārabhe pātaṅgyāraravīnvihāya navamaṃ ghasraṃ ca sandhyāṃ tathā riktāṃ parva niśāṃ nirāsanaraṇagrāmaprayāṇodyata snātābhyaktakṛtāśanairnahi punaḥ kāryā hitaprepsubhiḥ

The working upon teeth, the shaving, and the paring of nails are here prescribed on the weekday and the nakṣatra stated for the caula, leaving out Saturn's, Mars's and the Sun's ⟨days⟩; and leaving out the ninth day, the twilight, the riktā ⟨tithi⟩, the parvan and the night. And by those set out for battle or for a journey to a village, and by those who have bathed, been anointed, or eaten, they are not to be done again — not by men who seek their own good.

क्रतुपाणिपीडमृतिबन्धमोक्षणे क्षुरकर्म च द्विजनृपाज्ञयाऽऽचरेत् शववाहतीर्थगमसिन्धुमज्जनक्षुरमाचरेन्न खलु गर्भिणीपति

kratupāṇipīḍamṛtibandhamokṣaṇe kṣurakarma ca dvijanṛpājñayā''caret śavavāhatīrthagamasindhumajjanakṣuramācarenna khalu garbhiṇīpati

At a sacrifice, at a marriage, at a death, at release from bondage, and by the order of a brahmin or a king, one may perform the shaving. But the husband of a pregnant woman must certainly not perform the shaving ⟨that goes with⟩ carrying a corpse, going to a tīrtha, or immersion in the sea.

नृपाणां हितं क्षौरभे श्मश्रुकर्म दिने पञ्चमे पञ्चमेऽस्योदये वा षडग्निस्त्रिमैत्रोऽष्टकः पञ्चपित्र्योऽब्दतोऽब्ध्यर्यमा क्षौरकृन्मृत्युमेति

nṛpāṇāṃ hitaṃ kṣaurabhe śmaśrukarma dine pañcame pañcame'syodaye vā ṣaḍagnistrimaitro'ṣṭakaḥ pañcapitryo'bdato'bdhyaryamā kṣaurakṛnmṛtyumeti

For kings the trimming of the beard is beneficial on a nakṣatra fit for shaving, on the fifth day, or on the fifth rising of it. ⟨But⟩ reckoned from the year: six ⟨with⟩ Kṛttikā (Agni's), three ⟨with⟩ Anurādhā (Mitra's), eight ⟨with⟩ Rohiṇī (Ka's), five ⟨with⟩ Maghā (the Pitṛs'), four ⟨with⟩ Uttaraphalgunī (Aryaman's) — one who shaves ⟨then⟩ meets death.

गणेशविष्णुवाग्रमाः प्रपूज्य पञ्चमाब्दके तिथौ शिवार्कदिग्द्विषट्शरत्रिके रवावुदक् लघुश्रवोऽनिलान्त्यभादितीशतक्षमित्रभे चरोनसत्तनौ शिशोर्लिपिग्रहः सतां दिने

gaṇeśaviṣṇuvāgramāḥ prapūjya pañcamābdake tithau śivārkadigdviṣaṭśaratrike ravāvudak laghuśravo'nilāntyabhāditīśatakṣamitrabhe caronasattanau śiśorlipigrahaḥ satāṃ dine

Having worshipped Gaṇeśa, Viṣṇu, Vāc ⟨Sarasvatī⟩ and Ramā ⟨Lakṣmī⟩, in the fifth year, on the tithis eleven, twelve, ten, two, six, five and three, the Sun being northward, in the laghu ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Śravaṇa, Svātī, the last ⟨Revatī⟩, Punarvasu, Citrā and Anurādhā, the lagna being good and not a movable sign, the child's taking up of the letters ⟨is to be done⟩ — on the day of the benefics.

मृगात्कराच्छ्रुतेस्त्रयेऽश्विमूलपूर्विकात्रये गुरुद्वयेऽर्कजीववित्सितेऽह्नि षट्शरत्रिके शिवार्कदिग्द्विके तिथौ ध्रुवान्त्यमित्रभे परैः शुभैरधीतिरुत्तमा त्रिकोणकेन्द्रगैः स्मृता

mṛgātkarācchrutestraye'śvimūlapūrvikātraye gurudvaye'rkajīvavitsite'hni ṣaṭśaratrike śivārkadigdvike tithau dhruvāntyamitrabhe paraiḥ śubhairadhītiruttamā trikoṇakendragaiḥ smṛtā

In the three ⟨beginning⟩ from Mṛgaśiras, from Hasta and from Śravaṇa; in Aśvinī, Mūla and the three Pūrvā ⟨nakṣatras⟩; in the two of Guru; on the day of the Sun, Jupiter, Mercury or Venus; on the tithis six, five, three, eleven, twelve, ten and two; in the dhruva ⟨nakṣatras⟩, the last ⟨Revatī⟩ and Anurādhā — with the other benefics standing in trikoṇas and kendras, study is declared excellent.

विप्राणां व्रतबन्धनं निगदितं गर्भाज्जनेर्वाऽष्टमे वर्षे वाप्यथ पञ्चमे क्षितिभुजां षष्ठे तथैकादशे वैश्यानां पुनरष्टमेऽप्यथ पुनः स्याद् द्वादशे वत्सरे कालेऽथ द्विगुणे गते निगदिते गौणं तदाहुर्बुधाः

viprāṇāṃ vratabandhanaṃ nigaditaṃ garbhājjanervā'ṣṭame varṣe vāpyatha pañcame kṣitibhujāṃ ṣaṣṭhe tathaikādaśe vaiśyānāṃ punaraṣṭame'pyatha punaḥ syād dvādaśe vatsare kāle'tha dviguṇe gate nigadite gauṇaṃ tadāhurbudhāḥ

For brahmins the vratabandha is declared in the eighth year from conception or from birth, or else in the fifth; for kṣatriyas in the sixth and likewise in the eleventh; for vaiśyas again in the eighth, and again ⟨it may⟩ be in the twelfth year. When twice the stated time has gone by, the wise call that ⟨time⟩ secondary.

क्षिप्रध्रुवाहिचरमूलमृदुत्रिपूर्वारौद्रेऽर्कविद्गुरुसितेन्दुदिने व्रतं सत् द्वित्रीषुरुद्ररविदिक्प्रमिते तिथौ च कृष्णादिमत्रिलवकेऽपि न चापराह्णे

kṣipradhruvāhicaramūlamṛdutripūrvāraudre'rkavidgurusitendudine vrataṃ sat dvitrīṣurudraravidikpramite tithau ca kṛṣṇādimatrilavake'pi na cāparāhṇe

In the kṣipra, dhruva, ahi, cara, Mūla, mṛdu, the three Pūrvās and Ārdrā ⟨nakṣatras⟩, on the day of the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or the Moon, the vrata is good; and on the tithis measured two, three, five, eleven, twelve and ten, and also in the first three portions beginning with the dark ⟨fortnight⟩ — but not in the afternoon.

कवीज्यचन्द्रलग्नपा रिपौ मृतौ व्रतेऽधमाः व्ययेऽब्जभार्गवौ तथा तनौ मृतौ सुते खलाः

kavījyacandralagnapā ripau mṛtau vrate'dhamāḥ vyaye'bjabhārgavau tathā tanau mṛtau sute khalāḥ

Venus, Jupiter, the Moon and the lord of the lagna in the 6th or the 8th are lowest for the vrata; so too the Moon and Venus in the 12th, and the malefics in the 1st, the 8th or the 5th.

व्रतबन्धेऽष्टषड्रिष्फवर्जिताः शोभनाः शुभाः त्रिषडाये खलाः पूर्णो गोकर्कस्थो विधुस्तनौ

vratabandhe'ṣṭaṣaḍriṣphavarjitāḥ śobhanāḥ śubhāḥ triṣaḍāye khalāḥ pūrṇo gokarkastho vidhustanau

At the vratabandha the benefics are auspicious when they avoid the 8th, the 6th and the 12th; the malefics ⟨are good⟩ in the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th; and the full Moon standing in Taurus or Cancer ⟨is good⟩ in the lagna.

विप्राधीशौ भार्गवेज्यौ कुजार्कौ राजन्यानामोषधीशो विशां च शूद्राणां ज्ञश्चान्त्यजानां शनिः स्या च्छाखेशाः स्युर्जीवशुक्रारसौम्याः

viprādhīśau bhārgavejyau kujārkau rājanyānāmoṣadhīśo viśāṃ ca śūdrāṇāṃ jñaścāntyajānāṃ śaniḥ syā cchākheśāḥ syurjīvaśukrārasaumyāḥ

The two lords of brahmins are Venus and Jupiter; of kṣatriyas, Mars and the Sun; of vaiśyas, the lord of herbs ⟨the Moon⟩; of śūdras, Mercury; and of the antyajas, Saturn. And the lords of the ⟨Vedic⟩ branches are Jupiter, Venus, Mars and Mercury.

शाखेशवारतनुवीर्यमतीव शस्तं शाखेशसूर्यशशिजीवबले व्रतं सत् जीवे भृगौ रिपुगृहे विजिते च नीचे स्याद्वेदशास्त्रविधिना रहितो व्रतेन

śākheśavāratanuvīryamatīva śastaṃ śākheśasūryaśaśijīvabale vrataṃ sat jīve bhṛgau ripugṛhe vijite ca nīce syādvedaśāstravidhinā rahito vratena

The strength of the śākhā-lord's weekday and of the lagna is exceedingly commended; when the śākhā-lord, the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter are strong, the vrata is good. But when Jupiter and Venus are in an enemy's house, defeated, or debilitated, ⟨the boy⟩ remains, even with the vrata, devoid of the discipline of the Veda and the śāstra.

जन्मर्क्षमासलग्नादौ व्रते विद्याधिको व्रती आद्यगर्भेऽपि विप्राणां क्षत्रादीनामनादिमे

janmarkṣamāsalagnādau vrate vidyādhiko vratī ādyagarbhe'pi viprāṇāṃ kṣatrādīnāmanādime

When the vrata falls in the birth nakṣatra, birth month, birth lagna and so on, the initiate excels in learning. For brahmins ⟨it may be done⟩ even during a first pregnancy ⟨of the mother⟩; for kṣatriyas and the rest, not during the first.

बटुकन्याजन्मराशेस्त्रिकोणायद्विसप्तगः श्रेष्ठो गुरुः खषट्त्र्याद्ये पूजयाऽन्यत्र निन्दितः

baṭukanyājanmarāśestrikoṇāyadvisaptagaḥ śreṣṭho guruḥ khaṣaṭtryādye pūjayā'nyatra ninditaḥ

Jupiter standing in a trikoṇa, the 11th, the 2nd or the 7th from the birth rāśi of the boy ⟨or⟩ the girl is best; in the 10th, the 6th, the 3rd and the 1st ⟨he is acceptable⟩ by worship; elsewhere he is censured.

स्वोच्चे स्वभे स्वमैत्रे वा स्वांशे वर्गोत्तमे गुरुः रिष्फाष्टतुर्यगोऽपीष्टो नीचारिस्थः शुभोऽप्यसन्

svocce svabhe svamaitre vā svāṃśe vargottame guruḥ riṣphāṣṭaturyago'pīṣṭo nīcāristhaḥ śubho'pyasan

Jupiter in his own exaltation, his own sign, a friend's, his own aṃśa, or vargottama, is desirable even when he stands in the 12th, the 8th or the 4th; but standing debilitated or in an enemy's ⟨sign⟩ he is bad, benefic though he is.

कृष्णे प्रदोषेऽनध्याये शनौ निश्यपराह्णके प्राक्सन्ध्यागर्जिते नेष्टो व्रतबन्धो गलग्रहे

kṛṣṇe pradoṣe'nadhyāye śanau niśyaparāhṇake prāksandhyāgarjite neṣṭo vratabandho galagrahe

In the dark fortnight, at pradoṣa, on a day of non-study, on Saturday, at night, in the afternoon, when there is thunder at the morning twilight, and at a galagraha, the vratabandha is not desired.

क्रूरो जडो भवेत्पापः पटुः षट्कर्मकृद्बटुः यज्ञार्थभाक् तथा मूर्खो रव्याद्यंशे तनौ क्रमात्

krūro jaḍo bhavetpāpaḥ paṭuḥ ṣaṭkarmakṛdbaṭuḥ yajñārthabhāk tathā mūrkho ravyādyaṃśe tanau kramāt

By the aṃśa of the Sun and the rest in the lagna, the boy becomes in order: cruel, dull, wicked, clever, a doer of the six rites, a partaker in sacrifice, and a fool.

विद्यानिरतः शुभराशिलवे पापांशगते हि दरिद्रतरः चन्द्रे स्वलवे बहुदुःखयुतः कर्णादितिभे धनवान्स्वलवे

vidyānirataḥ śubharāśilave pāpāṃśagate hi daridrataraḥ candre svalave bahuduḥkhayutaḥ karṇāditibhe dhanavānsvalave

⟨The boy is⟩ devoted to learning when ⟨the lagna is⟩ in the navāṃśa of a benefic's rāśi; but gone into a malefic's aṃśa, he is the poorer indeed. When the Moon is in its own navāṃśa he is beset with much sorrow; ⟨but⟩ in Śravaṇa or Punarvasu, in its own navāṃśa, he is wealthy.

राजसेवी वैश्यवृत्तिः शस्त्रवृत्तिश्च पाठकः प्राज्ञोऽर्थवान् म्लेच्छसेवी केन्द्रे सूर्यादिखेचरैः

rājasevī vaiśyavṛttiḥ śastravṛttiśca pāṭhakaḥ prājño'rthavān mlecchasevī kendre sūryādikhecaraiḥ

By the Sun and the other grahas ⟨standing⟩ in a kendra ⟨he becomes, in order⟩: a servant of a king, one living by trade, one living by the weapon, a reciter, wise, wealthy, and a servant of mlecchas.

शुक्रे जीवे तथा चन्द्रे सूर्यभौमाऽर्किसंयुते निर्गुणः क्रूरचेष्टः स्यान्निर्घृणः सद्युते पटुः

śukre jīve tathā candre sūryabhaumā'rkisaṃyute nirguṇaḥ krūraceṣṭaḥ syānnirghṛṇaḥ sadyute paṭuḥ

When Venus, Jupiter or the Moon is joined with the Sun, Mars or Saturn, he becomes ⟨respectively⟩ devoid of virtue, cruel in his doings, and pitiless; joined with benefics, clever.

विधौ सितांशगे सिते त्रिकोणगे तनौ गुरौ समस्तवेदविद् व्रती यमांशगेऽतिनिर्घृणः

vidhau sitāṃśage site trikoṇage tanau gurau samastavedavid vratī yamāṃśage'tinirghṛṇaḥ

When the Moon is in Venus's aṃśa, Venus in a trikoṇa, and Jupiter in the lagna, the initiate knows the whole Veda; ⟨and⟩ when ⟨the Moon⟩ is in Yama's ⟨Saturn's⟩ aṃśa, he is exceedingly pitiless.

शुचिशुक्रपौषतपसां दिगश्विरुद्रार्कसङ्ख्यसिततिथयः भूतादित्रितयाष्टमि सङ्क्रमणं च व्रतेष्वनध्यायाः

śuciśukrapauṣatapasāṃ digaśvirudrārkasaṅkhyasitatithayaḥ bhūtāditritayāṣṭami saṅkramaṇaṃ ca vrateṣvanadhyāyāḥ

The bright-fortnight tithis numbered ten, two, eleven and twelve of Śuci ⟨Āṣāḍha⟩, Śukra ⟨Jyeṣṭha⟩, Pauṣa and Tapas ⟨Māgha⟩; the three beginning with the fifth, and the eighth; and a saṅkramaṇa — these are the days of non-study in the vratas ⟨the vratabandha, that is, the upanayana⟩.

अर्कतर्कत्रितिथिषु प्रदोषः स्यात्तदग्रिमैः रात्र्यर्धसार्धप्रहरयाममध्यस्थितैः क्रमात्

arkatarkatritithiṣu pradoṣaḥ syāttadagrimaiḥ rātryardhasārdhapraharayāmamadhyasthitaiḥ kramāt

On the twelfth, sixth and third tithis there is pradoṣa — ⟨brought about⟩ by the tithis next after them standing, respectively, at half the night, at a prahara and a half, and at the middle of a yāma.

प्राग्ब्रह्मौदनपाकाद् व्रतबन्धानन्तरं यदि चेत् उत्पातानध्ययनोत्पत्तावपि शान्तिपूर्वकं तत्स्यात्

prāgbrahmaudanapākād vratabandhānantaraṃ yadi cet utpātānadhyayanotpattāvapi śāntipūrvakaṃ tatsyāt

If, before the cooking of the brahmaudana, immediately after the vratabandha, a portent occurs or an occasion of non-study arises, even then it shall be done, preceded by a śānti.

वेदक्रमाच्छशिशिवाहिकरत्रिमूलपूर्वासु पौष्णकरमैत्रमृगादितीज्ये ध्रौवेषु चाश्विवसुपुष्यकरोत्तरेशकर्णे मृगान्त्यलघुमैत्रधनादितौ सत्

vedakramācchaśiśivāhikaratrimūlapūrvāsu pauṣṇakaramaitramṛgāditījye dhrauveṣu cāśvivasupuṣyakarottareśakarṇe mṛgāntyalaghumaitradhanāditau sat

According to the order of the Vedas: in Mṛgaśiras ⟨Śaśi's⟩, Ārdrā ⟨Śiva's⟩, Āśleṣā ⟨the serpent's⟩, Hasta, Mūla and the three Pūrvās; in Revatī ⟨Pauṣṇa⟩, Hasta, Anurādhā ⟨Maitra⟩, Mṛgaśiras, Punarvasu ⟨Aditi's⟩, Puṣya ⟨Ijya's⟩ and the dhruva ⟨nakṣatras⟩; in Aśvinī, Dhaniṣṭhā ⟨the Vasus'⟩, Puṣya, Hasta, the Uttarās, Ārdrā ⟨Īśa's⟩ and Śravaṇa ⟨Karṇa⟩; and in Mṛgaśiras, the last ⟨Revatī⟩, the laghu ⟨nakṣatras⟩, Anurādhā ⟨Maitra⟩, Dhaniṣṭhā and Punarvasu — it is good.

नान्दीश्राद्धोत्तरं मातुः पुष्पे लग्नान्तरे न हि शान्त्या चौलं व्रतं पाणिग्रहः कार्योऽन्यथा न सत्

nāndīśrāddhottaraṃ mātuḥ puṣpe lagnāntare na hi śāntyā caulaṃ vrataṃ pāṇigrahaḥ kāryo'nyathā na sat

If after the nāndī-śrāddha the mother's flowering ⟨menses⟩ ⟨comes⟩ within the lagna, it is certainly not ⟨to be done⟩. With a śānti the caula, the vrata and the taking of the hand may be performed; otherwise it is not good.

विचैत्रव्रतमासादौ विभौमास्ते विभूमिजे छुरिकाबन्धनं शस्तं नृपाणां प्राग्विवाहतः

vicaitravratamāsādau vibhaumāste vibhūmije churikābandhanaṃ śastaṃ nṛpāṇāṃ prāgvivāhataḥ

In the months prescribed for the vrata, Caitra excepted, when there is no combustion of Mars and Mars ⟨is absent⟩, the girding on of the knife is commended for kings, before the marriage.

केशान्तं षोडशे वर्षे चौलोक्तदिवसे शुभं व्रतोक्तदिवसादौ हि समावर्तनमिष्यते

keśāntaṃ ṣoḍaśe varṣe cauloktadivase śubhaṃ vratoktadivasādau hi samāvartanamiṣyate

The keśānta in the sixteenth year, on the day stated for the caula, is auspicious; and the samāvartana is desired on the day and the rest stated for the vrata.

भार्या त्रिवर्गकरणं शुभशीलयुक्ता शीलं शुभं भवति लग्नवशेन तस्याः तस्माद्विवाहसमयः परिचिन्त्यते हि तन्निघ्नतामुपगताः सुतशीलधर्माः

bhāryā trivargakaraṇaṃ śubhaśīlayuktā śīlaṃ śubhaṃ bhavati lagnavaśena tasyāḥ tasmādvivāhasamayaḥ paricintyate hi tannighnatāmupagatāḥ sutaśīladharmāḥ

A wife endowed with auspicious character is the instrument of the three aims ⟨dharma, artha and kāma⟩; and her character becomes auspicious by virtue of the lagna ⟨of the marriage⟩. Therefore the time of marriage is indeed carefully considered, for offspring, character and dharma have come to be multiples of that ⟨lagna⟩.

आदौ सम्पूज्य रत्नादिभिरथ गणकं वेदयेत्स्वस्थचित्तं कन्योद्वाहं दिगीशानलहयविशिखे प्रश्नलग्नाद्यदीन्दुः दृष्टो जीवेन सद्यः परिणयनकरो गोतुलाकर्कटाख्यं वा स्यात्प्रश्नस्य लग्नं शुभखचरयुतालोकितं तद्विदध्यात्

ādau sampūjya ratnādibhiratha gaṇakaṃ vedayetsvasthacittaṃ kanyodvāhaṃ digīśānalahayaviśikhe praśnalagnādyadīnduḥ dṛṣṭo jīvena sadyaḥ pariṇayanakaro gotulākarkaṭākhyaṃ vā syātpraśnasya lagnaṃ śubhakhacarayutālokitaṃ tadvidadhyāt

First having honoured the gaṇaka ⟨astrologer⟩ with gems and the like, one should announce to him, when his mind is at ease, the marriage of the girl. If the Moon, reckoned from the praśna-lagna, stands in the 10th, 11th, 3rd, 7th or 5th and is aspected by Jupiter, ⟨that⟩ brings the marriage about at once. Or, if the lagna of the query be the one named Taurus, Libra or Cancer, joined with or aspected by benefic grahas, one should perform it.

विषमभांशगतौ शशिभार्गवौ तनुगृहं बलिनौ यदि पश्यतः रचयतो वरलाभमिमौ यदा युगलभांशगतौ युवतिप्रदौ

viṣamabhāṃśagatau śaśibhārgavau tanugṛhaṃ balinau yadi paśyataḥ racayato varalābhamimau yadā yugalabhāṃśagatau yuvatipradau

If the Moon and Venus, strong, placed in odd signs and odd aṃśas ⟨navāṃśas⟩, aspect the tanu-gṛha ⟨the 1st house, the lagna⟩, these two bring about the gaining of a bridegroom; when they are placed in even signs and even aṃśas, they give a bride.

षष्ठाष्टस्थः प्रश्नलग्नाद्यदीन्दुर्लग्ने क्रूरः सप्तमे वा कुजः स्यात् मूर्ताविन्दुः सप्तमे तस्य भौमो रण्डा सा स्यादष्टसंवत्सरेण

ṣaṣṭhāṣṭasthaḥ praśnalagnādyadīndurlagne krūraḥ saptame vā kujaḥ syāt mūrtāvinduḥ saptame tasya bhaumo raṇḍā sā syādaṣṭasaṃvatsareṇa

If from the praśna-lagna the Moon stands in the 6th or the 8th, and a malefic is in the lagna, or Mars in the 7th; ⟨or⟩ if the Moon is in the mūrti ⟨the 1st house⟩ and Mars in the 7th from it — she will be a widow within eight years.

प्रश्नतनोर्यदि पापनभोगः पञ्चमगो रिपुदृष्टशरीरः नीचगतश्च तदा खलु कन्या सा कुलटा त्वथवा मृतवत्सा

praśnatanoryadi pāpanabhogaḥ pañcamago ripudṛṣṭaśarīraḥ nīcagataśca tadā khalu kanyā sā kulaṭā tvathavā mṛtavatsā

If from the praśna-lagna a malefic sky-goer ⟨graha⟩ is in the 5th, the body ⟨the lagna⟩ is aspected by an enemy ⟨graha⟩, and ⟨that malefic⟩ has gone to debilitation, then that girl is indeed unchaste, or else one whose children die.

यदि भवति सितातिरिक्तपक्षे तनुगृहतः समराशिगः शशाङ्कः अशुभखचरवीक्षितोऽरिरन्ध्रे भवति विवाहविनाशकारकोऽयम्

yadi bhavati sitātiriktapakṣe tanugṛhataḥ samarāśigaḥ śaśāṅkaḥ aśubhakhacaravīkṣito'rirandhre bhavati vivāhavināśakārako'yam

If in the fortnight other than the bright one ⟨the dark fortnight⟩ the Moon stands in an even sign from the tanu-gṛha ⟨the lagna⟩, aspected by inauspicious sky-goers, in the 6th or 8th, this becomes the destroyer of the marriage.

जन्मोत्थं च विलोक्य बालविधवायोगं विधाय व्रतं सावित्र्या उत पैप्पलं हि सुतया दद्यादिमां वा रहः सल्लग्नेऽच्युतमूर्तिपिप्पलघटैः कृत्वा विवाहं स्फुटं दद्यात्तां चिरजीविनेऽत्र न भवेद्दोषः पुनर्भूभवः

janmotthaṃ ca vilokya bālavidhavāyogaṃ vidhāya vrataṃ sāvitryā uta paippalaṃ hi sutayā dadyādimāṃ vā rahaḥ sallagne'cyutamūrtipippalaghaṭaiḥ kṛtvā vivāhaṃ sphuṭaṃ dadyāttāṃ cirajīvine'tra na bhaveddoṣaḥ punarbhūbhavaḥ

And having examined the yoga of early widowhood arising in the birth ⟨chart⟩, having had the daughter perform the vrata of Sāvitrī or indeed of the Pippala, one should give her ⟨in marriage⟩ — or ⟨give⟩ her in secret. Or, in a good lagna, having made a marriage with an image of Acyuta, with a pippala tree or with a pot, one should then plainly give her to a long-lived man; here there arises no fault of her becoming a punarbhū ⟨a twice-married woman⟩.

प्रश्नलग्नक्षणे यादृशापत्ययुक् स्वेच्छया कामिनी तत्र चेदाव्रजेत् कन्यका वा सुतो वा तदा पण्डितैस्तादृशापत्यमस्या विनिर्दिश्यते

praśnalagnakṣaṇe yādṛśāpatyayuk svecchayā kāminī tatra cedāvrajet kanyakā vā suto vā tadā paṇḍitaistādṛśāpatyamasyā vinirdiśyate

If at the moment of the praśna-lagna a woman comes there of her own accord accompanied by a child of whatever kind — a girl or a boy — then the learned declare for her offspring of that same kind.

शङ्खभेरीविपञ्चीरवैर्मङ्गलं जायते वैपरीत्यं तदा लक्षयेत् वायसो वा खरः श्वा शृगालोऽपि वा प्रश्नलग्नक्षणे रौति नादं यदि

śaṅkhabherīvipañcīravairmaṅgalaṃ jāyate vaiparītyaṃ tadā lakṣayet vāyaso vā kharaḥ śvā śṛgālo'pi vā praśnalagnakṣaṇe rauti nādaṃ yadi

By the sounds of the conch, the kettledrum and the lute, auspiciousness arises. But one should mark the contrary if a crow, or an ass, a dog, or a jackal utters a cry at the moment of the praśna-lagna.

विश्वस्वातीवैष्णवपूर्वात्रयमैत्रैर्वस्वाग्नेयैर्वा करपीडोचितऋक्षैः वस्त्रालङ्कारादिसमेतैः फलपुष्पैः सन्तोष्यादौ स्यादनु कन्यावरणं हि

viśvasvātīvaiṣṇavapūrvātrayamaitrairvasvāgneyairvā karapīḍocitaṛkṣaiḥ vastrālaṅkārādisametaiḥ phalapuṣpaiḥ santoṣyādau syādanu kanyāvaraṇaṃ hi

On the ṛkṣas ⟨nakṣatras⟩ fit for the taking of the hand — Uttarāṣāḍhā ⟨Viśve⟩, Svātī, Śravaṇa ⟨Vaiṣṇava⟩, the three Pūrvās, Anurādhā ⟨Maitra⟩, and Dhaniṣṭhā ⟨Vasu⟩ or Kṛttikā ⟨Āgneya⟩ — having first gratified ⟨the girl⟩ with cloth, ornaments and the like and with fruits and flowers, the choosing of the girl should follow.

धरणिदेवोऽथवा कन्यकासोदरः शुभदिने गीतवाद्यादिभिः संवृतः वरवृतिं वस्त्रयज्ञोपवीतादिना ध्रुवयुतैर्वह्निपूर्वात्रयैराचरेत्

dharaṇidevo'thavā kanyakāsodaraḥ śubhadine gītavādyādibhiḥ saṃvṛtaḥ varavṛtiṃ vastrayajñopavītādinā dhruvayutairvahnipūrvātrayairācaret

A brāhmaṇa ⟨a god upon earth⟩, or else the girl's own brother, on an auspicious day, surrounded by song and instrumental music, should carry out the choosing of the bridegroom with cloth, the sacred thread and the like, in the dhruva ⟨fixed⟩ nakṣatras together with Kṛttikā ⟨Vahni⟩ and the three Pūrvās.

गुरुशुद्धिवशेन कन्यकानां समवर्षेषु षडब्दकोपरिष्टात् रविशुद्धिवशाच्छुभो वराणामुभयोश्चन्द्रविशुद्धितो विवाहः

guruśuddhivaśena kanyakānāṃ samavarṣeṣu ṣaḍabdakopariṣṭāt raviśuddhivaśācchubho varāṇāmubhayoścandraviśuddhito vivāhaḥ

For girls the marriage is auspicious by virtue of the purity of Jupiter, in even years, above the sixth year; for bridegrooms by virtue of the purity of the Sun; and for both by the purity of the Moon.

मिथुनकुम्भमृगाऽलिवृषाजगे मिथुनगेऽपि रवौ त्रिलवे शुचेः अलिमृगाजगते करपीडनं भवति कार्तिकपौषमधुष्वपि

mithunakumbhamṛgā'livṛṣājage mithunage'pi ravau trilave śuceḥ alimṛgājagate karapīḍanaṃ bhavati kārtikapauṣamadhuṣvapi

When ⟨the Sun⟩ is in Gemini, Aquarius, Capricorn, Scorpio, Taurus or Aries — and also when the Sun is in Gemini in a third-part of Śuci ⟨Jyeṣṭha⟩ — and when ⟨the Sun⟩ has gone to Scorpio, Capricorn or Aries, the taking of the hand takes place, in Kārttika, Pauṣa and Madhu ⟨Caitra⟩ as well.

आद्यगर्भसुतकन्ययोर्द्वयोर्जन्ममासभतिथौ करग्रहः नोचितोऽथ विबुधैः प्रशस्यते चेद् द्वितीयजनुषोः सुतप्रदः

ādyagarbhasutakanyayordvayorjanmamāsabhatithau karagrahaḥ nocito'tha vibudhaiḥ praśasyate ced dvitīyajanuṣoḥ sutapradaḥ

For the two — the son and the daughter of the first conception — the taking of the hand is not fit in the month, nakṣatra and tithi of their birth. But for the two of a second birth it is commended by the wise and gives sons.

ज्येष्ठद्वन्द्वं मध्यमं सम्प्रदिष्टं त्रिज्येष्ठं चेन्नैव युक्तं कदाऽपि केचित्सूर्यं वह्निगं प्रोज्झ्य चाऽऽहुर्नैवाऽन्योन्यं ज्येष्ठयोः स्याद्विवाहः

jyeṣṭhadvandvaṃ madhyamaṃ sampradiṣṭaṃ trijyeṣṭhaṃ cennaiva yuktaṃ kadā'pi kecitsūryaṃ vahnigaṃ projjhya cā''hurnaivā'nyonyaṃ jyeṣṭhayoḥ syādvivāhaḥ

A pair of eldest ⟨ones⟩ is declared middling; but if there be three eldest, it is never fit at all. And some, setting aside the Sun's standing in Kṛttikā ⟨Vahni⟩, say that the marriage of two eldest ⟨ones⟩ to one another should never take place.

सुतपरिणयात्षण्मासान्तः सुताकरपीडनं न च निजकुले तद्वद्वा मण्डनादपि मुण्डनं न च सहजयोर्देये भ्रात्रोः सहोदरकन्यके न सहजसुतोद्वाहोऽब्दार्धे शुभे न पितृक्रिया

sutapariṇayātṣaṇmāsāntaḥ sutākarapīḍanaṃ na ca nijakule tadvadvā maṇḍanādapi muṇḍanaṃ na ca sahajayordeye bhrātroḥ sahodarakanyake na sahajasutodvāho'bdārdhe śubhe na pitṛkriyā

Within six months of a son's marriage, the taking of a daughter's hand ⟨should⟩ not ⟨be done⟩; nor likewise, in one's own family, a tonsure after an adornment ⟨-rite⟩; nor are two uterine sisters to be given to two brothers; nor ⟨should⟩ the marriage of a brother and of a son ⟨fall⟩ within half a year; nor ⟨should⟩ the rite for the fathers ⟨be done⟩ during an auspicious ⟨rite⟩.

वध्वा वरस्याऽपि कुले त्रिपूरुषे नाशं व्रजेत्कश्चन निश्चयोत्तरम् मासोत्तरं तत्र विवाह इष्यते शान्त्याऽथवा सूतकनिर्गमे परैः

vadhvā varasyā'pi kule tripūruṣe nāśaṃ vrajetkaścana niścayottaram māsottaraṃ tatra vivāha iṣyate śāntyā'thavā sūtakanirgame paraiḥ

If in the family of the bride, or of the bridegroom too, within three generations someone should die after the settlement ⟨of the betrothal⟩, then the marriage is desired there after a month; or, by others, on a propitiatory rite ⟨being done⟩ or on the passing off of the sūtaka ⟨birth-or-death impurity⟩.

चूडा व्रतं चाऽपि विवाहतो व्रताच्चूडा च नेष्टा पुरुषत्रयान्तरे वधूप्रवेशाच्च सुताविनिर्गमः षण्मासतो वाऽब्दविभेदतः शुभः

cūḍā vrataṃ cā'pi vivāhato vratāccūḍā ca neṣṭā puruṣatrayāntare vadhūpraveśācca sutāvinirgamaḥ ṣaṇmāsato vā'bdavibhedataḥ śubhaḥ

The tonsure and the vrata ⟨upanayana⟩ after a marriage, and the tonsure after a vrata, are not desired within three generations. And the going out of a daughter after the entry of a bride is auspicious after six months, or by a difference of a year.

श्वश्रूविनाशमहिजौ सुतरां विधत्तः कन्यासुतौ निऋतिजौ श्वशुरं हतश्च ज्येष्ठाभजाततनया स्वधवाग्रजं च शक्राग्निजा भवति देवरनाशकर्त्री

śvaśrūvināśamahijau sutarāṃ vidhattaḥ kanyāsutau niṛtijau śvaśuraṃ hataśca jyeṣṭhābhajātatanayā svadhavāgrajaṃ ca śakrāgnijā bhavati devaranāśakartrī

A girl and a boy born under Ahi ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ bring about the destruction of the mother-in-law most surely; those born under Nirṛti ⟨Mūla⟩ kill the father-in-law. A daughter born under the Jyeṣṭhā nakṣatra ⟨destroys⟩ her own husband's elder brother; and one born under Śakrāgni ⟨Viśākhā⟩ becomes the destroyer of the husband's younger brother.

द्वीशाद्यपादत्रयजा कन्या देवरसौख्यदा मूलान्त्यपादसार्पाद्यपादजाते तयोः शुभे

dvīśādyapādatrayajā kanyā devarasaukhyadā mūlāntyapādasārpādyapādajāte tayoḥ śubhe

A girl born in the first three pādas of Dvīśa ⟨Viśākhā⟩ gives happiness to the husband's younger brother. The two born in the last pāda of Mūla and in the first pāda of Sārpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ are auspicious for those two ⟨the father-in-law and the mother-in-law⟩.

वर्णो वश्यं तथा तारा योनिश्च ग्रहमैत्रकं गणमैत्रं भकूटं च नाडी चैते गुणाधिकाः

varṇo vaśyaṃ tathā tārā yoniśca grahamaitrakaṃ gaṇamaitraṃ bhakūṭaṃ ca nāḍī caite guṇādhikāḥ

Varṇa, vaśya, and likewise tārā, yoni, the friendship of the grahas, gaṇa-friendship, bhakūṭa, and nāḍī — these are pre-eminent among the guṇas.

द्विजा झषालिकर्कटास्ततो नृपा विशोऽङ्घ्रिजाः वरस्य वर्णतोऽधिका वधूर्न शस्यते बुधैः

dvijā jhaṣālikarkaṭāstato nṛpā viśo'ṅghrijāḥ varasya varṇato'dhikā vadhūrna śasyate budhaiḥ

Pisces, Scorpio and Cancer are twice-born ⟨brāhmaṇa⟩; thereafter ⟨Aries, Leo, Sagittarius⟩ are kings ⟨kṣatriya⟩, ⟨Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn⟩ are viś ⟨vaiśya⟩, ⟨Gemini, Libra, Aquarius⟩ are foot-born ⟨śūdra⟩. A bride higher than the bridegroom in varṇa is not commended by the wise.

हित्वा मृगेन्द्रं नरराशिवश्याः सर्वे तथैषां जलजास्तु भक्ष्याः सर्वेऽपि सिंहस्य वशे विनाऽलिं ज्ञेयं नराणां व्यवहारतोऽन्यत्

hitvā mṛgendraṃ nararāśivaśyāḥ sarve tathaiṣāṃ jalajāstu bhakṣyāḥ sarve'pi siṃhasya vaśe vinā'liṃ jñeyaṃ narāṇāṃ vyavahārato'nyat

Excepting Leo, all the human signs are subject ⟨vaśya⟩ to these ⟨human signs⟩; and the water-born ⟨signs⟩ are their food. All, save Scorpio, are under the sway of Leo. For the human ⟨signs⟩ the rest is to be known from usage.

कन्यर्क्षाद्वरभं यावत् कन्याभं वरभादपि गणयेन्नवहृच्छेषे त्रीष्वद्रिभमसत्स्मृतम्

kanyarkṣādvarabhaṃ yāvat kanyābhaṃ varabhādapi gaṇayennavahṛccheṣe trīṣvadribhamasatsmṛtam

Count from the girl's ṛkṣa ⟨nakṣatra⟩ as far as the bridegroom's ṛkṣa, and the girl's ṛkṣa from the bridegroom's too; divide by nine, and in the remainder the 3rd, the 5th and the 7th ṛkṣa are held to be bad.

अश्विन्यम्बुपयोर्हयो निगदितः स्वात्यर्कयोः कासरः सिंहो वस्वजपाद्भयोः समुदितो याम्यान्त्ययोः कुञ्जरः मेषो देवपुरोहितानलभयोः कर्णाम्बुनोर्वानरः स्याद्वैश्वाभिजितोस्तथैव नकुलश्चान्द्राब्जयोन्योरहिः

aśvinyambupayorhayo nigaditaḥ svātyarkayoḥ kāsaraḥ siṃho vasvajapādbhayoḥ samudito yāmyāntyayoḥ kuñjaraḥ meṣo devapurohitānalabhayoḥ karṇāmbunorvānaraḥ syādvaiśvābhijitostathaiva nakulaścāndrābjayonyorahiḥ

For Aśvinī and Śatabhiṣaj ⟨Ambupa⟩ the horse is declared; for Svātī and Hastā ⟨Arka⟩ the buffalo; the lion is said for Dhaniṣṭhā ⟨Vasu⟩ and Pūrvabhādrapadā ⟨Ajapād⟩; for Bharaṇī ⟨Yāmya⟩ and Revatī ⟨Antya⟩ the elephant; the ram for Puṣya ⟨Devapurohita⟩ and Kṛttikā ⟨Anala⟩; for Śravaṇa ⟨Karṇa⟩ and Pūrvāṣāḍhā ⟨Ambu⟩ the monkey; likewise the mongoose for Uttarāṣāḍhā ⟨Vaiśva⟩ and Abhijit; and for the two yonis of Mṛgaśira ⟨Cāndra⟩ and Rohiṇī ⟨Abja⟩, the serpent.

ज्येष्ठामैत्रभयोः कुरङ्ग उदितो मूलार्द्रयोः श्वा तथा मार्जारोऽदितिसार्पयोरथ मघायोन्योस्तथैवोन्दुरुः व्याघ्रो द्वीशभचित्रयोरपि च गौरर्यम्णबुध्न्यर्क्षयोर्योनिः पादगयोः परस्परमहावैरं भयोन्योस्त्यजेत्

jyeṣṭhāmaitrabhayoḥ kuraṅga udito mūlārdrayoḥ śvā tathā mārjāro'ditisārpayoratha maghāyonyostathaivonduruḥ vyāghro dvīśabhacitrayorapi ca gauraryamṇabudhnyarkṣayoryoniḥ pādagayoḥ parasparamahāvairaṃ bhayonyostyajet

For Jyeṣṭhā and Anurādhā ⟨Maitra⟩ the antelope is said; for Mūla and Ārdrā likewise the dog; the cat for Punarvasu ⟨Aditi⟩ and Āśleṣā ⟨Sārpa⟩; and then, in the same way, the rat for Maghā ⟨and Pūrvaphalgunī⟩; the tiger too for Viśākhā ⟨Dvīśa⟩ and Citrā; and the cow for the nakṣatras of Aryaman ⟨Uttaraphalgunī⟩ and Budhnya ⟨Uttarabhādrapadā⟩. The yoni ⟨is settled⟩ for the two by the pāda; where there is great mutual enmity between two nakṣatra-yonis, one should reject it.

मित्राणि द्युमणेः कुजेज्यशशिनः शुक्रार्कजौ वैरिणौ सौम्यश्चास्य समो विधोर्बुधरवी मित्रे न चास्य द्विषत् शेषाश्चास्य समाः कुजस्य सुहृदश्चन्द्रेज्यसूर्याः बुधः शत्रुः शुक्रशनी समौ च शशभृत्सूनोः सिताहस्करौ

mitrāṇi dyumaṇeḥ kujejyaśaśinaḥ śukrārkajau vairiṇau saumyaścāsya samo vidhorbudharavī mitre na cāsya dviṣat śeṣāścāsya samāḥ kujasya suhṛdaścandrejyasūryāḥ budhaḥ śatruḥ śukraśanī samau ca śaśabhṛtsūnoḥ sitāhaskarau

The friends of the Sun are Mars, Jupiter and the Moon; Venus and Saturn are his two enemies; and Mercury is neutral to him. Mercury and the Sun are the Moon's friends, and he has no enemy; the rest are neutral to him. Mars's well-wishers are the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun; Mercury is his enemy; Venus and Saturn are neutral. Of Mercury ⟨the Moon's son⟩, Venus and the Sun —

मित्रे चाऽस्य रिपुः शशी गुरुशनिक्ष्माजाः समा गीष्पतेर्मित्राण्यर्ककुजेन्दवो बुधसितौ शत्रू समः सूर्यजः मित्रे सौम्यशनी कवेः शशिरवी शत्रू कुजेज्यौ समौ मित्रे शुक्रबुधौ शनेः शशिरविक्ष्माजा द्विषोऽन्यः समः

mitre cā'sya ripuḥ śaśī guruśanikṣmājāḥ samā gīṣpatermitrāṇyarkakujendavo budhasitau śatrū samaḥ sūryajaḥ mitre saumyaśanī kaveḥ śaśiravī śatrū kujejyau samau mitre śukrabudhau śaneḥ śaśiravikṣmājā dviṣo'nyaḥ samaḥ

— are his two friends, and the Moon his enemy; Jupiter, Saturn and Mars are neutral. Jupiter's friends are the Sun, Mars and the Moon; Mercury and Venus are his two enemies; Saturn is neutral. Mercury and Saturn are Venus's two friends; the Moon and the Sun are his two enemies; Mars and Jupiter are neutral. Venus and Mercury are Saturn's two friends; the Moon, the Sun and Mars are his foes; the other ⟨Jupiter⟩ is neutral.

रक्षोनराऽमरगणाः क्रमतो मघाहिवस्विन्द्रमूलवरुणानलतक्षराधाः पूर्वोत्तरात्रयविधातृयमेशभानि मैत्रादितीन्दुहरिपौष्णमरुल्लघूनि

rakṣonarā'maragaṇāḥ kramato maghāhivasvindramūlavaruṇānalatakṣarādhāḥ pūrvottarātrayavidhātṛyameśabhāni maitrāditīnduharipauṣṇamarullaghūni

The rākṣasa, human and deva gaṇas, in order: Maghā, Āśleṣā ⟨Ahi⟩, Dhaniṣṭhā ⟨Vasu⟩, Jyeṣṭhā ⟨Indra⟩, Mūla, Śatabhiṣaj ⟨Varuṇa⟩, Kṛttikā ⟨Anala⟩, Citrā ⟨Takṣan⟩ and Viśākhā ⟨Rādhā⟩; the nakṣatras of the three Pūrvās and the three Uttarās, Rohiṇī ⟨Vidhātṛ⟩, Bharaṇī ⟨Yama⟩ and Ārdrā ⟨Īśa⟩; ⟨and⟩ Anurādhā ⟨Maitra⟩, Punarvasu ⟨Aditi⟩, Mṛgaśira ⟨Indu⟩, Śravaṇa ⟨Hari⟩, Revatī ⟨Pauṣṇa⟩, Svātī ⟨Marut⟩ and the light ones ⟨Aśvinī, Puṣya, Hastā⟩.

निजनिजगणमध्ये प्रीतिरत्युत्तमा स्या दमरमनुजयोः सा मध्यमा सम्प्रदिष्टा असुरमनुजयोश्चेन्मृत्युरेव प्रदिष्टो दनुजविबुधयोः स्याद्वैरमेकान्ततोऽत्र

nijanijagaṇamadhye prītiratyuttamā syā damaramanujayoḥ sā madhyamā sampradiṣṭā asuramanujayoścenmṛtyureva pradiṣṭo danujavibudhayoḥ syādvairamekāntato'tra

Within one's own gaṇa the affection is of the very highest; between a deva and a human it is declared middling. If it be between an asura and a human, death itself is declared; and between an asura and a deva there is here enmity, absolutely.

मृत्युः षडष्टके ज्ञेयोऽपत्यहानिर्नवात्मजे द्विर्द्वादशे निर्धनत्वं द्वयोरन्यत्र सौख्यकृत्

mṛtyuḥ ṣaḍaṣṭake jñeyo'patyahānirnavātmaje dvirdvādaśe nirdhanatvaṃ dvayoranyatra saukhyakṛt

Death is to be known in the six-eight ⟨relation of the two moon-signs⟩; loss of children in the nine-five; want of wealth in the two-twelve. Anywhere else ⟨the relation⟩ of the two brings happiness.

प्रोक्ते दुष्टभकूटके परिणयस्त्वेकाधिपत्ये शुभो ऽथो राशीश्वरसौहृदेऽपि गदितो नाड्यृक्षशुद्धिर्यदि अन्यर्क्षेऽशपयोर्बलित्वसखिते नाड्यृक्षशुद्धौ तथा ताराशुद्धिवशेन राशिवशताभावे निरुक्तो बुधैः

prokte duṣṭabhakūṭake pariṇayastvekādhipatye śubho 'tho rāśīśvarasauhṛde'pi gadito nāḍyṛkṣaśuddhiryadi anyarkṣe'śapayorbalitvasakhite nāḍyṛkṣaśuddhau tathā tārāśuddhivaśena rāśivaśatābhāve nirukto budhaiḥ

Even when the bhakūṭa has been declared bad, marriage is auspicious under a single lordship ⟨of both signs⟩; and it is likewise declared ⟨permissible⟩ when the lords of the two rāśis are friends, provided there is nāḍī- and nakṣatra-purity. ⟨And⟩ when, ⟨the moons standing⟩ in other asterisms, the two navāṃśa lords are possessed of strength and of mutual friendship, and there is nāḍī- and nakṣatra-purity likewise, then by force of tārā-śuddhi ⟨marriage⟩ is declared by the wise even in the absence of the rāśi-relation.

मैत्र्यां राशिस्वामिनोरंशनाथद्वन्द्वस्यापि स्याद्गणानां न दोषः खेटारित्वं नाशयेत्सद्भकूटं खेटप्रीतिश्चापि दुष्टं भकूटम्

maitryāṃ rāśisvāminoraṃśanāthadvandvasyāpi syādgaṇānāṃ na doṣaḥ kheṭāritvaṃ nāśayetsadbhakūṭaṃ kheṭaprītiścāpi duṣṭaṃ bhakūṭam

When there is friendship of the two rāśi lords, and likewise of the pair of navāṃśa lords, there is no fault of the gaṇas. A good bhakūṭa destroys the enmity of the grahas; and the friendship of the grahas likewise ⟨destroys⟩ a bad bhakūṭa.

ज्येष्ठारौद्रार्यमाम्भःपतिभयुगयुगं दास्रभं चैकनाडी पुष्येन्दुत्वाष्ट्रमित्रान्तकवसुजलभं योनिबुध्न्ये च मध्या वाय्वग्निव्यालविश्वोडुयुगयुगमथो पौष्णभं चापरा स्याद् दम्पत्योरेकनाड्यां परिणयनमसन्मध्यनाड्यां हि मृत्युः

jyeṣṭhāraudrāryamāmbhaḥpatibhayugayugaṃ dāsrabhaṃ caikanāḍī puṣyendutvāṣṭramitrāntakavasujalabhaṃ yonibudhnye ca madhyā vāyvagnivyālaviśvoḍuyugayugamatho pauṣṇabhaṃ cāparā syād dampatyorekanāḍyāṃ pariṇayanamasanmadhyanāḍyāṃ hi mṛtyuḥ

Jyeṣṭhā, Raudra's ⟨Ārdrā⟩, Aryaman's ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩ and the Water-lord's ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩ asterisms, taken pair by pair ⟨each with the one following⟩, together with the Dasras' asterism ⟨Aśvinī⟩, are the first nāḍī. Puṣya, Indu's ⟨Mṛgaśīrṣa⟩, Tvaṣṭṛ's ⟨Citrā⟩, Mitra's ⟨Anurādhā⟩, Antaka's ⟨Bharaṇī⟩, the Vasus' ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩, the Waters' ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩, Yoni's ⟨Pūrva Phalgunī⟩ and Budhnya's ⟨Uttara Bhādrapadā⟩ asterisms are the middle ⟨nāḍī⟩. Vāyu's ⟨Svātī⟩, Agni's ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, the Serpent's ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ and the Viśvedevas' ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ asterisms, again pair by pair, and then Pūṣan's ⟨Revatī⟩, are the last. For a couple in one and the same nāḍī, marriage is bad; and in the middle nāḍī ⟨for both⟩ it is death outright.

राश्यैक्ये चेद्भिन्नमृक्षं द्वयोः स्यान्नक्षत्रैक्ये राशियुग्मं तथैव नाडीदोषो नो गणानां च दोषो नक्षत्रैक्ये पादभेदे शुभं स्यात्

rāśyaikye cedbhinnamṛkṣaṃ dvayoḥ syānnakṣatraikye rāśiyugmaṃ tathaiva nāḍīdoṣo no gaṇānāṃ ca doṣo nakṣatraikye pādabhede śubhaṃ syāt

If, the rāśi being one and the same for the two, their asterism is different — and likewise, the asterism being one, the rāśis are two — then there is no nāḍī fault and no fault of the gaṇas. When the asterism is one and the pādas differ, it is auspicious.

सेव्याधमर्णयुवतीनगरादिभं चेत्पूर्वं हि भृत्यधनिभर्तृपुरादिसद्भात् सेवाविनाशधननाशनभर्तृनाशग्रामादिसौख्यहृदिदङ्क्रमशः प्रदिष्टम्

sevyādhamarṇayuvatīnagarādibhaṃ cetpūrvaṃ hi bhṛtyadhanibhartṛpurādisadbhāt sevāvināśadhananāśanabhartṛnāśagrāmādisaukhyahṛdidaṅkramaśaḥ pradiṣṭam

If the asterism of the one to be served, of the debtor, of the young woman, of the city and the like stands before the good asterism of the servant, of the creditor, of the husband, of the town and the like, then in order are declared: ruin of the service, destruction of wealth, death of the husband, and the taking away of the welfare of the village and the like.

अकचटतपयशवर्गाः खगेशमार्जारसिंहशुनां सर्पाखुमृगावीनां निजपञ्चमवैरिणामष्टौ

akacaṭatapayaśavargāḥ khageśamārjārasiṃhaśunāṃ sarpākhumṛgāvīnāṃ nijapañcamavairiṇāmaṣṭau

The eight classes ⟨of letters, named by their initials⟩ a, ka, ca, ṭa, ta, pa, ya and śa ⟨belong⟩ to the lord of birds ⟨Garuḍa⟩, the cat, the lion, the dog, the serpent, the mouse, the deer and the sheep — and each one's own fifth is its enemy.

पौष्णेशशाक्राद्रससूर्यनन्दाः पूर्वार्धमध्याऽपरभागयुग्मम् भर्ता प्रियः प्राग्युजिभे स्त्रियाः स्यान्मध्ये द्वयोः प्रेम परे प्रिया स्त्री

pauṣṇeśaśākrādrasasūryanandāḥ pūrvārdhamadhyā'parabhāgayugmam bhartā priyaḥ prāgyujibhe striyāḥ syānmadhye dvayoḥ prema pare priyā strī

Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩, Īśa ⟨Ārdrā⟩, Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, Ādra, Sa-, Sūrya and Nanda ⟨constitute⟩ the pairs of the first half, the middle and the latter portion. When ⟨the star⟩ is in the earlier-yoked asterism, the husband is dear to the woman; in the middle, there is love between the two; in the last, the wife is dear ⟨to the husband⟩.

कुजशुक्रसौम्यशशिसूर्यचन्द्रजाः कविभौमजीवशनिसौरयो गुरुः इह राशिपाः क्रियमृगास्यतौलिकेन्दुभतो नवांशविधिरुच्यते बुधैः

kujaśukrasaumyaśaśisūryacandrajāḥ kavibhaumajīvaśanisaurayo guruḥ iha rāśipāḥ kriyamṛgāsyataulikendubhato navāṃśavidhirucyate budhaiḥ

Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩, Kavi ⟨Venus⟩, Bhauma ⟨Mars⟩, Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩, Śani ⟨Saturn⟩, Saura ⟨Saturn⟩ and Guru ⟨Jupiter⟩ are here the lords of the rāśis; and the rule of the navāṃśa is declared by the wise ⟨to be reckoned⟩ from Kriya ⟨Aries⟩, Mṛgāsya ⟨Capricorn⟩, Taulika ⟨Libra⟩ and the Moon's sign ⟨Cancer⟩.

समगृहमध्ये शशिरविहोरा विषमभमध्ये रविशशिनोः सा

samagṛhamadhye śaśiravihorā viṣamabhamadhye raviśaśinoḥ sā

In the middle of an even sign the horā is the Moon's ⟨first⟩ and the Sun's ⟨after⟩; in the middle of an odd sign that ⟨horā⟩ is the Sun's ⟨first⟩ and the Moon's ⟨after⟩.

शुक्रज्ञ जीवशनिभूतनयस्य बाण शैलाष्टपञ्चविशिखाः समराशिमध्ये त्रिंशांशको विषमभे विपरीतमस्माद् द्रेष्काणकाः प्रथमपञ्चनवाधिपानाम्

śukrajña jīvaśanibhūtanayasya bāṇa śailāṣṭapañcaviśikhāḥ samarāśimadhye triṃśāṃśako viṣamabhe viparītamasmād dreṣkāṇakāḥ prathamapañcanavādhipānām

Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn and the Earth's son ⟨Mars⟩ ⟨receive⟩ five, seven, eight, five and five ⟨degrees⟩ as the triṃśāṃśa within an even sign; in an odd sign, the reverse of this. The drekkāṇas belong to the lords of the first, the fifth and the ninth ⟨signs⟩.

स्याद् द्वादशांश इह राशित एव गेहं होराऽथ दृक्कनवमांशकसूर्यभागाः त्रिंशांशकश्च षडिमे कथितास्तु वर्गाः सौम्यैः शुभं भवति चाऽशुभमेव पापैः

syād dvādaśāṃśa iha rāśita eva gehaṃ horā'tha dṛkkanavamāṃśakasūryabhāgāḥ triṃśāṃśakaśca ṣaḍime kathitāstu vargāḥ saumyaiḥ śubhaṃ bhavati cā'śubhameva pāpaiḥ

The dvādaśāṃśa here ⟨is reckoned⟩ from the sign itself. The house ⟨rāśi⟩, the horā, then the dṛkkāṇa, the navamāṃśa, the Sun's parts ⟨the twelfth-parts⟩ and the triṃśāṃśa — these six are declared the vargas. By benefics ⟨in them⟩ it becomes auspicious, and by malefics inauspicious indeed.

ज्येष्ठापौष्णभसार्पभान्त्यघटिकायुग्मं च मूलाश्विनी पित्र्यादौ घटिकाद्वयं निगदितं तद्भस्य गण्डान्तकं कर्काल्यण्डजभान्ततोऽर्धघटिका सिंहाश्वमेषादिगा पूर्णान्ते घटिकात्मकं त्वशुभदं नन्दातिथेश्चादिमम्

jyeṣṭhāpauṣṇabhasārpabhāntyaghaṭikāyugmaṃ ca mūlāśvinī pitryādau ghaṭikādvayaṃ nigaditaṃ tadbhasya gaṇḍāntakaṃ karkālyaṇḍajabhāntato'rdhaghaṭikā siṃhāśvameṣādigā pūrṇānte ghaṭikātmakaṃ tvaśubhadaṃ nandātitheścādimam

The last two ghaṭikās of Jyeṣṭhā, of Pūṣan's asterism ⟨Revatī⟩ and of the Serpent's asterism ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, and two ghaṭikās at the beginning of Mūla, Aśvinī and the Fathers' asterism ⟨Maghā⟩ — that is declared the gaṇḍānta of the asterism. Half a ghaṭikā from the end of Karka ⟨Cancer⟩, Ali ⟨Scorpio⟩ and the Egg-born ⟨Pisces⟩, and ⟨half a ghaṭikā⟩ running into the beginning of Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩, the Horse ⟨Sagittarius⟩ and Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩ ⟨is the gaṇḍānta of the sign⟩; and one ghaṭikā at the end of a Pūrṇā tithi and at the beginning of a Nandā tithi is inauspicious.

लग्नात्पापावृज्वनृजू व्ययार्थस्थौ यदा तदा कर्तरी नाम सा ज्ञेया मृत्युदारिद्र्यशोकदा

lagnātpāpāvṛjvanṛjū vyayārthasthau yadā tadā kartarī nāma sā jñeyā mṛtyudāridryaśokadā

When two malefics from the lagna, ⟨one⟩ retrograde and ⟨one⟩ direct, stand in the twelfth and the second, then that is to be known as Kartarī ⟨'the shears'⟩, and it gives death, poverty and grief.

चन्द्रे सूर्यादिसंयुक्ते दारिद्र्यं मरणं शुभं सौख्यं सापत्न्यवैराग्ये पापद्वययुते मृतिः

candre sūryādisaṃyukte dāridryaṃ maraṇaṃ śubhaṃ saukhyaṃ sāpatnyavairāgye pāpadvayayute mṛtiḥ

When the Moon is joined with the Sun and the rest ⟨in order⟩: poverty ⟨with the Sun⟩, death ⟨with Mars⟩, good ⟨with Mercury⟩, happiness ⟨with Jupiter⟩, co-wifehood ⟨with Venus⟩, aversion ⟨with Saturn⟩; and when joined with two malefics, death.

जन्मलग्नभयोर्मृत्युराशौ नेष्टः करग्रहः एकाधिपत्ये राशीशमैत्र्ये वानैव दोषकृत्

janmalagnabhayormṛtyurāśau neṣṭaḥ karagrahaḥ ekādhipatye rāśīśamaitrye vānaiva doṣakṛt

In the death-sign ⟨the 8th⟩ reckoned from the birth-star and from the lagna, the taking of the hand ⟨marriage⟩ is not desired; but under a single lordship, or when the lords of the signs are friends, it works no fault at all.

मीनोक्षकर्कालिमृगस्त्रियोऽष्टमं लग्नं यदा नाष्टमगेहदोषकृत् अन्योन्यमित्रत्ववशेन सा वधूर्भवेत्सुतायुर्गृहसौख्यभागिनी

mīnokṣakarkālimṛgastriyo'ṣṭamaṃ lagnaṃ yadā nāṣṭamagehadoṣakṛt anyonyamitratvavaśena sā vadhūrbhavetsutāyurgṛhasaukhyabhāginī

When the eighth ⟨sign⟩ as lagna is Mīna ⟨Pisces⟩, Ukṣa ⟨Taurus⟩, Karka ⟨Cancer⟩, Ali ⟨Scorpio⟩, Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩ or Strī ⟨Virgo⟩, it does not work the fault of the eighth house; and by force of mutual friendship ⟨of the lords⟩ that bride comes to have sons, long life, a home and happiness.

मृतिभवनांशो यदि च विलग्ने तदधिपतिर्वा न शुभकरः स्यात् व्ययभवनं वा भवति तदंशस्तदधिपतिर्वा कलहकरः स्यात्

mṛtibhavanāṃśo yadi ca vilagne tadadhipatirvā na śubhakaraḥ syāt vyayabhavanaṃ vā bhavati tadaṃśastadadhipatirvā kalahakaraḥ syāt

If the navāṃśa of the house of death ⟨the eighth⟩ falls on the lagna, or its lord ⟨stands there⟩, it will not be productive of good; and if it is the house of loss ⟨the twelfth⟩, or its navāṃśa, or its lord, it will be productive of strife.

खरामतो ३० ऽन्त्यादितिवह्निपित्र्यभे खवेदतः ४० के रदत ३२ श्च सार्पभे खबाणतो ५० ऽश्वे धृतितो १८ ऽर्यमाम्बुपे कृते२० र्भगत्वाष्ट्रभविश्वजीवभे

kharāmato 30 'ntyāditivahnipitryabhe khavedataḥ 40 ke radata 32 śca sārpabhe khabāṇato 50 'śve dhṛtito 18 'ryamāmbupe kṛte20 rbhagatvāṣṭrabhaviśvajīvabhe

Thirty ⟨viṣa-nāḍikās⟩ in the asterisms of Antya ⟨Revatī⟩, Aditi ⟨Punarvasu⟩, Vahni ⟨Kṛttikā⟩ and the Fathers ⟨Maghā⟩; forty in Ka's ⟨Rohiṇī⟩; thirty-two in the Serpent's ⟨Āśleṣā⟩; fifty in the Horse's ⟨Aśvinī⟩; eighteen in Aryaman's ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩ and the Water-lord's ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩; twenty in the asterisms of Bhaga ⟨Pūrva Phalgunī⟩, Tvaṣṭṛ ⟨Citrā⟩, the Viśvedevas ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ and Jīva ⟨Puṣya⟩.

मनो १४ र्द्विदैवानिलसौम्यशाक्रभे कुपक्षतः २१ शैवकरेऽष्टि १६ तोऽजभे युगाश्वितो २४ बुध्न्यभतोययाम्यभे खचन्द्रतो १० मित्रभवासवश्रुतौ

mano 14 rdvidaivānilasaumyaśākrabhe kupakṣataḥ 21 śaivakare'ṣṭi 16 to'jabhe yugāśvito 24 budhnyabhatoyayāmyabhe khacandrato 10 mitrabhavāsavaśrutau

Fourteen in the asterisms of the Two-Deitied ⟨Viśākhā⟩, of Anila ⟨Svātī⟩, of Saumya ⟨Mṛgaśīrṣa⟩ and of Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩; twenty-one in Śaiva's ⟨Ārdrā⟩ and the Hand ⟨Hasta⟩; sixteen in the Goat's asterism ⟨Pūrva Bhādrapadā⟩; twenty-four in Budhnya's ⟨Uttara Bhādrapadā⟩, the Waters' ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩ and Yama's ⟨Bharaṇī⟩ asterisms; ten in Mitra's ⟨Anurādhā⟩, the Vasus' ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩ and Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩.

मूलेऽङ्गबाणा ५६ द्विषनाडिकाः कृता वर्ज्याः शुभेऽथो विषनाडिका ध्रुवाः निघ्ना भभोगेन खतर्क ६० भाजिताः स्पष्टा भवेयुर्विषनाडिकास्तथा

mūle'ṅgabāṇā 56 dviṣanāḍikāḥ kṛtā varjyāḥ śubhe'tho viṣanāḍikā dhruvāḥ nighnā bhabhogena khatarka 60 bhājitāḥ spaṣṭā bhaveyurviṣanāḍikāstathā

In Mūla, fifty-six. These viṣa-nāḍikās are to be shunned in an auspicious ⟨undertaking⟩. Then the fixed viṣa-nāḍikās, multiplied by the asterism's ⟨actual⟩ span and divided by sixty, become the true viṣa-nāḍikās.

गिरिशभुजगमित्राः पित्र्यवस्वम्बुविश्वे ऽभिजिदथ च विधाताऽपीन्द्र इन्द्रानलौ च निरृतिरुदकनाथोऽप्यर्यमाथो भगः स्युः क्रमश इह मुहूर्ता वासरे बाणचन्द्राः

giriśabhujagamitrāḥ pitryavasvambuviśve 'bhijidatha ca vidhātā'pīndra indrānalau ca nirṛtirudakanātho'pyaryamātho bhagaḥ syuḥ kramaśa iha muhūrtā vāsare bāṇacandrāḥ

Giriśa ⟨Rudra⟩, the Serpent, Mitra, the Fathers, the Vasus, the Waters, the Viśvedevas, and Abhijit; then Vidhātṛ too, Indra, Indra-and-Agni, Nirṛti, the Lord of Waters ⟨Varuṇa⟩, Aryaman and then Bhaga — these in order are the fifteen muhūrtas in the day.

शिवोऽजपादादष्टौ स्युर्भेशा अदितिजीवकौ विष्ण्वर्कत्वाष्ट्रमरुतो मुहूर्ता निशि कीर्तिताः

śivo'japādādaṣṭau syurbheśā aditijīvakau viṣṇvarkatvāṣṭramaruto muhūrtā niśi kīrtitāḥ

Śiva ⟨is the first⟩; then, beginning from Ajapād ⟨Aja Ekapād⟩, eight are the asterism-lords ⟨in their own order⟩; then Aditi and Jīva ⟨Bṛhaspati⟩, Viṣṇu, Arka ⟨the Sun⟩, Tvaṣṭṛ and the Maruts — these are declared the muhūrtas at night.

रवावर्यमा ब्रह्मरक्षश्च सोमे कुजे वह्निपित्र्ये बुधे चाभिजित्स्यात् गुरौ तोयरक्षो भृगौ ब्रह्मपित्र्ये शनावीशसार्पौ मुहूर्ता निषिद्धाः

ravāvaryamā brahmarakṣaśca some kuje vahnipitrye budhe cābhijitsyāt gurau toyarakṣo bhṛgau brahmapitrye śanāvīśasārpau muhūrtā niṣiddhāḥ

On the Sun's day, Aryaman; on the Moon's, Brahmā and Rakṣas ⟨Nirṛti⟩; on Mars's, Agni and the Fathers; on Mercury's, Abhijit; on Jupiter's, the Waters ⟨Varuṇa⟩ and Rakṣas ⟨Nirṛti⟩; on Venus's, Brahmā and the Fathers; on Saturn's, Īśa ⟨Rudra⟩ and the Serpent — these muhūrtas are forbidden.

निर्वेधैः शशिकरमूलमैत्रपित्र्य ब्राह्मान्त्योत्तरपवनैः शुभो विवाहः रिक्ताऽमारहिततिथौ शुभेऽह्नि वैश्व प्रान्त्याङ्घ्रिः श्रुतितिथिभागतोऽभिजित्स्यात्

nirvedhaiḥ śaśikaramūlamaitrapitrya brāhmāntyottarapavanaiḥ śubho vivāhaḥ riktā'mārahitatithau śubhe'hni vaiśva prāntyāṅghriḥ śrutitithibhāgato'bhijitsyāt

Marriage is auspicious — the asterisms being free of vedha — in Śaśi's ⟨Mṛgaśīrṣa⟩, in Kara ⟨Hasta⟩, in Mūla, in Maitra ⟨Anurādhā⟩, in Pitrya ⟨Maghā⟩, in Brāhma ⟨Rohiṇī⟩, in Antya ⟨Revatī⟩, in the Uttarās and in Pavana's ⟨Svātī⟩; on a tithi free of the Riktās and of the new moon, on an auspicious day. Abhijit is ⟨made up⟩ of the last quarter of Vaiśva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ together with a fifteenth part of Śruti ⟨Śravaṇa⟩.

वेधोऽन्योन्यमसौ विरिञ्च्यभिजितोर्याम्यानुराधर्क्षयोर्विश्वेन्द्वोर्हरिपित्र्ययोर्ग्रहकृतो हस्तोत्तराभाद्रयोः स्वातीवारुणयोर्भवेन्निरृतिभादित्योस्तथोफान्त्ययोः खेटे तत्र गते तुरीयचरणाद्योर्वा तृतीयद्वयोः

vedho'nyonyamasau viriñcyabhijitoryāmyānurādharkṣayorviśvendvorharipitryayorgrahakṛto hastottarābhādrayoḥ svātīvāruṇayorbhavennirṛtibhādityostathophāntyayoḥ kheṭe tatra gate turīyacaraṇādyorvā tṛtīyadvayoḥ

This vedha is mutual: between Viriñci's ⟨Rohiṇī⟩ and Abhijit; between the asterisms Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩ and Anurādhā; between Viśva's ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ and Indu's ⟨Mṛgaśīrṣa⟩; between Hari's ⟨Śravaṇa⟩ and the Fathers' ⟨Maghā⟩ — ⟨and it is⟩ made by a graha: between Hasta and Uttarā Bhādrā; between Svātī and Vāruṇa ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩; it arises between Nirṛti's asterism ⟨Mūla⟩ and Āditya's ⟨Punarvasu⟩, and so too between Uphā ⟨Uttarā Phalgunī⟩ and Antya ⟨Revatī⟩ — when a graha has gone there, or ⟨when it stands⟩ in the fourth quarter and the first, or in the third of the two.

शाक्रेज्ये शतभानिले जलशिवे पौष्णार्यमर्क्षे वसु द्वीशे वैश्वसुधांशुभे हयभगे सार्पानुराधे मिथः हस्तोपान्तिमभे विधातृविधिभे मूलादिती त्वाष्ट्रभा जाङ्घ्री याम्यमघे कृशानुहरिभे विद्धे कुभृद्रेखिके

śākrejye śatabhānile jalaśive pauṣṇāryamarkṣe vasu dvīśe vaiśvasudhāṃśubhe hayabhage sārpānurādhe mithaḥ hastopāntimabhe vidhātṛvidhibhe mūlāditī tvāṣṭrabhā jāṅghrī yāmyamaghe kṛśānuharibhe viddhe kubhṛdrekhike

Śākra ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩ and Ijya ⟨Puṣya⟩; Śatabha ⟨Śatabhiṣaj⟩ and Anila ⟨Svātī⟩; Jala ⟨Pūrvāṣāḍhā⟩ and Śiva ⟨Ārdrā⟩; Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩ and Aryaman's ⟨Uttara Phalgunī⟩ asterism; Vasu ⟨Dhaniṣṭhā⟩ and the Two-lorded ⟨Viśākhā⟩; Vaiśva ⟨Uttarāṣāḍhā⟩ and Sudhāṃśu's ⟨Mṛgaśīrṣa⟩; the Horse's ⟨Aśvinī⟩ and Bhaga's ⟨Pūrva Phalgunī⟩; Sārpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ and Anurādhā — ⟨these pierce⟩ one another. Hasta and the penultimate asterism ⟨Uttara Bhādrapadā⟩, Vidhātṛ's and Vidhi's asterisms, Mūla and Aditi's ⟨Punarvasu⟩, and Tvaṣṭṛ's ⟨Citrā⟩, are jāṅghrī ⟨'of the shank-line'⟩; Yāmya ⟨Bharaṇī⟩ and Maghā, and Kṛśānu's ⟨Kṛttikā⟩ and Hari's ⟨Śravaṇa⟩, when pierced, are kubhṛd-rekhika ⟨'of the mountain-line'⟩.

ऋक्षाणि क्रूरविद्धानि क्रूरभुक्तादिकानि च भुक्त्वा चन्द्रेण मुक्तानि शुभार्हाणि प्रचक्षते

ṛkṣāṇi krūraviddhāni krūrabhuktādikāni ca bhuktvā candreṇa muktāni śubhārhāṇi pracakṣate

Asterisms pierced by a malefic, and those first consumed by a malefic and so on, they declare fit for auspicious ⟨work⟩ once the Moon, having traversed them, has released them.

ज्ञराहुपूर्णेन्दुसिताः स्वपृष्ठे भं सप्तगोजातिशरैर्मितं हि संलत्तयन्तेऽर्कशनीज्यभौमाः सूर्याष्टतर्काग्निमितं पुरस्तात्

jñarāhupūrṇendusitāḥ svapṛṣṭhe bhaṃ saptagojātiśarairmitaṃ hi saṃlattayante'rkaśanījyabhaumāḥ sūryāṣṭatarkāgnimitaṃ purastāt

Mercury, Rāhu, the full Moon and Venus strike ⟨with the lattā⟩ the asterism behind themselves, measured by seven, nine, jāti and five ⟨respectively⟩; the Sun, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars ⟨strike⟩ ahead, measured by twelve, eight, six and three.

हर्षणवैधृतिसाध्यव्यतिपातकगण्डशूलयोगानाम् अन्ते यन्नक्षत्रं पातेन निपातितं तत्स्यात्

harṣaṇavaidhṛtisādhyavyatipātakagaṇḍaśūlayogānām ante yannakṣatraṃ pātena nipātitaṃ tatsyāt

Whatever asterism stands at the end of the yogas Harṣaṇa, Vaidhṛti, Sādhya, Vyatīpāta, Gaṇḍa and Śūla — that one is struck down by the pāta ⟨'the fall'⟩.

पञ्चास्याजौ गोमृगौ तौलिकुम्भौ कन्यामीनौ कर्क्यली चापयुग्मे तत्राऽन्योन्यं चन्द्रभान्वोर्निरुक्तं क्रान्तेः साम्यं नो शुभं मङ्गलेषु

pañcāsyājau gomṛgau taulikumbhau kanyāmīnau karkyalī cāpayugme tatrā'nyonyaṃ candrabhānvorniruktaṃ krānteḥ sāmyaṃ no śubhaṃ maṅgaleṣu

Siṃha and Meṣa (aja), Vṛṣa (go) and Makara (mṛga), Tulā and Kumbha, Kanyā and Mīna, Karka and Vṛścika (ali), Dhanus (cāpa) and Mithuna (yugma) — in these ⟨pairs⟩, mutually, equality of declination (krānti-sāmya) of the Moon and the Sun is declared; that is not auspicious in auspicious rites.

व्याघातगण्डव्यतिपातपूर्वशूलान्त्यवज्रे परिघातिगण्डे योगे विरुद्धे त्वभिजित्समेतः खार्जूरमर्काद्विषमे शशी चेत्

vyāghātagaṇḍavyatipātapūrvaśūlāntyavajre parighātigaṇḍe yoge viruddhe tvabhijitsametaḥ khārjūramarkādviṣame śaśī cet

Vyāghāta, Gaṇḍa, Vyatīpāta, Pūrva ⟨the first, Viṣkambha⟩, Śūla, Antya ⟨the last, Vaidhṛti⟩, Vajra, Parigha and Atigaṇḍa: when the yoga is one of these adverse ones and ⟨the Moon⟩ is joined with Abhijit, the khārjūra ⟨defect⟩ ⟨arises⟩ if the Moon stands in an odd asterism reckoned from the Sun's.

शराष्टदिक्शक्रनगातिधृत्यस्तिथिधृतिश्च प्रकृतेश्च पञ्च उपग्रहाः सूर्यभतोऽब्जताराः शुभा न देशे कुरुबाह्लिकानाम्

śarāṣṭadikśakranagātidhṛtyastithidhṛtiśca prakṛteśca pañca upagrahāḥ sūryabhato'bjatārāḥ śubhā na deśe kurubāhlikānām

Five, eight, ten, fourteen, seven, nineteen, fifteen, eighteen and twenty-one — the upagrahas, ⟨counted⟩ from the Sun's nakṣatra; the Moon's asterisms ⟨so struck⟩ are not auspicious in the country of the Kurus and Bāhlikas.

पातोपग्रहलत्तासु नेष्टोऽङ्घ्रिः खेटपत्समः वारस्त्रिघ्नोऽष्टभिस्तष्टः सैकः स्यादर्धयामकः

pātopagrahalattāsu neṣṭo'ṅghriḥ kheṭapatsamaḥ vārastrighno'ṣṭabhistaṣṭaḥ saikaḥ syādardhayāmakaḥ

In ⟨the reckoning of⟩ pāta, upagraha and lattā, the quarter (pāda) that answers to the graha's lord is not desirable. The weekday ⟨number⟩ multiplied by three, divided by eight, ⟨the remainder⟩ increased by one — that is the ardhayāma (half-watch).

शक्रार्कदिग्वसुरसाब्ध्यश्विनः कुलिका रवेः रात्रौ निरेकास्तिथ्यंशाः शनौ चान्त्योऽपि निन्दितः

śakrārkadigvasurasābdhyaśvinaḥ kulikā raveḥ rātrau nirekāstithyaṃśāḥ śanau cāntyo'pi ninditaḥ

Fourteen, twelve, ten, eight, six, four and two — ⟨these are⟩ the kulikas ⟨of the weekdays⟩ beginning with Sunday, in fifteenth-parts ⟨of the day⟩. At night ⟨they are⟩ each less by one. And on Saturday the last ⟨part⟩ also is condemned.

चापान्त्यगे गोघटगे पतङ्गे कर्काजगे स्त्रीमिथुने स्थिते च सिंहालिगे नक्रधटे समाः स्युस्तिथ्यो द्वितीयाप्रमुखाश्च दग्धाः

cāpāntyage goghaṭage pataṅge karkājage strīmithune sthite ca siṃhālige nakradhaṭe samāḥ syustithyo dvitīyāpramukhāśca dagdhāḥ

When the Sun (pataṅga) stands in Dhanus (cāpa) and Mīna (antya), in Vṛṣa (go) and Kumbha (ghaṭa), in Karka and Meṣa (aja), in Kanyā (strī) and Mithuna, in Siṃha and Vṛścika (ali), and in Makara (nakra) and Tulā (dhaṭa) — ⟨these pairs⟩ are alike, and the tithis beginning with the second are burnt (dagdha) ⟨respectively⟩.

लग्नाच्चन्द्रान्मदनभवनगे खेटे न स्यादिह परिणयनं किं वा बाणाशुगमितलवगे जामित्रं स्यादशुभकरमिदम्

lagnāccandrānmadanabhavanage kheṭe na syādiha pariṇayanaṃ kiṃ vā bāṇāśugamitalavage jāmitraṃ syādaśubhakaramidam

If a graha stands in the 7th house (madana-bhavana) from the lagna or from the Moon, marriage should not ⟨take place⟩ here. Or again, when ⟨a graha⟩ occupies the navāṃśa (lava) reckoned as fifty-five, that is the jāmitra, and this is a maker of ill.

एकार्गलोपग्रहपातलत्ताजामित्रकर्तर्युदयास्तदोषाः नश्यन्ति चन्द्रार्कबलोपपन्ने लग्ने यथार्काभ्युदये तु दोषा

ekārgalopagrahapātalattājāmitrakartaryudayāstadoṣāḥ naśyanti candrārkabalopapanne lagne yathārkābhyudaye tu doṣā

The blemishes of ekārgala, upagraha, pāta, lattā, jāmitra, kartarī, and of rising and setting perish when the lagna is endowed with the strength of the Moon and the Sun — just as night ⟨perishes⟩ at the rising of the Sun.

उपग्रहर्क्षं कुरुबाह्लिकेषु कलिङ्गवङ्गेषु च पातितं भं सौराष्ट्रशाल्वेषु च लत्तितं भं त्यजेत्तु विद्धं किल सर्व देशे

upagraharkṣaṃ kurubāhlikeṣu kaliṅgavaṅgeṣu ca pātitaṃ bhaṃ saurāṣṭraśālveṣu ca lattitaṃ bhaṃ tyajettu viddhaṃ kila sarva deśe

The upagraha nakṣatra ⟨is to be shunned⟩ among the Kurus and Bāhlikas, the nakṣatra struck by pāta among the Kaliṅgas and Vaṅgas, and the lattā-struck nakṣatra among the Saurāṣṭras and Śālvas; but the vedha-struck one is to be rejected in every country indeed.

शशाङ्कसूर्यर्क्षयुतेर्भशेषे खं भूयुगाङ्गानि दशेशतिथ्यः नागेन्दवोऽङ्केन्दुमिता नखाश्चेद्भवन्ति चैते दशयोगसञ्ज्ञाः

śaśāṅkasūryarkṣayuterbhaśeṣe khaṃ bhūyugāṅgāni daśeśatithyaḥ nāgendavo'ṅkendumitā nakhāścedbhavanti caite daśayogasañjñāḥ

When, from the sum of the Moon's and the Sun's nakṣatras, the remainder ⟨in nakṣatras⟩ is nought, one, four, six, ten, eleven, fifteen, eighteen, nineteen or twenty — then these are named the ten yogas.

वाताभ्राग्निमहीपचोरमरणं रुग्वज्रवादाः क्षतिर्योगाङ्के दलिते समे मनुयुतेऽथौजे तु सैकेऽर्धिते भं दास्रादथ सम्मितास्तु मनुभी रेखाः क्रमात्संलिखेद् वेधोऽस्मिन् ग्रहचन्द्रयोर्न शुभदः स्यादेकरेखास्थयोः

vātābhrāgnimahīpacoramaraṇaṃ rugvajravādāḥ kṣatiryogāṅke dalite same manuyute'thauje tu saike'rdhite bhaṃ dāsrādatha sammitāstu manubhī rekhāḥ kramātsaṃlikhed vedho'smin grahacandrayorna śubhadaḥ syādekarekhāsthayoḥ

Wind, cloud, fire, king, thief, death, disease, thunderbolt, quarrel, injury ⟨are their names⟩. The yoga-number, when even, is halved and joined with fourteen; when odd, increased by one and halved; ⟨then count⟩ the nakṣatra from Aśvinī (dāsra). Then one should draw lines numbering fourteen in order; in this ⟨figure⟩ the vedha of a graha and the Moon, the two standing in one line, is not a giver of good.

लग्नेनाढ्या याततिथ्योऽङ्कतष्टाः शेषे नागद्व्यब्धितर्केन्दुसङ्ख्ये रोगो वह्नी राजचौरौ च मृत्युर्बाणश्चायं दाक्षिणात्यप्रसिद्धः

lagnenāḍhyā yātatithyo'ṅkataṣṭāḥ śeṣe nāgadvyabdhitarkendusaṅkhye rogo vahnī rājacaurau ca mṛtyurbāṇaścāyaṃ dākṣiṇātyaprasiddhaḥ

The elapsed tithis increased by the lagna ⟨number⟩ and divided by nine — when the remainder is eight, two, four, six or one, ⟨there is⟩ disease, fire, the king and the thief, and death ⟨respectively⟩; and this is the bāṇa, well known among the southerners.

रसगुणशशिनागाब्ध्याढ्यसङ्क्रान्तियातां शकमितिरथ तष्टाऽङ्कैर्यदा पञ्च शेषाः रुगनलनृपचौरा मृत्युसञ्ज्ञश्च बाणो नवहृतशरशेषे शेषकैक्ये सशल्यः

rasaguṇaśaśināgābdhyāḍhyasaṅkrāntiyātāṃ śakamitiratha taṣṭā'ṅkairyadā pañca śeṣāḥ ruganalanṛpacaurā mṛtyusañjñaśca bāṇo navahṛtaśaraśeṣe śeṣakaikye saśalyaḥ

The Śaka reckoning increased by ⟨the days⟩ elapsed since the saṅkrānti and by six, three, one, eight and four, then divided by nine — when five remains, the bāṇa is, ⟨in order⟩, disease, fire, the king, the thief, and the one named death. When, divided by nine, the remainder is five, ⟨and⟩ when the remainders coincide, it is saśalya (barbed).

रात्रौ चौररुजौ दिवा नरपतिर्वह्निः सदा सन्ध्ययोर्मृत्युश्चाथ शनौ नृपो विदि मृतिर्भौमेऽग्निचौरौ रवौ रोगोऽथ व्रतगेहगोपनृपसेवायानपाणिग्रहे वर्ज्याश्च क्रमतो बुधै रुगनलक्ष्मापालचौरा मृतिः

rātrau caurarujau divā narapatirvahniḥ sadā sandhyayormṛtyuścātha śanau nṛpo vidi mṛtirbhaume'gnicaurau ravau rogo'tha vratagehagopanṛpasevāyānapāṇigrahe varjyāśca kramato budhai ruganalakṣmāpālacaurā mṛtiḥ

At night, the thief and disease; by day, the king and fire; at the two twilights, always death. Then on Saturday the king, on Mercury's ⟨day⟩ death, on Tuesday fire and the thief, on Sunday disease. And ⟨these⟩ are to be shunned by the wise, in order, in a vow, the keeping of a house, the service of a king, a journey and marriage: disease, fire, the king, the thief, death.

त्र्याशं त्रिकोणं चतुरस्रमस्तं पश्यन्ति खेटाश्चरणाभिवृद्ध्या मन्दो गुरुर्भूमिसुतः परे च क्रमेण सम्पूर्णदृशो भवन्ति

tryāśaṃ trikoṇaṃ caturasramastaṃ paśyanti kheṭāścaraṇābhivṛddhyā mando gururbhūmisutaḥ pare ca krameṇa sampūrṇadṛśo bhavanti

The grahas aspect the third ⟨and tenth⟩, the trikoṇa, the square ⟨the 4th and 8th⟩, and the setting place (asta, the 7th) with increasing quarters ⟨of aspect⟩; Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, and the rest become full in aspect ⟨on these⟩ respectively.

यदा लग्नांशेशो लवमथ तनुं पश्यति युतो भवेद्वाऽयं वोढुः शुभफलमनल्पं रचयति लवद्यूनस्वामी लवमदनभं लग्नमदनं प्रपश्येद्वा वध्वाः शुभमितरथा ज्ञेयमशुभम्

yadā lagnāṃśeśo lavamatha tanuṃ paśyati yuto bhavedvā'yaṃ voḍhuḥ śubhaphalamanalpaṃ racayati lavadyūnasvāmī lavamadanabhaṃ lagnamadanaṃ prapaśyedvā vadhvāḥ śubhamitarathā jñeyamaśubham

When the lord of the lagna's navāṃśa (lagnāṃśeśa) aspects the navāṃśa (lava) or the lagna (tanu), or is joined ⟨with them⟩, he makes no small auspicious result for the bridegroom. ⟨And when⟩ the lord of the 7th of the navāṃśa (lava-dyūna) aspects the 7th sign of the navāṃśa or the 7th from the lagna, ⟨that is⟩ auspicious for the bride; otherwise it is to be known as inauspicious.

लवेशो लवं लग्नपो लग्नगेहं प्रपश्येन्मिथो वा शुभं स्याद्वरस्य लवद्यूनपोंऽशद्युनं लग्नपोऽस्तं मिथो वेक्षते स्याच्छुभं कन्यकायाः

laveśo lavaṃ lagnapo lagnagehaṃ prapaśyenmitho vā śubhaṃ syādvarasya lavadyūnapoṃ'śadyunaṃ lagnapo'staṃ mitho vekṣate syācchubhaṃ kanyakāyāḥ

⟨When⟩ the lord of the navāṃśa aspects the navāṃśa and the lord of the lagna the lagna-house, or ⟨when the two aspect⟩ each other, it is auspicious for the bridegroom. ⟨When⟩ the lord of the 7th of the navāṃśa aspects the 7th of the aṃśa and the lord of the lagna the 7th (asta), or ⟨when the two aspect⟩ each other, it is auspicious for the bride.

लवपतिशुभमित्रं वीक्षतेऽंशं तनुं वा परिणयनकरस्य स्याच्छुभं शास्त्रदृष्टम् मदनलवपमित्रं सौम्यमंशद्युनं वा तनुमदनगृहं चेद्वीक्षते शर्म वध्वाः

lavapatiśubhamitraṃ vīkṣate'ṃśaṃ tanuṃ vā pariṇayanakarasya syācchubhaṃ śāstradṛṣṭam madanalavapamitraṃ saumyamaṃśadyunaṃ vā tanumadanagṛhaṃ cedvīkṣate śarma vadhvāḥ

⟨If⟩ a benefic that is a friend of the lord of the navāṃśa aspects the aṃśa or the lagna (tanu), it is auspicious for the one contracting the marriage — ⟨so it is⟩ seen in the śāstra. ⟨If⟩ a benefic that is a friend of the lord of the 7th navāṃśa aspects the 7th of the aṃśa, or the lagna and the 7th house, ⟨there is⟩ welfare for the bride.

विषुवायनेषु परपूर्वमध्यमान्दिवसांस्त्यजेदितरसङ्क्रमेषु हि घटिकास्तु षोडश शुभक्रियाविधौ परतोऽपि पूर्वमपि सन्त्यजेद्बुधः

viṣuvāyaneṣu parapūrvamadhyamāndivasāṃstyajeditarasaṅkrameṣu hi ghaṭikāstu ṣoḍaśa śubhakriyāvidhau parato'pi pūrvamapi santyajedbudhaḥ

At the equinoxes and the two solstices one should avoid the following, the preceding and the middle days; but at the other saṅkramaṇas, sixteen ghaṭikās — in the performance of an auspicious rite the wise man should avoid ⟨them⟩ both after and before.

देवद्व्यङ्कर्तवोऽष्टाष्टौ नाड्योऽङ्काः खनृपाः क्रमात् वर्ज्याः सङ्क्रमणेऽर्कादेः प्रायोऽर्कस्यातिनिन्दिताः

devadvyaṅkartavo'ṣṭāṣṭau nāḍyo'ṅkāḥ khanṛpāḥ kramāt varjyāḥ saṅkramaṇe'rkādeḥ prāyo'rkasyātininditāḥ

Thirty-three, two, nine, six, eight ⟨and⟩ eight nāḍīs, ⟨and⟩ nine — of the sky-kings ⟨the grahas⟩, in order — are to be shunned at the saṅkramaṇa (ingress) of the Sun and the rest; those of the Sun are for the most part exceedingly condemned.

घस्रे तुलाली बधिरौ मृगाश्वौ रात्रौ च सिंहाजवृषा दिवान्धाः कन्यानृयुक्कर्कटका निशान्धा दिने घटोऽन्त्यो निशि पङ्गुसञ्ज्ञः

ghasre tulālī badhirau mṛgāśvau rātrau ca siṃhājavṛṣā divāndhāḥ kanyānṛyukkarkaṭakā niśāndhā dine ghaṭo'ntyo niśi paṅgusañjñaḥ

By day Tulā and Vṛścika (ali) are deaf, and by night Makara (mṛga) and Dhanus (aśva, the horse-⟨bodied sign⟩); Siṃha, Meṣa (aja) and Vṛṣa are day-blind; Kanyā, Mithuna (nṛyuj, the human pair) and Karka are night-blind; by day Kumbha (ghaṭa), by night the last ⟨sign, Mīna⟩, is called lame (paṅgu).

बधिरा धन्वितुलालयोऽपराह्णे मिथुनं कर्कटकोऽङ्गना निशान्धाः दिवसान्धा हरिगोक्रियास्तु कुब्जा मृगकुम्भान्तिमभानि सन्ध्ययोर्हि

badhirā dhanvitulālayo'parāhṇe mithunaṃ karkaṭako'ṅganā niśāndhāḥ divasāndhā harigokriyāstu kubjā mṛgakumbhāntimabhāni sandhyayorhi

In the afternoon Dhanus, Tulā and Vṛścika (ali) are deaf; Mithuna, Karka and Kanyā (aṅganā) are night-blind; Siṃha (hari), Vṛṣa (go) and Meṣa (kriya) are day-blind; and Makara, Kumbha and the last sign ⟨Mīna⟩ are hunchbacked (kubja) at the two twilights.

दारिद्र्यं बधिरतनौ दिवान्धलग्ने वैधव्यं शिशुमरणं निशान्धलग्ने पङ्ग्वङ्गे निखिलधनानिनाशमीयुः सर्वत्राधिपगुरुदृष्टिभिर्न दोषः

dāridryaṃ badhiratanau divāndhalagne vaidhavyaṃ śiśumaraṇaṃ niśāndhalagne paṅgvaṅge nikhiladhanānināśamīyuḥ sarvatrādhipagurudṛṣṭibhirna doṣaḥ

Poverty ⟨comes⟩ when the lagna is a deaf ⟨sign⟩; widowhood when the lagna is day-blind; the death of the child when the lagna is night-blind; when the ⟨lagna⟩ body is lame, they come to the destruction of all wealth. Everywhere, through the aspects of the lord and of Jupiter, there is no blemish.

कार्मुकतौलिककन्यायुग्मलवे झषगे वा यर्हि भवेदुपयामस्तर्हि सती खलु कन्या

kārmukataulikakanyāyugmalave jhaṣage vā yarhi bhavedupayāmastarhi satī khalu kanyā

When the marriage (upayāma) takes place in the navāṃśa (lava) of Dhanus (kārmuka), Tulā, Kanyā or Mithuna (yugma), or in that of Mīna (jhaṣa), then the girl is indeed a satī.

अन्त्यनवांशे न च परिणेया काचन वर्गोत्तममिह हित्वा नो चरलग्ने चरलवयोगं तौलिमृगस्थे शशभृति कुर्यात्

antyanavāṃśe na ca pariṇeyā kācana vargottamamiha hitvā no caralagne caralavayogaṃ taulimṛgasthe śaśabhṛti kuryāt

And no girl is to be married in the last navāṃśa, setting aside the vargottama here; nor ⟨is⟩ the conjunction of a movable navāṃśa with a movable lagna ⟨to be made⟩ — ⟨but⟩ one may do it when the Moon stands in Tulā or Makara.

व्यये शनिः खेऽवनिजस्तृतीये भृगुस्तनौ चन्द्रखला न शस्ताः लग्नेट् कविर्ग्लौश्च रिपौ मृतौ ग्लौर्लग्नेट्शुभाराश्च मदे च सर्वे

vyaye śaniḥ khe'vanijastṛtīye bhṛgustanau candrakhalā na śastāḥ lagneṭ kavirglauśca ripau mṛtau glaurlagneṭśubhārāśca made ca sarve

Saturn in the 12th (vyaya), Mars (avanija) in the 10th (kha), Venus (bhṛgu) in the 3rd, the Moon and malefics in the lagna (tanu) — ⟨these are⟩ not commended; the lord of the lagna, Venus (kavi) and the Moon (glau) in the 6th (ripu); the Moon in the 8th; and the lord of the lagna, benefics and Mars (āra) in the 7th (mada) — all ⟨alike are not commended⟩.

त्र्यायाष्टषट्सु रविकेतुतमोऽर्कपुत्रा स्त्र्यायारिगः क्षितिसुतो द्विगुणायगोऽब्जः सप्तव्ययाष्टरहितौ ज्ञगुरू सितोऽष्ट त्रिद्यूनषड्व्ययगृहान् परिहृत्य शस्तः

tryāyāṣṭaṣaṭsu raviketutamo'rkaputrā stryāyārigaḥ kṣitisuto dviguṇāyago'bjaḥ saptavyayāṣṭarahitau jñagurū sito'ṣṭa tridyūnaṣaḍvyayagṛhān parihṛtya śastaḥ

The Sun, Ketu, Rāhu (tamas) and Saturn (arkaputra) ⟨are commended⟩ in the 3rd, 11th, 8th and 6th; Mars (kṣitisuta) standing in the 3rd, 11th and 6th; the Moon (abja) standing in the 2nd, 3rd and 11th; Mercury (jña) and Jupiter free of the 7th, the 12th and the 8th; Venus (sita) is commended having avoided the 8th, 3rd, 7th (dyūna), 6th and 12th houses.

पापौ कर्तरिकारकौ रिपुगृहे नीचास्तगौ कर्तरी१ दोषो नैव सितेऽरिनीचगृहगे तत्षष्ठदोषोऽपि न भौमेऽस्ते रिपुनीचगे नहि भवेद्भौमोऽष्टमो दोषकृ न्नीचे नीचनवांशके शशिनि रिःफाष्टारिदोषोऽपि न

pāpau kartarikārakau ripugṛhe nīcāstagau kartarī1 doṣo naiva site'rinīcagṛhage tatṣaṣṭhadoṣo'pi na bhaume'ste ripunīcage nahi bhavedbhaumo'ṣṭamo doṣakṛ nnīce nīcanavāṃśake śaśini riḥphāṣṭāridoṣo'pi na

⟨When⟩ the two malefics that make the kartarī are in an enemy's house, debilitated, or set, there is no kartarī blemish at all. ⟨When⟩ Venus is in an enemy's or a debilitation house, that blemish of the 6th also is not. ⟨When⟩ Mars in the 7th (asta) is in an enemy's ⟨sign⟩ or debilitated, ⟨there is none⟩; nor does Mars in the 8th become a maker of blemish. ⟨When⟩ the Moon is debilitated or in a debilitation navāṃśa, the blemish of the 12th (riḥpha), the 8th and the 6th also is not.

अब्दायनर्तुतिथिमासभपक्षदग्ध तिथ्यन्धकाणबधिराङ्गमुखाश्च दोषाः नश्यन्ति विद्गुरुसितेष्विह केन्द्रकोणे तद्वच्च पापविधुयुक्तनवांशदोषः

abdāyanartutithimāsabhapakṣadagdha tithyandhakāṇabadhirāṅgamukhāśca doṣāḥ naśyanti vidgurusiteṣviha kendrakoṇe tadvacca pāpavidhuyuktanavāṃśadoṣaḥ

The blemishes of the burnt (dagdha) year, ayana, season, tithi, month, nakṣatra and fortnight, ⟨and those⟩ of the tithi, and of the blind, the one-eyed and the deaf ⟨signs⟩, and of the limb and of the face — these perish when Mercury (vid), Jupiter and Venus are here in a kendra or a trikoṇa; and likewise the blemish of a navāṃśa joined with a malefic or with the Moon.

केन्द्रे कोणे जीव आये रवौ च लग्ने चन्द्रे वाऽपि वर्गोत्तमे वा सर्वे दोषा नाशमायान्ति चन्द्रे लाभे तद्वद्दुर्मुहूर्तांशदोषाः

kendre koṇe jīva āye ravau ca lagne candre vā'pi vargottame vā sarve doṣā nāśamāyānti candre lābhe tadvaddurmuhūrtāṃśadoṣāḥ

⟨When⟩ Jupiter (jīva) is in a kendra or a trikoṇa and the Sun in the 11th (āya), or ⟨when⟩ the lagna or the Moon is in vargottama, all blemishes go to destruction; and in the same way, ⟨when⟩ the Moon is in the 11th (lābha), the blemishes of an evil muhūrta and of the aṃśa ⟨go to destruction⟩.

त्रिकोणे केन्द्रे वा मदनरहिते दोषशतकं हरेत्सौम्यः शुक्रो द्विगुणमपि लक्षं सुरगुरुः भवेदाये केन्द्रेऽङ्गप उत लवेशो यदि तदा समूहं दोषाणां दहन इव तूलं शमयति

trikoṇe kendre vā madanarahite doṣaśatakaṃ haretsaumyaḥ śukro dviguṇamapi lakṣaṃ suraguruḥ bhavedāye kendre'ṅgapa uta laveśo yadi tadā samūhaṃ doṣāṇāṃ dahana iva tūlaṃ śamayati

Mercury (saumya), standing in a trikoṇa or in a kendra other than the 7th (madana), carries off a hundred blemishes; Venus, twice as many; Jupiter, the guru of the gods, even a lakh. And should the lord of the lagna (aṅgapa) or the lord of the navāṃśa (laveśa) stand in the 11th (āya) or in a kendra, then it quells the whole mass of blemishes as fire quells cotton.

द्वौ द्वौ ज्ञभृग्वोः पञ्चेन्दौ रवौ सार्धत्रयो गुरौ रामा मन्दागुकेत्वारे सार्धैकैकं विशोपकाः

dvau dvau jñabhṛgvoḥ pañcendau ravau sārdhatrayo gurau rāmā mandāguketvāre sārdhaikaikaṃ viśopakāḥ

Two each for Mercury (jña) and Venus (bhṛgu); five for the Moon; three and a half for the Sun; three (rāma) for Jupiter; and one and a half each for Saturn (mandāgu, ⟨the slow-rayed⟩), Ketu and Mars (āra) — such are the viśopakas.

श्वश्रूः सितोऽर्कः श्वशुरस्तनुस्तनुर्जामित्रपः स्याद्दयितो मनः शशी एतद्बलं सम्प्रतिभाव्य तान्त्रिकस्तेषां सुखं सम्प्रवदेद्विवाहतः

śvaśrūḥ sito'rkaḥ śvaśurastanustanurjāmitrapaḥ syāddayito manaḥ śaśī etadbalaṃ sampratibhāvya tāntrikasteṣāṃ sukhaṃ sampravadedvivāhataḥ

Venus is the mother-in-law, the Sun the father-in-law, the lagna (tanu) the body ⟨itself⟩, the lord of the 7th (jāmitra) the beloved ⟨husband⟩, and the Moon the mind. Having well weighed the strength of these, the man versed in the system (tāntrika) should declare the happiness that will come to them from the marriage.

कृष्णे पक्षे सौरिकुजार्केऽपि च वारे वर्ज्ये नक्षत्रे यदि वा स्यात् करपीडा सङ्कीर्णानां तर्हि सुतायुर्धनलाभ प्रीतिप्राप्त्यै सा भवतीह स्थितिरेषा

kṛṣṇe pakṣe saurikujārke'pi ca vāre varjye nakṣatre yadi vā syāt karapīḍā saṅkīrṇānāṃ tarhi sutāyurdhanalābha prītiprāptyai sā bhavatīha sthitireṣā

If the hand-taking (karapīḍā, the wedding) of people of mixed birth (saṅkīrṇa) should fall in the dark fortnight, or on the weekday of Saturn, Mars or the Sun, or in a rejected nakṣatra, then it turns out for the winning of sons, long life, gain of wealth and affection: this is the rule that stands here.

गान्धर्वादिविवाहेऽर्काद्वेदनेत्रगुणेन्दवः कुयुगाङ्गाग्निभूरामास्त्रिपद्यामशुभाः शुभाः

gāndharvādivivāhe'rkādvedanetraguṇendavaḥ kuyugāṅgāgnibhūrāmāstripadyāmaśubhāḥ śubhāḥ

In the gāndharva and the other ⟨forms of⟩ marriage, ⟨counting the nakṣatras⟩ from the Sun: four, two, three, one, one, four, six, three, one and three — these ⟨runs⟩, in the tripadī, are inauspicious and auspicious ⟨by turns⟩.

विधोर्बलमवेक्ष्य वा दलनकण्डनं वारकं गृहाङ्गणविभूषणान्यथ च वेदिकामण्डपान् विवाहविहितोडुभिर्विरचयेत्तथोद्वाहतो न पूर्वमिदमाचरेत् त्रिनवषण्मिते वासरे

vidhorbalamavekṣya vā dalanakaṇḍanaṃ vārakaṃ gṛhāṅgaṇavibhūṣaṇānyatha ca vedikāmaṇḍapān vivāhavihitoḍubhirviracayettathodvāhato na pūrvamidamācaret trinavaṣaṇmite vāsare

Or else, having looked to the strength of the Moon, one should carry out the splitting and husking ⟨of the grain⟩, the vāraka, the adorning of the house and the courtyard, and further the altar and the pavilion, under the nakṣatras prescribed for marriage; and one should not perform this, reckoned from the wedding, earlier than the day measured by three, nine ⟨or⟩ six.

हस्तोच्छ्राया वेदहस्तैः समन्तात्तुल्या वेदी सद्मनो वामभागे युग्मे घस्रे षष्ठहीने च पञ्चसप्ताहे स्यान्मण्डपोद्वासनं सत्

hastocchrāyā vedahastaiḥ samantāttulyā vedī sadmano vāmabhāge yugme ghasre ṣaṣṭhahīne ca pañcasaptāhe syānmaṇḍapodvāsanaṃ sat

The altar (vedī), a hasta in height and equal on every side by four hastas, ⟨is made⟩ on the left side of the house. And on an even day, the sixth excepted, and on the fifth or the seventh, the dismantling (udvāsana) of the pavilion is good.

मेषादिराशिजवधूवरयोर्बटोश्च तैलादिलापनविधौ कथिताऽत्र सङ्ख्या शैला दिशः शरदिगक्षनगाद्रिबाणा बाणाक्षबाणगिरयो विबुधैस्तु कैश्चित्

meṣādirāśijavadhūvarayorbaṭośca tailādilāpanavidhau kathitā'tra saṅkhyā śailā diśaḥ śaradigakṣanagādribāṇā bāṇākṣabāṇagirayo vibudhaistu kaiścit

For a bride and groom born in the rāśis beginning with Meṣa, and for the boy (baṭu), the number stated here in the rite of anointing with oil and the rest is: seven, ten; five, ten, five, seven, seven, five; and five, five, five, seven — so ⟨it is given⟩ by some of the learned.

सूर्येऽङ्गनासिंहधटेषु शैवे स्तम्भोऽलिकोदण्डमृगेषु वायौ मीनाजकुम्भे निरृतौ विवाहे स्थाप्योऽग्निकोणे वृषयुग्मकर्के

sūrye'ṅganāsiṃhadhaṭeṣu śaive stambho'likodaṇḍamṛgeṣu vāyau mīnājakumbhe nirṛtau vivāhe sthāpyo'gnikoṇe vṛṣayugmakarke

The Sun standing in Kanyā (aṅganā), Siṃha or Tulā (dhaṭa), the post (stambha) ⟨is to be set⟩ in the Īśāna (śaiva) quarter; in Vṛścika (ali), Dhanus (kodaṇḍa) or Makara, in the Vāyavya; in Mīna, Meṣa (aja) or Kumbha, in the Nairṛta; and in Vṛṣa, Mithuna (yugma) or Karka it is to be set, at the marriage, in the fire-corner (Āgneya).

नास्यामृक्षं न तिथिकरणं नैव लग्नस्य चिन्ता नो वा वारो न च लवविधिर्नो मुहूर्तस्य चर्चा नो वा योगो न मृतिभवनं नैव जामित्रदोषो गोधूलिः सा मुनिभिरुदिता सर्वकार्येषु शस्ता

nāsyāmṛkṣaṃ na tithikaraṇaṃ naiva lagnasya cintā no vā vāro na ca lavavidhirno muhūrtasya carcā no vā yogo na mṛtibhavanaṃ naiva jāmitradoṣo godhūliḥ sā munibhiruditā sarvakāryeṣu śastā

In this ⟨hour⟩ there is no ⟨reckoning of⟩ nakṣatra, no tithi or karaṇa, no thought of the lagna at all, nor weekday, nor the rule of the navāṃśa (lava), nor discussion of the muhūrta, nor yoga, nor the 8th house (mṛtibhavana), nor even the jāmitra blemish: that is the godhūli, declared by the sages, commended in all undertakings.

पिण्डीभूते दिनकृति हेमन्तर्तौ स्यादर्धास्ते तपसमये गोधूलिः सम्पूर्णास्ते जलधरमालाकाले त्रेधा योज्या सकलशुभे कार्यादौ

piṇḍībhūte dinakṛti hemantartau syādardhāste tapasamaye godhūliḥ sampūrṇāste jaladharamālākāle tredhā yojyā sakalaśubhe kāryādau

When the maker of day has become an orb ⟨still whole⟩ — in the hemanta season; when he is half set — in the season of heat; when he is wholly set — in the time of the garlands of rain-clouds: godhūli is threefold, to be applied at the outset of every auspicious act.

अस्तं याते गुरुदिवसे सौरे सार्के लग्नान्मृत्यौ रिपुभवने लग्ने चेन्दौ कन्यानाशस्तनुमदमृत्युस्थे भौमे वोढुर्लाभे धनसहजे चन्द्रे सौख्यम्

astaṃ yāte gurudivase saure sārke lagnānmṛtyau ripubhavane lagne cendau kanyānāśastanumadamṛtyusthe bhaume voḍhurlābhe dhanasahaje candre saukhyam

⟨The Sun⟩ having gone to setting, on the day of Jupiter, of Saturn or of the Sun; and the Moon standing, from the lagna, in the 8th (mṛtyu), in the 6th (ripubhavana), or in the lagna itself — ⟨there is⟩ destruction of the bride. Mars standing in the 1st (tanu), the 7th (mada) or the 8th (mṛtyu) — ⟨destruction⟩ of the bridegroom. The Moon in the 11th (lābha), the 2nd (dhana) or the 3rd (sahaja) — happiness.

मेषादिगेऽर्केऽष्टशरा नगाक्षाः सप्तेषवः सप्तशरा गजाक्षाः गोक्षाः खतर्काः कुरसाः कुतर्काः क्वङ्गानि षष्टिर्नवपञ्च भुक्तिः

meṣādige'rke'ṣṭaśarā nagākṣāḥ sapteṣavaḥ saptaśarā gajākṣāḥ gokṣāḥ khatarkāḥ kurasāḥ kutarkāḥ kvaṅgāni ṣaṣṭirnavapañca bhuktiḥ

The Sun standing in Meṣa and the rest: fifty-eight, fifty-seven, fifty-seven, fifty-seven, fifty-eight, fifty-nine, sixty, sixty-one, sixty-one, sixty-one, sixty and fifty-nine — ⟨such is⟩ the ⟨daily⟩ motion.

सङ्क्रान्तियातघस्राद्यैर्गतिर्निघ्नी खषड् ६० हृता लब्धेनांशादिना योज्यं यातर्क्षं स्पष्टभास्करः

saṅkrāntiyātaghasrādyairgatirnighnī khaṣaḍ 60 hṛtā labdhenāṃśādinā yojyaṃ yātarkṣaṃ spaṣṭabhāskaraḥ

The motion ⟨tabulated above⟩ is to be multiplied by the days and the rest elapsed since the saṅkrānti and divided by kha-ṣaṭ ⟨60⟩; to the quotient, in degrees and the rest, the elapsed rāśi is to be joined: ⟨that is⟩ the true Sun.

तनोरिष्टांशकात् पूर्वं नवांशा दशसङ्गुणाः रामाप्ताः लब्धमंशाद्यं तनोर्वर्गादिसाधने

tanoriṣṭāṃśakāt pūrvaṃ navāṃśā daśasaṅguṇāḥ rāmāptāḥ labdhamaṃśādyaṃ tanorvargādisādhane

The navāṃśas ⟨elapsed⟩ before the desired degree of the lagna (tanu), multiplied by ten and divided by three (rāma) — the quotient is in degrees and the rest, in the working out of the lagna's varga and the rest.

अर्काल्लग्नात्सायनाद्भोग्यभुक्तैर्भागैर्निघ्नात्स्वोदयात्खाग्निभक्तात् भोग्यं भुक्तं चान्तरालोदयाढ्यं षष्ट्या भक्तं स्वेष्टनाड्यो भवेयुः

arkāllagnātsāyanādbhogyabhuktairbhāgairnighnātsvodayātkhāgnibhaktāt bhogyaṃ bhuktaṃ cāntarālodayāḍhyaṃ ṣaṣṭyā bhaktaṃ sveṣṭanāḍyo bhaveyuḥ

From the sāyana Sun and from the sāyana lagna, ⟨take⟩ the degrees to be traversed (bhogya) and already traversed (bhukta); by them the sign's own rising-time (svodaya) is multiplied and divided by kha-agni ⟨thirty⟩. The bhogya and the bhukta ⟨so got⟩, increased by the rising-times of the signs in between, and divided by sixty, become one's own iṣṭa nāḍīs.

चेल्लग्नाऽर्कौ सायनावेकराशौ तद्विश्लेषघ्नोदयः खाग्निभक्तः स्वेष्टः कालो लग्नमूनं यदाऽर्काद्रात्रेः शेषोऽर्कात्सषड्भान्निशायाम्

cellagnā'rkau sāyanāvekarāśau tadviśleṣaghnodayaḥ khāgnibhaktaḥ sveṣṭaḥ kālo lagnamūnaṃ yadā'rkādrātreḥ śeṣo'rkātsaṣaḍbhānniśāyām

If the sāyana lagna and Sun stand in one and the same rāśi, the rising-time multiplied by their difference and divided by kha-agni ⟨thirty⟩ is one's own iṣṭa time. When the lagna is less than the Sun, ⟨what is got is⟩ the remainder of the night; and by night ⟨the reckoning is⟩ from the Sun increased by six signs.

उत्पातान्सह पातदग्धतिथिभिर्दुष्टांश्च योगांस्तथा चन्द्रेज्योशनसामथास्तमयनं तिथ्याः क्षयर्द्धी तथा गण्डान्तं च सविष्टिसङ्क्रमदिनं तन्वंशपास्तं तथा तन्वंशेशविधूनथाष्टरिपुगान् पापस्य वर्गांस्तथा

utpātānsaha pātadagdhatithibhirduṣṭāṃśca yogāṃstathā candrejyośanasāmathāstamayanaṃ tithyāḥ kṣayarddhī tathā gaṇḍāntaṃ ca saviṣṭisaṅkramadinaṃ tanvaṃśapāstaṃ tathā tanvaṃśeśavidhūnathāṣṭaripugān pāpasya vargāṃstathā

⟨One should abandon⟩ the portents (utpāta) together with the pāta and the burnt tithis; and likewise the corrupt yogas; the heliacal setting of the Moon, of Jupiter (ijya) and of Venus (uśanas); the decrease and the increase of a tithi; the gaṇḍānta; and the day that carries viṣṭi ⟨bhadrā⟩ and the saṅkramaṇa day; and the combustion of the lord of the lagna's navāṃśa; and the lord of the lagna's navāṃśa and the Moon standing in the 8th and the 6th; and likewise the vargas of a malefic.

सेन्दुक्रूरखगोदयांशमुदयास्ताशुद्धिचण्डायुधान् खार्जूरं दशयोगयोगसहितं जामित्रलत्ताव्यधम् बाणोपग्रहपापकर्तरि तथा तिथ्यृक्षवारोत्थितं दुष्टं योगमथार्धयामकुलिकाद्यान्वारदोषानपि

sendukrūrakhagodayāṃśamudayāstāśuddhicaṇḍāyudhān khārjūraṃ daśayogayogasahitaṃ jāmitralattāvyadham bāṇopagrahapāpakartari tathā tithyṛkṣavārotthitaṃ duṣṭaṃ yogamathārdhayāmakulikādyānvāradoṣānapi

⟨And⟩ the rising degree (udayāṃśa) held by the Moon and by malefic grahas; the impurity of the rising and the setting (udayāsta-aśuddhi); the caṇḍāyudhas; the khārjūra together with the union of the ten yogas; the jāmitra, the lattā and the vyadha; the bāṇa, the upagrahas and the malefic kartari; and likewise the corrupt yoga arisen from tithi, nakṣatra and weekday; and also the weekday blemishes beginning with the ardhayāma and the kulika.

क्रूराक्रान्तविमुक्तभं ग्रहणभं यत्क्रूरगन्तव्यभं त्रेधोत्पातहतं च केतुहतभं सन्ध्योदितं भं तथा तद्वच्च ग्रहभिन्नयुद्धगतभं सर्वानिमान्सन्त्यजे दुद्वाहे शुभकर्मसु ग्रहकृतान् लग्नस्य दोषानपि

krūrākrāntavimuktabhaṃ grahaṇabhaṃ yatkrūragantavyabhaṃ tredhotpātahataṃ ca ketuhatabhaṃ sandhyoditaṃ bhaṃ tathā tadvacca grahabhinnayuddhagatabhaṃ sarvānimānsantyaje dudvāhe śubhakarmasu grahakṛtān lagnasya doṣānapi

The nakṣatra oppressed by a malefic and ⟨the one just⟩ released ⟨from one⟩; the nakṣatra of an eclipse; the nakṣatra a malefic is going to; ⟨the nakṣatra⟩ struck by portents of the three kinds; the nakṣatra struck by a comet (ketu); the nakṣatra risen at twilight; and likewise the nakṣatra in which a bhinna-yuddha of grahas has taken place — all these one should abandon at a wedding and in auspicious rites, and the blemishes of the lagna caused by the grahas as well.

समाद्रिपञ्चाङ्कदिने विवाहाद्वधूप्रवेशोऽष्टिदिनान्तराले शुभः परस्ताद्विषमाब्दमासदिनेऽक्षवर्षात्परतो यथेष्टम्

samādripañcāṅkadine vivāhādvadhūpraveśo'ṣṭidināntarāle śubhaḥ parastādviṣamābdamāsadine'kṣavarṣātparato yatheṣṭam

Reckoned from the marriage, the bride's entry ⟨into her husband's house⟩ is auspicious on an even day, or on the seventh, the fifth or the ninth day, within an interval of sixteen days; beyond that, on a day of an odd year and an odd month; and beyond five years, as one wishes.

ध्रुवक्षिप्रमृदुश्रोत्रवसुमूलमघानिले वधूप्रवेशः सन्नेष्टो रिक्तारार्के बुधे परैः

dhruvakṣipramṛduśrotravasumūlamaghānile vadhūpraveśaḥ sanneṣṭo riktārārke budhe paraiḥ

In the Dhruva ⟨fixed⟩, Kṣipra ⟨swift⟩ and Mṛdu ⟨soft⟩ nakṣatras, and in Śravaṇa, Dhaniṣṭhā, Mūla, Maghā and Svātī, the bride's entry is good; it is not approved on a riktā tithi, nor on a Tuesday or a Sunday — and, according to others, not on a Wednesday either.

ज्येष्ठे पतिज्येष्ठमथाधिके पतिं हन्त्यादिमे भर्तृगृहे वधूः शुचौ श्वश्रूं सहस्ये श्वशुरं क्षये तनुं तातं मधौ तातगृहे विवाहतः

jyeṣṭhe patijyeṣṭhamathādhike patiṃ hantyādime bhartṛgṛhe vadhūḥ śucau śvaśrūṃ sahasye śvaśuraṃ kṣaye tanuṃ tātaṃ madhau tātagṛhe vivāhataḥ

In Jyeṣṭha ⟨she kills⟩ the husband's eldest ⟨brother⟩, and in an intercalary ⟨adhika⟩ month the husband — the bride, at her first ⟨entry⟩ into her husband's house; in Śuci ⟨Āṣāḍha⟩ the mother-in-law, in Sahasya ⟨Pauṣa⟩ the father-in-law, in a kṣaya ⟨omitted⟩ month her own body, and in Madhu ⟨Caitra⟩ the father, ⟨when she is⟩ in her father's house — ⟨all reckoned⟩ from the marriage.

चरेदथौजहायने घटालिमेषगे रवौ रवीज्यशुद्धियोगतः शुभग्रहस्य वासरे नृयुग्ममीनकन्यकातुलावृषे विलग्नके द्विरागमं लघुध्रुवे चरेऽस्रपे मृदूडुनि

caredathaujahāyane ghaṭālimeṣage ravau ravījyaśuddhiyogataḥ śubhagrahasya vāsare nṛyugmamīnakanyakātulāvṛṣe vilagnake dvirāgamaṃ laghudhruve care'srape mṛdūḍuni

Then let one perform the dvirāgamana ⟨the bride's second journey to her husband's house⟩ in an odd year, the Sun standing in Kumbha, Vṛścika or Meṣa; through the concurrence of the purity (śuddhi) of the Sun and of Jupiter; on the weekday of a benefic graha; with the human-pair sign ⟨Mithuna⟩, Mīna, Kanyā, Tulā or Vṛṣa as the ascendant (lagna); and in a laghu, dhruva, cara, asrapa ⟨the rākṣasa's star, i.e. Mūla⟩ or mṛdu nakṣatra.

दैत्येज्यो ह्यभिमुखदक्षिणे यदि स्याद् गच्छेयुर्न हि शिशुगर्भिणीनवोढाः बालश्चेद्व्रजति विपद्यते नवोढा चेद्वन्ध्या भवति च गर्भिणी त्वगर्भा

daityejyo hyabhimukhadakṣiṇe yadi syād gaccheyurna hi śiśugarbhiṇīnavoḍhāḥ bālaścedvrajati vipadyate navoḍhā cedvandhyā bhavati ca garbhiṇī tvagarbhā

If the preceptor of the daityas ⟨Venus⟩ should stand facing ⟨the direction to be travelled⟩ or to the right ⟨of the traveller⟩, then infants, pregnant women and newly-wed brides must not go. If a child goes, it perishes; a newly-wed bride, ⟨if she goes,⟩ becomes barren; and a pregnant woman ⟨becomes⟩ one without her foetus.

नगरप्रवेशविषयाद्युपद्रवे करपीडने विबुधतीर्थयात्रयोः नृपपीडने नववधूप्रवेशने प्रतिभार्गवो भवति दोषकृन्न हि

nagarapraveśaviṣayādyupadrave karapīḍane vibudhatīrthayātrayoḥ nṛpapīḍane navavadhūpraveśane pratibhārgavo bhavati doṣakṛnna hi

In entering a city; in a calamity befalling one's country ⟨village⟩ and the like; in the pressing of the hand ⟨marriage⟩; in the two journeys, to the gods ⟨their shrines⟩ and to tīrthas; in affliction at a king's hands; and in the entry of a newly-wed bride — Venus standing opposite (prati-bhārgava) does not become a worker of doṣa.

पित्र्ये गृहे चेत्कुचपुष्पसम्भवः स्त्रीणां न दोषः प्रतिशुक्रसम्भवः भृग्वङ्गिरोवत्सवसिष्ठकश्यपात्रीणां भरद्वाजमुनेः कुले तथा

pitrye gṛhe cetkucapuṣpasambhavaḥ strīṇāṃ na doṣaḥ pratiśukrasambhavaḥ bhṛgvaṅgirovatsavasiṣṭhakaśyapātrīṇāṃ bharadvājamuneḥ kule tathā

If in the father's house the appearance of the breasts and of the flower ⟨the menses⟩ has occurred, then for women the occurrence of Venus-opposite (prati-śukra) is no fault; and so too in the lineage of Bhṛgu, Aṅgiras, Vatsa, Vasiṣṭha, Kaśyapa and Atri, and of the sage Bharadvāja.

स्यादग्निहोत्रविधिरुत्तरगे दिनेशे मिश्रध्रुवान्त्यशशिशक्रसुरेज्यधिष्ण्ये रिक्तासु नो शशिकुजेज्यभृगौ न नीचे नास्तं गते न विजिते न च शत्रुगेहे

syādagnihotravidhiruttarage dineśe miśradhruvāntyaśaśiśakrasurejyadhiṣṇye riktāsu no śaśikujejyabhṛgau na nīce nāstaṃ gate na vijite na ca śatrugehe

The rite of the agnihotra is fit when the lord of day ⟨the Sun⟩ has gone north ⟨into the uttarāyaṇa⟩, and ⟨the Moon stands⟩ in a miśra ⟨mixed⟩ or dhruva ⟨fixed⟩ asterism, or in the last ⟨Revatī⟩, in Śaśi's ⟨Mṛgaśiras⟩, in Śakra's ⟨Jyeṣṭhā⟩, or in Surejya's ⟨Puṣya⟩. Not on the riktā tithis; and not when the Moon, Mars, Jupiter or Venus is debilitated, nor gone to setting ⟨combust⟩, nor vanquished ⟨in planetary war⟩, nor in an enemy's house.

नो कर्कनक्रझषकुम्भनवांशलग्ने नोऽब्जे तनौ रविशशीज्यकुजे त्रिकोणे केन्द्रर्क्षषट्त्रिभवगे च परैस्त्रिलाभ षट्खस्थितैर्निधनशुद्धियुते विलग्ने

no karkanakrajhaṣakumbhanavāṃśalagne no'bje tanau raviśaśījyakuje trikoṇe kendrarkṣaṣaṭtribhavage ca paraistrilābha ṣaṭkhasthitairnidhanaśuddhiyute vilagne

Not when the navāṃśa lagna is Karka ⟨Cancer⟩, Nakra ⟨Capricorn⟩, Jhaṣa ⟨Pisces⟩ or Kumbha ⟨Aquarius⟩; not with Abja ⟨the Moon⟩ in the tanu ⟨the 1st house⟩. ⟨It is fit⟩ when the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Mars stand in a trikoṇa, or in a kendra sign, or in the 6th and 3rd houses; when the others are placed in the 3rd, the 11th, the 6th and the 10th; and when the rising lagna is joined with purity of the 8th.

चापे जीवे तनुस्थे वा मेषे भौमेऽम्बरे द्युने षट्त्र्यायेऽब्जे रवौ वा स्याज्जाताग्निर्यजति ध्रुवम्

cāpe jīve tanusthe vā meṣe bhaume'mbare dyune ṣaṭtryāye'bje ravau vā syājjātāgniryajati dhruvam

When Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩ is in Cāpa ⟨Sagittarius⟩ standing in the tanu ⟨the 1st house⟩, or Bhauma ⟨Mars⟩ in Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩ in the ambara ⟨the 10th⟩ or the dyūna ⟨the 7th⟩, or Abja ⟨the Moon⟩ or the Sun in the 6th, the 3rd or the āya ⟨the 11th⟩ — then ⟨the performer⟩ becomes one whose fires are established, and he sacrifices without fail.

राजाभिषेकः शुभ उत्तरायणे गुर्विन्दुशुक्रैरुदितैर्बलान्वितैः भौमार्कलग्नेशदशेशजन्मपैर्नो चैत्ररिक्तारनिशामलिम्लुचे

rājābhiṣekaḥ śubha uttarāyaṇe gurvinduśukrairuditairbalānvitaiḥ bhaumārkalagneśadaśeśajanmapairno caitrariktāraniśāmalimluce

The royal consecration is auspicious in the uttarāyaṇa, with Jupiter, the Moon and Venus risen ⟨i.e. not combust⟩ and endowed with strength; not with Mars, the Sun, the lord of the lagna, the lord of the daśā and the lord of the janma ⟨sign⟩; and not in Caitra, on a riktā tithi, on Tuesday (āra), at night, or in a malimluca ⟨intercalary⟩ month.

शाक्रश्रवः क्षिप्रमृदुध्रुवोडुभिः शीर्षोदये वोपचये शुभे तनौ पापैस्त्रिषष्ठायगतैः शुभग्रहैः केन्द्रत्रिकोणायधनत्रिसंस्थितैः

śākraśravaḥ kṣipramṛdudhruvoḍubhiḥ śīrṣodaye vopacaye śubhe tanau pāpaistriṣaṣṭhāyagataiḥ śubhagrahaiḥ kendratrikoṇāyadhanatrisaṃsthitaiḥ

⟨The consecration is auspicious⟩ under Jyeṣṭhā (śākra) and Śravaṇa, and under the kṣipra, mṛdu and dhruva asterisms; in a head-rising ⟨sign⟩, or in an upacaya, the lagna (tanu) being auspicious; with the malefics gone to the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th (āya), and the benefic grahas stationed in the kendras, the trikoṇas, the 11th (āya), the 2nd (dhana) and the 3rd.

पापैस्तनौ रुङ्निधने मृतिः सुते पुत्रार्तिरर्थव्ययगैर्दरिद्रता स्यात्खेऽलसो भ्रष्टपदो द्युनाम्बुगैः सर्वं शुभं केन्द्रगतैः शुभग्रहैः

pāpaistanau ruṅnidhane mṛtiḥ sute putrārtirarthavyayagairdaridratā syātkhe'laso bhraṣṭapado dyunāmbugaiḥ sarvaṃ śubhaṃ kendragataiḥ śubhagrahaiḥ

With the malefics in the lagna (tanu), disease; in the 8th (nidhana), death; in the 5th (suta), affliction of sons; with them gone to the 2nd (artha) and the 12th (vyaya), there is poverty; in the 10th (kha) he is indolent, and with them in the 7th (dyūna) and the 4th (ambu), fallen from his place. All is auspicious when the benefic grahas are gone to the kendras.

गुरुर्लग्नकोणे कुजोऽरौ सितः खे स राजा सदा मोदते राजलक्ष्म्या तृतीयायगौ सौरिसूर्यौ खबन्ध्वोर्गुरुश्चेद्धरित्री स्थिरा स्यान्नृपस्य

gururlagnakoṇe kujo'rau sitaḥ khe sa rājā sadā modate rājalakṣmyā tṛtīyāyagau saurisūryau khabandhvorguruśceddharitrī sthirā syānnṛpasya

Jupiter in a trikoṇa from the lagna, Mars in the 6th (ari), Venus in the 10th (kha) — that king ever delights in royal fortune (rājalakṣmī). If Saturn and the Sun are gone to the 3rd and the 11th (āya), and Jupiter to the 10th (kha) or the 4th (bandhu), the king's earth ⟨his realm⟩ will stand firm.

यात्रायां प्रविदितजन्मनां नृपाणां दातव्यं दिवसमबुद्धजन्मनां च प्रश्नाद्यैरुदयनिमित्तमूलभूतैर्विज्ञाते ह्यशुभशुभे बुधः प्रदद्यात्

yātrāyāṃ praviditajanmanāṃ nṛpāṇāṃ dātavyaṃ divasamabuddhajanmanāṃ ca praśnādyairudayanimittamūlabhūtairvijñāte hyaśubhaśubhe budhaḥ pradadyāt

For a journey, to kings whose birth ⟨data⟩ are well ascertained a day is to be given ⟨from the natal chart⟩; and for those whose birth is not known, when the inauspicious and the auspicious have been ascertained by praśna and the rest — whose root foundation is the rising sign and the omens — the wise man should give ⟨the day⟩.

जननराशितनू यदि लग्नगे तदधिपौ यदि वा तत एव वा त्रिरिपुखायगृहं यदि वोदयो विजय एव भवेद्वसुधापतेः

jananarāśitanū yadi lagnage tadadhipau yadi vā tata eva vā triripukhāyagṛhaṃ yadi vodayo vijaya eva bhavedvasudhāpateḥ

If the birth rāśi and the ⟨natal⟩ lagna are ⟨rising⟩ at the lagna ⟨of departure⟩, or if the lords of those two ⟨are there⟩, or ⟨reckoned⟩ from those very ⟨signs⟩ — if the rising sign is the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th or the 11th house, then there is victory indeed for the lord of the earth.

रिपुजन्मलग्नभमथाधिपौ तयोस्तत एव वोपचयसद्म चेद्भवेत् हिबुके द्युनेऽथ शुभवर्गकस्तनौ यदि मस्तकोदयगृहं तदा जयः

ripujanmalagnabhamathādhipau tayostata eva vopacayasadma cedbhavet hibuke dyune'tha śubhavargakastanau yadi mastakodayagṛhaṃ tadā jayaḥ

The 6th house, the birth sign, the lagna sign, or the lords of those two — or, ⟨reckoned⟩ from those very ⟨signs⟩, should it be an upacaya house; ⟨and benefics⟩ in the 4th (hibuka) and the 7th; and if a benefic's varga be at the lagna, ⟨and⟩ the rising house is a head-rising ⟨śīrṣodaya⟩ sign — then there is victory.

यदि पृच्छितनौ वसुधा रुचिरा शुभवस्तु यदि श्रुतिदर्शनगं यदि पृच्छति चादरतश्च शुभग्रहदृष्टयुतं चरलग्नमपि

yadi pṛcchitanau vasudhā rucirā śubhavastu yadi śrutidarśanagaṃ yadi pṛcchati cādarataśca śubhagrahadṛṣṭayutaṃ caralagnamapi

If at the querent's lagna the ground is pleasing; if an auspicious object comes within hearing or sight; if he asks with deference; and if the movable lagna is aspected by or joined with benefic grahas — ⟨the undertaking succeeds⟩.

विधुकुजयुतलग्ने सौरिदृष्टेऽथ चन्द्रे मृतिभमदनसंस्थे लग्नगे भास्करेऽपि हिबुकनिधनहोराद्यूनगे चापि पापे सपदि भवति भङ्गः प्रश्नकर्तुस्तदानीम्

vidhukujayutalagne sauridṛṣṭe'tha candre mṛtibhamadanasaṃsthe lagnage bhāskare'pi hibukanidhanahorādyūnage cāpi pāpe sapadi bhavati bhaṅgaḥ praśnakartustadānīm

When the lagna is joined by the Moon and Mars and aspected by Saturn; or when the Moon stands in the 8th house or the 7th; or when the Sun too is at the lagna; and likewise when a malefic is in the 4th (hibuka), the 8th, the lagna (horā) or the 7th — then at that moment ruin at once befalls the one who asks.

त्रिकोणे कुजात्सौरिशुक्रज्ञजीवा यदैकोऽपि वा नो गमोऽर्काच्छशी वा बलीयांस्तु मध्ये तयोर्यो ग्रहः स्यात् स्वकीयां दिशं प्रत्युताऽसौ नयेच्च

trikoṇe kujātsauriśukrajñajīvā yadaiko'pi vā no gamo'rkācchaśī vā balīyāṃstu madhye tayoryo grahaḥ syāt svakīyāṃ diśaṃ pratyutā'sau nayecca

When Saturn, Venus, Mercury and Jupiter — or even one ⟨of them⟩ — stand in a trikoṇa from Mars, there is no departure; or ⟨reckon⟩ the Moon from the Sun. Whichever graha of those two is the stronger, that one on the contrary leads ⟨the traveller⟩ toward its own direction.

प्रश्ने गम्यदिगीशात्खेटः पञ्चमगो यः बोभूयाद्बलयुक्तः स्वामाशां नयतेऽसौ

praśne gamyadigīśātkheṭaḥ pañcamago yaḥ bobhūyādbalayuktaḥ svāmāśāṃ nayate'sau

In a praśna, whichever graha stands in the 5th from the lord of the direction to be travelled and is strongly possessed of strength — that one leads ⟨the traveller⟩ to its own quarter.

धनुर्मेषसिंहेषु यात्रा प्रशस्ता शनिज्ञोशनोराशिगे चैव मध्या रवौ कर्कमीनालिसंस्थेऽतिदीर्घा जनुःपञ्चसप्तत्रिताराश्च नेष्टाः

dhanurmeṣasiṃheṣu yātrā praśastā śanijñośanorāśige caiva madhyā ravau karkamīnālisaṃsthe'tidīrghā januḥpañcasaptatritārāśca neṣṭāḥ

A journey is commended when ⟨the Sun stands⟩ in Sagittarius, Aries or Leo; middling when he is in the rāśis of Saturn, Mercury and Venus; and when the Sun is placed in Cancer, Pisces or Scorpio it is very long drawn out. And the birth star and the 5th, 7th and 3rd tārās are not desirable.

न षष्ठी न च द्वादशी नाऽष्टमी नो सिताद्या तिथिः पूर्णिमाऽमा न रिक्ता हयादित्यमैत्रेन्दुजीवान्त्यहस्तश्रवोवासवैरेव यात्रा प्रशस्ता

na ṣaṣṭhī na ca dvādaśī nā'ṣṭamī no sitādyā tithiḥ pūrṇimā'mā na riktā hayādityamaitrendujīvāntyahastaśravovāsavaireva yātrā praśastā

Not the 6th, nor the 12th, nor the 8th, nor the first tithi of the bright fortnight, nor the full moon, nor the new moon, nor a riktā tithi. A journey is commended only with Aśvinī, Punarvasu, Anurādhā, Mṛgaśiras, Puṣya, Revatī, Hasta, Śravaṇa and Dhaniṣṭhā.

न पूर्वदिशि शक्रभे न विधुसौरिवारे तथा न चाजपदभे गुरौ यमदिशीनदैत्येज्ययोः न पाशिदिशि धातृभे कुजबुधेऽर्यमर्क्षे तथा न सौम्यककुभि व्रजेत्स्वजयजीवितार्थी बुधः

na pūrvadiśi śakrabhe na vidhusaurivāre tathā na cājapadabhe gurau yamadiśīnadaityejyayoḥ na pāśidiśi dhātṛbhe kujabudhe'ryamarkṣe tathā na saumyakakubhi vrajetsvajayajīvitārthī budhaḥ

Not to the east on Jyeṣṭhā, nor on Monday or Saturday; likewise not to Yama's quarter ⟨the south⟩ on Pūrva Bhādrapadā or on Thursday; not to the Noose-bearer's quarter ⟨the west⟩ on the days of the Sun and Venus, nor on Rohiṇī; and likewise not to the northern quarter on Tuesday and Wednesday or on Uttara Phalgunī — so should the wise man go, who seeks his own victory and his life.

पूर्वाह्णे ध्रुवमिश्रभैर्न नृपतेर्यात्रा न मध्याह्नके तीक्ष्णाख्यैरपराह्णके न लघुभैर्नो पूर्वरात्रे तथा मित्राख्यैर्न च मध्यरात्रिसमये चोग्रैस्तथा नो चरै रात्र्यन्ते हरिहस्तपुष्यशशिभिः स्यात्सर्वकाले शुभा

pūrvāhṇe dhruvamiśrabhairna nṛpateryātrā na madhyāhnake tīkṣṇākhyairaparāhṇake na laghubhairno pūrvarātre tathā mitrākhyairna ca madhyarātrisamaye cograistathā no carai rātryante harihastapuṣyaśaśibhiḥ syātsarvakāle śubhā

In the forenoon a king's journey is not ⟨to be made⟩ under the dhruva and miśra stars, nor at midday under those called tīkṣṇa, nor in the afternoon under the laghu stars, nor in the first part of the night under those called maitra, nor at the time of midnight under the ugra ones, nor likewise at the end of night under the cara ones. With Śravaṇa, Hasta, Puṣya and Mṛgaśiras it is auspicious at every hour.

पूर्वाग्निपित्र्यान्तकतारकाणां भूपप्रकृत्युग्रतुरङ्गमाः स्युः स्वातीविशाखेन्द्रभुजङ्गमानां नाड्यो निषिद्धा मनुसम्मिताश्च

pūrvāgnipitryāntakatārakāṇāṃ bhūpaprakṛtyugraturaṅgamāḥ syuḥ svātīviśākhendrabhujaṅgamānāṃ nāḍyo niṣiddhā manusammitāśca

Of the stars Pūrva Phalgunī, Kṛttikā, Maghā and Bharaṇī the ⟨forbidden⟩ nāḍīs are the king ⟨16⟩, prakṛti ⟨8⟩, ugra ⟨11⟩ and the horses ⟨7⟩; and of Svātī, Viśākhā, Jyeṣṭhā and Āśleṣā the forbidden nāḍīs are Manu-measured ⟨14⟩.

पूर्वार्धमाग्नेयमघानिलानां त्यजेद्धि चित्राहियमोत्तरार्धं नृपः समस्तां गमने जयार्थी स्वातीं मघां चोशनसो मतेन

pūrvārdhamāgneyamaghānilānāṃ tyajeddhi citrāhiyamottarārdhaṃ nṛpaḥ samastāṃ gamane jayārthī svātīṃ maghāṃ cośanaso matena

He should avoid the first half of Kṛttikā, Maghā and Svātī, and the latter half of Citrā, Āśleṣā and Bharaṇī; and, in the opinion of Uśanas, the king who seeks victory ⟨should avoid⟩ Svātī and Maghā entire when he sets out.

तमोभुक्तताराः स्मृता विश्वसङ्ख्याः शुभो जीवपक्षो मृतश्चापि भोग्याः तदाक्रान्तभं कर्तरीसञ्ज्ञमुक्तं ततोऽक्षेन्दुसङ्ख्यं भवेद्ग्रस्तनाम

tamobhuktatārāḥ smṛtā viśvasaṅkhyāḥ śubho jīvapakṣo mṛtaścāpi bhogyāḥ tadākrāntabhaṃ kartarīsañjñamuktaṃ tato'kṣendusaṅkhyaṃ bhavedgrastanāma

The stars already consumed by Tamas ⟨Rāhu⟩ are held to be thirteen in number; the jīva side is auspicious, and the dead side likewise ⟨is made up of⟩ the stars yet to be enjoyed. The star ⟨Rāhu⟩ occupies is said to bear the name kartarī; and reckoned from that, the one numbered ⟨15⟩ bears the name grasta.

मार्तण्डे मृतपक्षगे हिमकरश्चेज्जीवपक्षे शुभा यात्रा स्याद्विपरीतगे क्षयकरी द्वौ जीवपक्षे शुभा ग्रस्तर्क्षं मृतपक्षतः शुभकरं ग्रस्तात्तथा कर्तरी यायीन्दुः स्थितिमान् रविर्जयकरौ तौ द्वौ तयोर्जीवगौ

mārtaṇḍe mṛtapakṣage himakaraścejjīvapakṣe śubhā yātrā syādviparītage kṣayakarī dvau jīvapakṣe śubhā grastarkṣaṃ mṛtapakṣataḥ śubhakaraṃ grastāttathā kartarī yāyīnduḥ sthitimān ravirjayakarau tau dvau tayorjīvagau

If the Sun is in the dead side and the Moon in the jīva side, the journey is auspicious; placed the other way about, it causes loss. When both are in the jīva side it is auspicious. The grasta star, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the dead side, is a maker of good; and so is the kartarī from the grasta. The Moon is the one who goes, the Sun the one who stays; those two bring victory when both of them are in the jīva ⟨side⟩.

स्वात्यन्तकाहिवसुपौष्णकरानुराधा दित्यध्रुवाणि विषमास्तिथयोऽकुलाः स्युः सूर्येन्दुमन्दगुरवश्च कुलाकुला ज्ञो मूलाम्बुपेशविधिभं दशषड्द्वितिथ्यः

svātyantakāhivasupauṣṇakarānurādhā dityadhruvāṇi viṣamāstithayo'kulāḥ syuḥ sūryendumandaguravaśca kulākulā jño mūlāmbupeśavidhibhaṃ daśaṣaḍdvitithyaḥ

Svātī, Bharaṇī, Āśleṣā, Dhaniṣṭhā, Revatī, Hasta, Anurādhā, Punarvasu and the dhruva ⟨stars⟩, the odd tithis, and ⟨the weekdays of⟩ the Sun, the Moon, Saturn and Jupiter are akula. Kulākula are Mercury ⟨'s day⟩, the stars Mūla, Śatabhiṣaj, Ārdrā and Abhijit, and the 10th, 6th and 2nd tithis.

पूर्वाश्वीज्यमघेन्दुकर्णदहनद्वीशेन्द्रचित्रास्तथा शुक्रारौ कुलसञ्ज्ञकाश्च तिथयोऽर्काष्टेन्द्रवेदैर्मिताः यायी स्यादकुले जयी च समरे स्थायी च तद्वत्कुले सन्धिः स्यादुभयोः कुलाकुलगणे भूमीशयोर्युध्यतोः

pūrvāśvījyamaghendukarṇadahanadvīśendracitrāstathā śukrārau kulasañjñakāśca tithayo'rkāṣṭendravedairmitāḥ yāyī syādakule jayī ca samare sthāyī ca tadvatkule sandhiḥ syādubhayoḥ kulākulagaṇe bhūmīśayoryudhyatoḥ

Pūrva Phalgunī, Aśvinī, Puṣya, Maghā, Mṛgaśiras, Śravaṇa, Kṛttikā, Viśākhā, Jyeṣṭhā and Citrā, and likewise ⟨the weekdays of⟩ Venus and Mars, are named kula; and the tithis measured by 12, 8, 14 and 4. The invader is victorious in battle when ⟨the time is⟩ akula, and the defender likewise when it is kula; and when two lords of the earth are fighting, there is a treaty for both in the kulākula class.

स्युर्धर्मे दस्रपुष्योरगवसुजलपद्वीशमैत्राण्यथार्थे याम्याजाङ्घ्रीन्द्रकर्णादितिपितृपवनोडून्यथो भानि कामे वह्न्यार्द्राबुध्न्यचित्रानिरृतिविधिभगाख्यानि मोक्षेऽथ रोहिण्याप्येन्द्वन्त्यर्क्षविश्वार्यमभदिनकरर्क्षाणि पथ्यादिराहौ

syurdharme dasrapuṣyoragavasujalapadvīśamaitrāṇyathārthe yāmyājāṅghrīndrakarṇāditipitṛpavanoḍūnyatho bhāni kāme vahnyārdrābudhnyacitrānirṛtividhibhagākhyāni mokṣe'tha rohiṇyāpyendvantyarkṣaviśvāryamabhadinakararkṣāṇi pathyādirāhau

In dharma stand Aśvinī, Puṣya, Āśleṣā, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣaj, Viśākhā and Anurādhā; in artha the stars Bharaṇī, Pūrva Bhādrapadā, Jyeṣṭhā, Śravaṇa, Punarvasu, Maghā and Svātī; then in kāma the stars named Kṛttikā, Ārdrā, Uttara Bhādrapadā, Citrā, Mūla, Abhijit and Pūrva Phalgunī; and in mokṣa, Rohiṇī, Pūrva Aṣāḍhā, Mṛgaśiras, Revatī, Uttara Aṣāḍhā, Uttara Phalgunī and Hasta — ⟨these groups run⟩ pathyā and the rest for Rāhu.

धर्मगे भास्करे वित्तमोक्षे शशी वित्तगे धर्ममोक्षस्थितः शस्यते कामगे धर्ममोक्षार्थगः शोभनो मोक्षगे केवलं धर्मगः प्रोच्यते

dharmage bhāskare vittamokṣe śaśī vittage dharmamokṣasthitaḥ śasyate kāmage dharmamokṣārthagaḥ śobhano mokṣage kevalaṃ dharmagaḥ procyate

When the Sun is in a dharma ⟨star⟩, the Moon in an artha or a mokṣa ⟨star is good⟩; when ⟨the Sun is⟩ in an artha ⟨star⟩, ⟨the Moon⟩ standing in a dharma or a mokṣa ⟨star⟩ is commended; when ⟨the Sun is⟩ in a kāma ⟨star⟩, ⟨the Moon⟩ going to a dharma, a mokṣa or an artha ⟨star⟩ is good; and when ⟨the Sun is⟩ in a mokṣa ⟨star⟩, only ⟨the Moon⟩ in a dharma ⟨star⟩ is declared ⟨good⟩.

पौषे पक्षत्यादिका द्वादशैवं तिथ्यो माघादौ द्वितीयादिकास्ताः कामात्तिस्रः स्युस्तृतीयादिवच्च याने प्राच्यादौ फलं तत्र वक्ष्ये

pauṣe pakṣatyādikā dvādaśaivaṃ tithyo māghādau dvitīyādikāstāḥ kāmāttisraḥ syustṛtīyādivacca yāne prācyādau phalaṃ tatra vakṣye

In Pauṣa the twelve tithis beginning with the pakṣati ⟨the first⟩; in Māgha and the ⟨months⟩ following, those beginning with the second; three remain from the thirteenth; and likewise ⟨in the next⟩ beginning with the third. Of journeying to the east and the other ⟨quarters⟩ I shall state the fruit there.

सौख्यं क्लेशो भीतिरर्थागमश्च शून्यं नैः स्वं निःस्वता मिश्रता च द्रव्यक्लेशो दुःखमिष्टाप्तिरर्थो लाभः सौख्यं मङ्गलं वित्तलाभः

saukhyaṃ kleśo bhītirarthāgamaśca śūnyaṃ naiḥ svaṃ niḥsvatā miśratā ca dravyakleśo duḥkhamiṣṭāptirartho lābhaḥ saukhyaṃ maṅgalaṃ vittalābhaḥ

Happiness, affliction, fear, and gain of wealth; emptiness, destitution, penury, and a mixed ⟨result⟩; loss of property, sorrow, attainment of what is desired, and wealth; gain, happiness, good fortune, and gain of money.

लाभो द्रव्याप्तिर्धनं सौख्यमुक्तं भीतिर्लाभो मृत्युरर्थागमश्च लाभः कष्टं द्रव्यलाभः सुखं च कष्टं सौख्यं क्लेशलाभः सुखं च

lābho dravyāptirdhanaṃ saukhyamuktaṃ bhītirlābho mṛtyurarthāgamaśca lābhaḥ kaṣṭaṃ dravyalābhaḥ sukhaṃ ca kaṣṭaṃ saukhyaṃ kleśalābhaḥ sukhaṃ ca

Gain, obtaining of goods, wealth, happiness — so it is declared; fear, gain, death, and gain of wealth; gain, hardship, gain of goods, and comfort; hardship, happiness, incurring of affliction, and comfort.

सौख्यं लाभः कार्यसिद्धिश्च कष्टं क्लेशः कष्टात्सिद्धिरर्थो धनं च मृत्युर्लाभो द्रव्यलाभश्च शून्यं शून्यं सौख्यं मृत्युरत्यन्तकष्टम्

saukhyaṃ lābhaḥ kāryasiddhiśca kaṣṭaṃ kleśaḥ kaṣṭātsiddhirartho dhanaṃ ca mṛtyurlābho dravyalābhaśca śūnyaṃ śūnyaṃ saukhyaṃ mṛtyuratyantakaṣṭam

Happiness, gain, and accomplishment of the undertaking, and hardship; affliction, success out of hardship, wealth, and money; death, gain, and gain of goods, and emptiness; emptiness, happiness, death, and utter hardship.

तिथ्यृक्षवारयुतिरद्रिगजाग्नितष्टा स्थानत्रयेऽत्र वियति प्रथमेऽतिदुःखी मध्ये धनक्षतिरथो चरमे मृतिः स्यात् स्थानत्रयेऽङ्कयुजि सौख्यजयौ निरुक्तौ

tithyṛkṣavārayutiradrigajāgnitaṣṭā sthānatraye'tra viyati prathame'tiduḥkhī madhye dhanakṣatiratho carame mṛtiḥ syāt sthānatraye'ṅkayuji saukhyajayau niruktau

The sum of tithi, nakṣatra and weekday, divided by 7, by 8 and by 3 — here, when in the three places ⟨the remainder is⟩ zero: in the first he is exceedingly wretched; in the middle there is loss of wealth; and in the last death results. When in the three places ⟨the division⟩ is joined with a number ⟨that is, leaves a remainder⟩, happiness and victory are declared.

रवेर्भतोऽब्जभोन्मितिर्नगावशेषिता द्व्यगा महाडलो न शस्यते त्रिषण्मिता भ्रमो भवेत्

raverbhato'bjabhonmitirnagāvaśeṣitā dvyagā mahāḍalo na śasyate triṣaṇmitā bhramo bhavet

The count of the Moon's star from the Sun's star, ⟨divided and⟩ left with 7 as remainder ⟨is good⟩; coming to 2, it is mahāḍala and is not commended; measured 3 or 6, there will be wandering.

शशाङ्कभं सूर्यभतोऽत्र गण्यं पक्षादितिथ्या दिनवासरेण युतं नवाप्तं नगशेषकं चेत्स्याद्धिंवरं तद्गमनेऽतिशस्तम्

śaśāṅkabhaṃ sūryabhato'tra gaṇyaṃ pakṣāditithyā dinavāsareṇa yutaṃ navāptaṃ nagaśeṣakaṃ cetsyāddhiṃvaraṃ tadgamane'tiśastam

Here the Moon's star is to be reckoned from the Sun's star, joined with the tithi counted from the beginning of the fortnight and with the weekday; divided by nine, if the remainder be 7, it is indeed excellent — that is most commended for the journey.

भूपञ्चाङ्कद्व्यङ्गदिग्वह्निसप्तवेदाष्टेशार्काश्च घाताख्यचन्द्रः मेषादीनां राजसेवाविवादे यात्रायुद्धाद्ये च नान्यत्र वर्ज्यः

bhūpañcāṅkadvyaṅgadigvahnisaptavedāṣṭeśārkāśca ghātākhyacandraḥ meṣādīnāṃ rājasevāvivāde yātrāyuddhādye ca nānyatra varjyaḥ

1, 5, 9, 2, 6, 10, 3, 7, 4, 8, 11 and 12 — ⟨these⟩ are the Moon called ghāta for ⟨the signs⟩ Aries and the rest. It is to be shunned in royal service and in a dispute, and in a journey, in war and the like; elsewhere it is not to be shunned.

आग्नेयत्वाष्ट्रजलपपित्र्यवासवरौद्रभे मूलब्राह्माजपादर्क्षे पित्र्यमूलाजभे क्रमात्

āgneyatvāṣṭrajalapapitryavāsavaraudrabhe mūlabrāhmājapādarkṣe pitryamūlājabhe kramāt

Kṛttikā, Citrā, Śatabhiṣaj, Maghā, Dhaniṣṭhā and Ārdrā; ⟨then⟩ the stars Mūla, Rohiṇī and Pūrva Bhādrapadā; ⟨then⟩ the stars Maghā, Mūla and Pūrva Bhādrapadā — in order.

रूपद्व्यग्न्यग्निभूरामद्व्यब्ध्यग्न्यब्धियुगाग्नयः घातचन्द्रे धिष्ण्यपादा मेषाद्वर्ज्या मनीषिभिः

rūpadvyagnyagnibhūrāmadvyabdhyagnyabdhiyugāgnayaḥ ghātacandre dhiṣṇyapādā meṣādvarjyā manīṣibhiḥ

1, 2, 3, 3, 1, 3, 2, 4, 3, 4, 4, 3 — these are the nakṣatra quarters, ⟨reckoned⟩ from Aries, to be shunned by the wise when the ghāta Moon ⟨is in question⟩.

गोस्त्रीझषे घाततिथिस्तु पूर्णा भद्रा नृयुक्कर्कटकेऽथ नन्दा कौर्प्याजयोर्नक्रधटे च रिक्ता जया धनुःकुम्भहरौ न शस्ताः

gostrījhaṣe ghātatithistu pūrṇā bhadrā nṛyukkarkaṭake'tha nandā kaurpyājayornakradhaṭe ca riktā jayā dhanuḥkumbhaharau na śastāḥ

For Taurus, Virgo and Pisces the ghāta tithi is the pūrṇā; for Gemini and Cancer, the bhadrā; then for Scorpio and Aries, the nandā; and for Capricorn and Libra, the riktā; the jayā for Sagittarius, Aquarius and Leo — ⟨these⟩ are not commended.

नक्रे भौमो गोहरिस्त्रीषु मन्दश्चन्द्रो द्वन्द्वेऽर्कोऽजभे ज्ञश्च कर्के शुक्रः कोदण्डालिमीनेषु कुम्भे जूके जीवो घातवारा न शस्ताः

nakre bhaumo goharistrīṣu mandaścandro dvandve'rko'jabhe jñaśca karke śukraḥ kodaṇḍālimīneṣu kumbhe jūke jīvo ghātavārā na śastāḥ

For Makara, Mars; for Vṛṣabha, Siṃha and Kanyā, Saturn (manda); for Mithuna, the Moon; for Meṣa, the Sun; and Mercury for Karka; Venus for Dhanus, Vṛścika, Mīna and Kumbha; Jupiter for Tulā. ⟨These are⟩ the ghāta weekdays — they are not commended.

मघाकरस्वातिमैत्रमूलश्रुत्यम्बुपान्त्यभं याम्यब्राह्मेशसार्पञ्च मेषादेर्घातभं न सत्

maghākarasvātimaitramūlaśrutyambupāntyabhaṃ yāmyabrāhmeśasārpañca meṣāderghātabhaṃ na sat

Maghā, Hasta ⟨the Sun's asterism⟩, Svāti, Anurādhā ⟨Mitra's⟩, Mūla, Śravaṇa, Śatabhiṣaj ⟨the water-lord's⟩, Revatī ⟨the last⟩, and Bharaṇī ⟨Yama's⟩, Rohiṇī ⟨Brahmā's⟩, Ārdrā ⟨Rudra's⟩, Āśleṣā ⟨the serpents'⟩ — ⟨these⟩ are the ghāta asterism of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Meṣa; ⟨they are⟩ not good.

भूमिद्व्यब्ध्यद्रिदिक्सूर्याङ्गाष्टाङ्केशाग्निसायकाः मेषादिघातलग्नानि यात्रायां वर्जयेत्सुधीः

bhūmidvyabdhyadridiksūryāṅgāṣṭāṅkeśāgnisāyakāḥ meṣādighātalagnāni yātrāyāṃ varjayetsudhīḥ

One, two, four, seven, ten, twelve, six, eight, nine, eleven, three, five — ⟨these⟩ are the ghāta lagnas of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Meṣa; the wise man should shun them on a journey.

नवभूम्यः शिववह्नयोऽक्षविश्वेऽर्ककृताः शक्ररसास्तुरङ्गतिथ्यः द्विदिशोऽमावसवश्च पूर्वतः स्युस्तिथयः सम्मुखवामगा न शस्ताः

navabhūmyaḥ śivavahnayo'kṣaviśve'rkakṛtāḥ śakrarasāsturaṅgatithyaḥ dvidiśo'māvasavaśca pūrvataḥ syustithayaḥ sammukhavāmagā na śastāḥ

Nine and one; eleven and three; five and thirteen; twelve and four; fourteen and six; seven and fifteen; two and ten; and the new moon ⟨the thirtieth⟩ and eight — such are the tithis ⟨of the eight quarters⟩ beginning from the east; those that stand facing ⟨the traveller⟩ or on his left are not commended.

कौबेरीतो वैपरीत्येन कालो वारेऽर्काद्ये सम्मुखे तस्य पाशः रात्रावेतौ वैपरीत्येन गण्यौ यात्रायुद्धे सम्मुखे वर्जनीयौ

kauberīto vaiparītyena kālo vāre'rkādye sammukhe tasya pāśaḥ rātrāvetau vaiparītyena gaṇyau yātrāyuddhe sammukhe varjanīyau

Kāla ⟨stands⟩ from the north ⟨Kubera's quarter⟩ and moves in reverse order through the weekdays beginning with Sunday; Pāśa stands facing him. By night these two are to be reckoned in the reverse ⟨order⟩. On a journey and in battle they are to be shunned when they stand facing ⟨one⟩.

भानि स्थाप्यान्यब्धिदिक्षु सप्तसप्तानलर्क्षतः वायव्याग्नेयदिक्संस्थं पारिघं नैव लङ्घयेत्

bhāni sthāpyānyabdhidikṣu saptasaptānalarkṣataḥ vāyavyāgneyadiksaṃsthaṃ pārighaṃ naiva laṅghayet

The asterisms are to be set down seven by seven in the four quarters, beginning from Kṛttikā ⟨the asterism of Fire⟩. The pārigha ⟨the bar⟩ that stands in the north-west and the south-east quarters one should never cross.

अग्नेर्दिशं नृप इयात्पुरुहूतदिग्भै रेवं प्रदक्षिणगता विदिशोऽथ कृत्ये आवश्यकेऽपि परिघं प्रविलङ्घ्य गच्छे च्छूलं विहाय यदि दिक्तनुशुद्धिरस्ति

agnerdiśaṃ nṛpa iyātpuruhūtadigbhai revaṃ pradakṣiṇagatā vidiśo'tha kṛtye āvaśyake'pi parighaṃ pravilaṅghya gacche cchūlaṃ vihāya yadi diktanuśuddhirasti

The king may go to the quarter of Fire ⟨the south-east⟩ by the asterisms of Indra's quarter ⟨the east⟩; thus the intermediate quarters follow in clockwise order. Even in a necessary undertaking he may go, crossing the parigha but leaving the śūla aside, if there is purity of the direction and purity of the body.

मैत्रार्कपुष्याश्विनभैर्निरुक्ता यात्रा शुभा सर्वदिशासु तज्ज्ञैः वक्री ग्रहः केन्द्रगतोऽस्य वर्गो लग्ने दिनं चास्य गमेनिषिद्धम्

maitrārkapuṣyāśvinabhairniruktā yātrā śubhā sarvadiśāsu tajjñaiḥ vakrī grahaḥ kendragato'sya vargo lagne dinaṃ cāsya gameniṣiddham

By Anurādhā, Hasta, Puṣya and Aśvinī a journey is declared auspicious in every direction by those who know it. A retrograde graha placed in a kendra, its varga in the lagna, and its weekday — ⟨these are⟩ forbidden for departure.

सौम्यायने सूर्यविधू तदोत्तरां प्राचीं व्रजेत्तौ यदि दक्षिणायने प्रत्यग्यमाशां च तयोर्दिवानिशं भिन्नायनत्वेऽथ वधोऽन्यथा भवेत्

saumyāyane sūryavidhū tadottarāṃ prācīṃ vrajettau yadi dakṣiṇāyane pratyagyamāśāṃ ca tayordivāniśaṃ bhinnāyanatve'tha vadho'nyathā bhavet

When the Sun and the Moon are in the northern ayana, one should then travel to the north and to the east; if those two are in the southern ayana, ⟨then⟩ to the west and to Yama's quarter ⟨the south⟩. When the two stand in different ayanas, ⟨reckon⟩ by day ⟨from the Sun⟩ and by night ⟨from the Moon⟩; otherwise there would be slaughter.

उदेति यस्यां दिशि यत्र याति गोलभ्रमाद्वाऽथ ककुब्भसङ्घे त्रिधोच्यते सम्मुख एव शुक्रो यत्रोदितस्तां तु दिशं न यायात्

udeti yasyāṃ diśi yatra yāti golabhramādvā'tha kakubbhasaṅghe tridhocyate sammukha eva śukro yatroditastāṃ tu diśaṃ na yāyāt

The quarter in which he rises; the quarter to which he moves by the revolution of the sphere; or ⟨his place⟩ in the group of asterisms belonging to a quarter — in these three ways Venus is said to be facing ⟨one⟩. But the quarter in which he has risen — to that one should not go.

वक्रास्तनीचोपगते भृगोः सुते राजा व्रजन् याति वशं हि विद्विषाम् बुधोऽनुकूलो यदि तत्र सञ्चलन् रिपूञ्जयेन्नैव जयः प्रतीन्दुजे

vakrāstanīcopagate bhṛgoḥ sute rājā vrajan yāti vaśaṃ hi vidviṣām budho'nukūlo yadi tatra sañcalan ripūñjayennaiva jayaḥ pratīnduje

When Bhṛgu's son ⟨Venus⟩ is retrograde, combust, or debilitated, the king who sets out falls into the power of his enemies. If Mercury is favourable, then one who marches out conquers his foes; when Mercury is adverse there is no victory at all.

यावच्चन्द्रः पूषभात्कृत्तिकाद्ये पादे शुक्रोऽन्धो न दुष्टोऽग्रदक्षे मध्येमार्गं भार्गवास्तेऽपि राजा तावत्तिष्ठेत्सम्मुखत्वेऽपि तस्य

yāvaccandraḥ pūṣabhātkṛttikādye pāde śukro'ndho na duṣṭo'gradakṣe madhyemārgaṃ bhārgavāste'pi rājā tāvattiṣṭhetsammukhatve'pi tasya

So long as the Moon ⟨stands⟩ from Revatī ⟨onward⟩ in the quarter that begins with Kṛttikā, Venus is blind: he does no harm in front or on the right. ⟨And⟩ even when Venus (bhārgava) sets midway upon the road, the king may for that long stay ⟨where he is⟩, even though he ⟨Venus⟩ faces him.

कुम्भकुम्भांशकौ त्याज्यौ सर्वथा यत्नतो बुधैः तत्र प्रयातुर्नृपतेरर्थनाशः पदे पदे

kumbhakumbhāṃśakau tyājyau sarvathā yatnato budhaiḥ tatra prayāturnṛpaterarthanāśaḥ pade pade

Kumbha ⟨as lagna⟩ and the Kumbha aṃśaka are to be shunned by the wise altogether and with care; for the king who sets out then there is loss of wealth at every step.

अथ मीनलग्न उत वा तदंशके चलितस्य वक्रमिह वर्त्म जायते जनिलग्नजन्मभपती शुभग्रहौ भवतस्तदा तदुदये शुभो गमः

atha mīnalagna uta vā tadaṃśake calitasya vakramiha vartma jāyate janilagnajanmabhapatī śubhagrahau bhavatastadā tadudaye śubho gamaḥ

Now for one who sets out in the Mīna lagna, or in its aṃśaka, the road here becomes crooked. ⟨But⟩ when the lords of the natal lagna and of the birth asterism are benefic grahas, then at their rising the going is auspicious.

जन्मराशितनुतोऽष्टमेऽथवा स्वारिभाच्च रिपुभे तनुस्थिते लग्नगास्तदधिपा यदाऽथवा स्युर्गतं हि नृपतेर्मृतिप्रदम्

janmarāśitanuto'ṣṭame'thavā svāribhācca ripubhe tanusthite lagnagāstadadhipā yadā'thavā syurgataṃ hi nṛpatermṛtipradam

When the eighth from the body ⟨the first⟩ reckoned from the natal rāśi, or the sixth from one's own sixth, stands as the lagna — or when the lords of those come to the lagna — the king's departure is indeed a giver of death.

लग्ने चन्द्रे वाऽपि वर्गोत्तमस्थे यात्रा प्रोक्ता वाञ्छितार्थैकदात्री अम्भोराशौ वा तदंशे प्रशस्तं नौकायानं सर्वसिद्धिप्रदायि

lagne candre vā'pi vargottamasthe yātrā proktā vāñchitārthaikadātrī ambhorāśau vā tadaṃśe praśastaṃ naukāyānaṃ sarvasiddhipradāyi

When the lagna or else the Moon stands in vargottama, the journey is declared the one giver of the wished-for object. In a water sign, or in its aṃśa, travel by boat is commended, granting every success.

दिग्द्वारभे लग्नगते प्रशस्ता यात्राऽर्थदात्री जयकारिणी च हानिं विनाशं रिपुतो भयं च कुर्यात्तथादिक्प्रतिलोमलग्ने

digdvārabhe lagnagate praśastā yātrā'rthadātrī jayakāriṇī ca hāniṃ vināśaṃ riputo bhayaṃ ca kuryāttathādikpratilomalagne

When the sign that is the gate of the ⟨intended⟩ direction has come to the lagna, the journey is commended — a giver of wealth and a bringer of victory; and in a lagna running counter to the direction it would cause harm, destruction, and fear from the enemy.

राशिः स्वजन्मसमये शुभसंयुतो यो यः स्वारिभान्निधनगोऽपि च वेशिसञ्ज्ञः लग्नोपगः स गमने जयदोऽथ भूप योगैर्गमो विजयदो मुनिभिः प्रदिष्टः

rāśiḥ svajanmasamaye śubhasaṃyuto yo yaḥ svāribhānnidhanago'pi ca veśisañjñaḥ lagnopagaḥ sa gamane jayado'tha bhūpa yogairgamo vijayado munibhiḥ pradiṣṭaḥ

Whatever rāśi was joined by benefics at the time of one's own birth; and whichever is the eighth from one's own sixth; and that which is called veśi ⟨the second from the Sun⟩ — that, when it comes to the lagna, is a giver of victory in the going. Thus, O king, departure by ⟨these⟩ yogas is declared by the sages to be a giver of victory.

सूर्यः सितो भूमिसुतोऽथ राहुः शनिः शशी ज्ञश्च बृहस्पतिश्च प्राच्यादितो दिक्षु विदिक्षु चापि दिशामधीशाः क्रमतः प्रदिष्टाः

sūryaḥ sito bhūmisuto'tha rāhuḥ śaniḥ śaśī jñaśca bṛhaspatiśca prācyādito dikṣu vidikṣu cāpi diśāmadhīśāḥ kramataḥ pradiṣṭāḥ

The Sun, Venus, Mars, then Rāhu, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter — beginning from the east, in the cardinal quarters and in the intermediate quarters as well, are declared in order the lords of the directions.

केन्द्रे दिगधीशे गच्छेदवनीशः लालाटिनि तस्मिन्नेयादरिसेनाम्

kendre digadhīśe gacchedavanīśaḥ lālāṭini tasminneyādarisenām

When the lord of the direction is in a kendra, the king should set out; when that one is lālāṭin ⟨standing on the forehead⟩, he should march upon the enemy's army.

प्राच्यादौ तरणिस्तनौ भृगुसुतो लाभव्यये भूसुतः कर्मस्थोऽथ तमो नवाष्टमगृहे सौरिस्तथा सप्तमे चन्द्रः शत्रुगृहात्मजेऽपि च बुधः पातालगो गीष्पतिर्वित्तभ्रातृगृहे विलग्नसदनाल्लालाटिकाः कीर्तिताः

prācyādau taraṇistanau bhṛgusuto lābhavyaye bhūsutaḥ karmastho'tha tamo navāṣṭamagṛhe sauristathā saptame candraḥ śatrugṛhātmaje'pi ca budhaḥ pātālago gīṣpatirvittabhrātṛgṛhe vilagnasadanāllālāṭikāḥ kīrtitāḥ

For ⟨the direction-lords⟩ beginning with the east: the Sun in the body ⟨the 1st⟩; Venus in the 11th and the 12th; Mars standing in the 10th; then Rāhu ⟨the darkness⟩ in the 9th and 8th houses; Saturn likewise in the 7th; the Moon in the enemy's house ⟨the 6th⟩ and in the 5th; Mercury gone to the pātāla ⟨the 4th⟩; and Jupiter in the house of wealth ⟨the 2nd⟩ and of brothers ⟨the 3rd⟩ — reckoned from the seat of the lagna, these are proclaimed the lālāṭikas.

मृगे गत्वा शिवे स्थित्वाऽदितौ गच्छञ्जयेद्रिपून् मैत्रे प्रस्थाय शाक्रे हि स्थित्वा मूले व्रजंस्तथा

mṛge gatvā śive sthitvā'ditau gacchañjayedripūn maitre prasthāya śākre hi sthitvā mūle vrajaṃstathā

Having gone forth in Mṛgaśiras, having halted in Ārdrā ⟨Rudra's⟩, going on in Punarvasu ⟨Aditi's⟩, he would conquer his foes; and likewise having set out in Anurādhā ⟨Mitra's⟩, having halted in Jyeṣṭhā ⟨Indra's⟩, and going on in Mūla.

प्रस्थाय हस्तेऽनिलतक्षधिष्ण्ये स्थित्वा जयार्थी प्रवसेद् द्विदैवे वस्वन्त्यपुष्ये निजसीम्नि चैकरात्रोषितः क्ष्मां लभतेऽवनीशः

prasthāya haste'nilatakṣadhiṣṇye sthitvā jayārthī pravased dvidaive vasvantyapuṣye nijasīmni caikarātroṣitaḥ kṣmāṃ labhate'vanīśaḥ

Having set out in Hasta, having halted in the asterisms of Vāyu and Tvaṣṭṛ ⟨Svāti and Citrā⟩, the seeker of victory should journey on in the two-deity asterism ⟨Viśākhā⟩. And in Dhaniṣṭhā ⟨the Vasus'⟩, Revatī ⟨the last⟩ and Puṣya, having stayed one night within his own border, the king obtains land.

उषःकालो विना पूर्वां गोधूलिः पश्चिमां विना विनोत्तरां निशीथः सन् याने याम्यां विनाऽभिजित्

uṣaḥkālo vinā pūrvāṃ godhūliḥ paścimāṃ vinā vinottarāṃ niśīthaḥ san yāne yāmyāṃ vinā'bhijit

The hour of dawn, except for the east; the cow-dust hour, except for the west; midnight, except for the north; and abhijit, on a journey, except for Yama's quarter ⟨the south⟩.

लग्नाद्भावाः क्रमाद्देह१ कोश२ धानुष्क३ वाहनम्४ मन्त्रो५ ऽरि६ मार्ग७ आयुश्च८ हृद्९ व्यापारा१० गम११ व्ययाः१२

lagnādbhāvāḥ kramāddeha1 kośa2 dhānuṣka3 vāhanam4 mantro5 'ri6 mārga7 āyuśca8 hṛd9 vyāpārā10 gama11 vyayāḥ12

From the lagna the houses in order are: the body (1), the treasury (2), the archer (3), the vehicle (4), counsel (5), the enemy (6), the road (7), life (8), the heart (9), business (10), income (āgama) (11), and expenditure (12).

केन्द्रे कोणे सौम्यखेटाः शुभाः स्युर्याने पापास्त्र्यायषट्खेषु चन्द्रः नेष्टो लग्नान्त्यारिरन्ध्रे शनिःखेऽस्ते शुक्रो लग्नेट् नगान्त्यारिरन्ध्रे

kendre koṇe saumyakheṭāḥ śubhāḥ syuryāne pāpāstryāyaṣaṭkheṣu candraḥ neṣṭo lagnāntyārirandhre śaniḥkhe'ste śukro lagneṭ nagāntyārirandhre

Benefic grahas in a kendra or a trikoṇa are auspicious for a journey, and malefics in the 3rd, the 11th, the 6th and the 10th. The Moon is undesirable in the lagna, the 12th, the 6th and the 8th; ⟨so too⟩ Saturn in the 10th, Venus in the 7th, and the lord of the lagna in the 7th, the 12th, the 6th and the 8th.

योगात्सिद्धिर्धरणिपतीनामृक्षगुणैरपि भूदेवानां चौराणां शुभशकुनैरुक्ता भवति मुहूर्तादपि मनुजानाम्

yogātsiddhirdharaṇipatīnāmṛkṣaguṇairapi bhūdevānāṃ caurāṇāṃ śubhaśakunairuktā bhavati muhūrtādapi manujānām

For lords of the earth ⟨kings⟩ success comes from the yoga; for the earth-gods ⟨brāhmaṇas⟩ from the qualities of the asterism; for thieves from auspicious omens; and for ⟨ordinary⟩ men it comes even from the muhūrta — so it is declared.

सहजे रविर्दशमभे शशी तथा शनिमङ्गलौ रिपुगृहे सितः सुते हिबुके बुधो गुरुरपीह लग्नगः स जयत्यरीन्प्रचलितोऽचिरान्नृपः

sahaje ravirdaśamabhe śaśī tathā śanimaṅgalau ripugṛhe sitaḥ sute hibuke budho gururapīha lagnagaḥ sa jayatyarīnpracalito'cirānnṛpaḥ

The Sun in the 3rd, the Moon in the 10th, Saturn and Mars likewise in the enemy's house ⟨the 6th⟩, Venus in the 5th, Mercury in the hibuka ⟨the 4th⟩, and Jupiter too here in the lagna — the king who has set out conquers his enemies before long.

भ्रातरि सौरिर्भूमिसुतो वैरिणि लग्ने देवगुरुः आयगतेऽर्के शत्रुजयश्चेदनुकूलो दैत्यगुरुः

bhrātari saurirbhūmisuto vairiṇi lagne devaguruḥ āyagate'rke śatrujayaścedanukūlo daityaguruḥ

Saturn in the brother's house ⟨the 3rd⟩, Mars in the enemy's ⟨the 6th⟩, the gods' preceptor ⟨Jupiter⟩ in the lagna, the Sun gone to the 11th — there is victory over enemies, if the Daityas' preceptor ⟨Venus⟩ is favourable.

तनौ जीव इन्दुर्मृतौ वैरिगोऽर्कः प्रयातो महीन्द्रो जयत्येव शत्रून्

tanau jīva indurmṛtau vairigo'rkaḥ prayāto mahīndro jayatyeva śatrūn

Jupiter in the body ⟨the 1st⟩, the Moon in the 8th, the Sun gone to the enemy's house ⟨the 6th⟩ — the lord of the earth who has set out assuredly conquers his enemies.

लग्नगतः स्याद् देवपुरोधाः लाभधनस्थैः शेषनभोगैः

lagnagataḥ syād devapurodhāḥ lābhadhanasthaiḥ śeṣanabhogaiḥ

Should the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ be gone to the lagna, with the remaining sky-goers ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the 11th and the 2nd ⟨…⟩

द्यूने चन्द्रे समुदयगेऽर्के जीवे शुक्रे विदि धनसंस्थे ईदृग्योगे चलति नरेशो जेता शत्रून् गरुड इवाहीन्

dyūne candre samudayage'rke jīve śukre vidi dhanasaṃsthe īdṛgyoge calati nareśo jetā śatrūn garuḍa ivāhīn

The Moon in the 7th, the Sun risen in the lagna, and Jupiter, Venus and Mercury standing in the 2nd: when the lord of men marches under such a yoga, he is a conqueror of his enemies, as Garuḍa ⟨is⟩ of serpents.

वित्तगतः शशिपुत्रो भ्रातरि वासरनाथः लग्नगते भृगुपुत्रे स्युः शलभा इव सर्वे

vittagataḥ śaśiputro bhrātari vāsaranāthaḥ lagnagate bhṛguputre syuḥ śalabhā iva sarve

Mercury gone to the 2nd, the lord of the day ⟨the Sun⟩ in the 3rd, and Venus gone to the lagna: all ⟨the enemies⟩ become like moths ⟨in a flame⟩.

उदये रविर्यदि सौरिररिगः शशी दशमेऽपि वसुधापतिर्यदि याति रिपुवाहिनी वशमेति

udaye raviryadi saurirarigaḥ śaśī daśame'pi vasudhāpatiryadi yāti ripuvāhinī vaśameti

If the Sun is in the rising sign, Saturn gone to the 6th, and the Moon in the 10th as well, then when the lord of the earth marches, the enemy's army comes into his power.

तनौ शनिकुजौ रविर्दशमभे बुधो भृगुसुतोऽपि लाभदशमे त्रिलाभरिपुभेषु भूसुतशनी गुरुज्ञभृगुजास्तथा बलयुताः

tanau śanikujau ravirdaśamabhe budho bhṛgusuto'pi lābhadaśame trilābharipubheṣu bhūsutaśanī gurujñabhṛgujāstathā balayutāḥ

Saturn and Mars in the 1st, the Sun in the 10th sign, Mercury and Venus too in the 11th and the 10th; ⟨or⟩ Mars and Saturn in the 3rd, 11th and 6th signs, with Jupiter, Mercury and Venus likewise endowed with strength.

समुदयगे विबुधगुरौ मदनगते हिमकिरणे हिबुकगतौ बुधभृगुजौ सहजगताः खलखचराः

samudayage vibudhagurau madanagate himakiraṇe hibukagatau budhabhṛgujau sahajagatāḥ khalakhacarāḥ

Jupiter in the rising sign, the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ gone to the 7th, Mercury and Venus gone to the 4th, and the malefic sky-goers standing in the 3rd.

त्रिदशगुरुस्तनुगो मदने हिमकिरणो रविरायगतः सितशशिजावपि कर्मगतौ रविसुतभूमिसुतौ सहजे

tridaśagurustanugo madane himakiraṇo ravirāyagataḥ sitaśaśijāvapi karmagatau ravisutabhūmisutau sahaje

Jupiter gone to the 1st, the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ in the 7th, the Sun gone to the 11th, Venus and Mercury both gone to the 10th, and Saturn and Mars in the 3rd.

देवगुरौ वा शशिनि तनुस्थे वासरनाथे रिपुभवनस्थे पञ्चमगेहे हिमकरपुत्रः कर्मणि सौरिः सुहृदि सितश्च

devagurau vā śaśini tanusthe vāsaranāthe ripubhavanasthe pañcamagehe himakaraputraḥ karmaṇi sauriḥ suhṛdi sitaśca

Or: Jupiter, or the Moon, standing in the 1st, the lord of the day ⟨the Sun⟩ standing in the house of the enemy ⟨the 6th⟩, Mercury in the 5th house, Saturn in the 10th, and Venus in the 4th.

हिमकिरणसुतो बली चेत्तनौ त्रिदशपतिगुरुर्हि केन्द्रस्थितः व्ययगृहसहजारिधर्मस्थितो यदि च भवति निर्बलश्चन्द्रमाः

himakiraṇasuto balī cettanau tridaśapatigururhi kendrasthitaḥ vyayagṛhasahajāridharmasthito yadi ca bhavati nirbalaścandramāḥ

If Mercury is strong in the 1st, and Jupiter indeed placed in a kendra, and if the Moon becomes weak, placed in the 12th house, the 3rd, the 6th or the 9th ⟨…⟩

अशुभखगैरनवाष्टमदस्थैर्हिबुकसहोदरलाभगृहस्थः कविरिह केन्द्रगगीष्पतिदृष्टो वसुचयलाभकरः खलु योगः

aśubhakhagairanavāṣṭamadasthairhibukasahodaralābhagṛhasthaḥ kaviriha kendragagīṣpatidṛṣṭo vasucayalābhakaraḥ khalu yogaḥ

The inauspicious sky-goers ⟨malefics⟩ not standing in the 9th, 8th or 7th; Venus standing in the 4th, the 3rd or the 11th house and here aspected by Jupiter placed in a kendra — that yoga assuredly brings the gain of a heap of wealth.

रिपुलग्नकर्महिबुके शशिजे परिवीक्षिते शुभनभोगमनैः व्ययलग्नमन्मथगृहेषु जयः परिवर्जितेष्वशुभनामधरैः

ripulagnakarmahibuke śaśije parivīkṣite śubhanabhogamanaiḥ vyayalagnamanmathagṛheṣu jayaḥ parivarjiteṣvaśubhanāmadharaiḥ

Mercury in the 6th, the 1st, the 10th or the 4th, and well aspected by the auspicious sky-movers ⟨benefics⟩; the 12th, the 1st and the 7th houses free of those that bear the name of inauspicious ⟨the malefics⟩ — victory.

लग्ने यदि जीवः पापा यदि लाभे कर्मण्यपि वा चेद्राज्याधिगमः स्यात् द्यूने बुधशुक्रौ चन्द्रो हिबुके वा तद्वत्फलमुक्तं सर्वैर्मुनिवर्यैः

lagne yadi jīvaḥ pāpā yadi lābhe karmaṇyapi vā cedrājyādhigamaḥ syāt dyūne budhaśukrau candro hibuke vā tadvatphalamuktaṃ sarvairmunivaryaiḥ

If Jupiter is in the lagna and the malefics in the 11th, or in the 10th as well, there will be the winning of a kingdom; or Mercury and Venus in the 7th and the Moon in the 4th — the same fruit is declared by all the best of sages.

रिपुतनुनिधने शुक्रजीवेन्दवो ह्यथ बुधभृगुजौ तुर्यगेहस्थितौ मदनभवनगश्चन्द्रमा वाऽम्बुगःशशिसुतभृगुजान्तर्गतश्चन्द्रमाः

riputanunidhane śukrajīvendavo hyatha budhabhṛgujau turyagehasthitau madanabhavanagaścandramā vā'mbugaḥśaśisutabhṛgujāntargataścandramāḥ

Venus, Jupiter and the Moon in the 6th, the 1st and the 8th; or Mercury and Venus placed in the fourth house and the Moon gone to the 7th house, or ⟨the Moon⟩ in the 4th — the Moon standing between Mercury and Venus.

सितजीवभौमबुधभानुतनूजास्तनुमन्मथारिहिबुकत्रिगृहे चेत् क्रमतोऽरिसोदरखशात्रवहोराहिबुकायगैर्गुरुदिनेऽखिलखेटैः

sitajīvabhaumabudhabhānutanūjāstanumanmathārihibukatrigṛhe cet kramato'risodarakhaśātravahorāhibukāyagairgurudine'khilakheṭaiḥ

Venus, Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and Saturn in the 1st, the 7th, the 6th, the 4th and the 3rd houses respectively; or, on Jupiter's day ⟨Thursday⟩, with all the grahas ⟨standing⟩ in the 6th, the 3rd, the 10th, the 6th, the 1st, the 4th and the 11th.

सहजे कुजो निधनगश्च भार्गवो मदने बुधो रविररौ तनौ गुरुः अथ चेत्स्युरिज्यसितभानवो जलत्रिगता हि सौरिरुधिरौ रिपुस्थितौ

sahaje kujo nidhanagaśca bhārgavo madane budho ravirarau tanau guruḥ atha cetsyurijyasitabhānavo jalatrigatā hi saurirudhirau ripusthitau

Mars in the 3rd, Venus gone to the 8th, Mercury in the 7th, the Sun in the 6th, Jupiter in the 1st; or if Jupiter, Venus and the Sun are in the 4th and the 3rd, and Saturn and the red one ⟨Mars⟩ stand in the 6th.

एको ज्ञेज्यसितेषु पञ्चमतपःकेन्द्रेषु योगस्तथा द्वौ चेत्तेष्वधियोग एषु सकला योगाधियोगः स्मृतः योगे क्षेममथाधियोगगमने क्षेमं रिपूणां वधं चाथो क्षेमयशोऽवनीश्च लभते योगाधियोगे व्रजन्

eko jñejyasiteṣu pañcamatapaḥkendreṣu yogastathā dvau cetteṣvadhiyoga eṣu sakalā yogādhiyogaḥ smṛtaḥ yoge kṣemamathādhiyogagamane kṣemaṃ ripūṇāṃ vadhaṃ cātho kṣemayaśo'vanīśca labhate yogādhiyoge vrajan

If one among Mercury, Jupiter and Venus is in the 5th, the 9th and the kendras, that is yoga; and if two of them ⟨are⟩ there, that is adhiyoga; if all of them are in these, it is called yogādhiyoga. In the yoga there is safety; in setting out in the adhiyoga, safety and the slaying of enemies; and one who journeys in the yogādhiyoga obtains safety, fame and lands.

इषमासि सिता दशमी विजया शुभकर्मसु सिद्धिकरी कथिता श्रवणर्क्षयुता सुतरां शुभदा नृपतेस्तु गमे जयसन्धिकरी

iṣamāsi sitā daśamī vijayā śubhakarmasu siddhikarī kathitā śravaṇarkṣayutā sutarāṃ śubhadā nṛpatestu game jayasandhikarī

In the month of Iṣa ⟨Āśvina⟩ the tenth of the bright ⟨fortnight⟩ is Vijayā, declared to accomplish success in auspicious acts; joined with the Śravaṇa asterism it is exceedingly auspicious, and for a king's setting out it makes victory and ⟨favourable⟩ treaty.

चेतोनिमित्तशकुनैः खलु सुप्रशस्तैर्ज्ञात्वा विलग्नबलमुर्व्यधिपः प्रयाति सिद्धिर्भवेदथ पुनः शकुनादितोऽपि चेतोविशुद्धिरधिका न च तां विनेयात्

cetonimittaśakunaiḥ khalu supraśastairjñātvā vilagnabalamurvyadhipaḥ prayāti siddhirbhavedatha punaḥ śakunādito'pi cetoviśuddhiradhikā na ca tāṃ vineyāt

When the lord of the earth, the mind, the portents and the bird-omens being highly favourable, sets out having ⟨first⟩ known the strength of the ascendant, success will come about. And further, purity of mind is greater even than the omens and the rest — and one should not set out without it.

व्रतबन्धनदेवताप्रतिष्ठाकरपीडोत्सवसूतकासमाप्तौ न कदापि चलेदकालविद्युद्घनवर्षातुहिनेऽपि सप्तरात्रम्

vratabandhanadevatāpratiṣṭhākarapīḍotsavasūtakāsamāptau na kadāpi caledakālavidyudghanavarṣātuhine'pi saptarātram

One should never set out while an initiation ⟨vrata-bandha⟩, the installation of a deity, a marriage ⟨the taking of the hand⟩, a festival or a birth-impurity is unconcluded; nor, for seven nights, after untimely lightning, thunder-cloud, rain or frost.

महीपतेरेकदिने पुरात् पुरे यदा भवेतां गमनप्रवेशकौ भवारशूलप्रतिशुक्रयोगिनीर्विचारयेन्नैव कदापि पण्डितः

mahīpaterekadine purāt pure yadā bhavetāṃ gamanapraveśakau bhavāraśūlapratiśukrayoginīrvicārayennaiva kadāpi paṇḍitaḥ

When for the lord of the earth on one and the same day both a going forth from ⟨one⟩ city and an entry into ⟨another⟩ city fall, the learned man should never at all consider the śūla of asterism and of weekday, the adverse Venus ⟨pratiśukra⟩, or the yoginī.

यद्येकस्मिन् दिवसे महीपतेर्निर्गमप्रवेशौ स्तः तर्हि विचार्यः सुधिया प्रवेशकालो न यात्रिकस्तत्र

yadyekasmin divase mahīpaternirgamapraveśau staḥ tarhi vicāryaḥ sudhiyā praveśakālo na yātrikastatra

If on one day the lord of the earth has both a going out and an entry, then it is the time of entry, not the travel-time, that the wise man must examine there.

प्रवेशान्निर्गमं तस्मात्प्रवेशं नवमे तिथौ नक्षत्रे च तथा वारे नैव कुर्यात्कदाचन

praveśānnirgamaṃ tasmātpraveśaṃ navame tithau nakṣatre ca tathā vāre naiva kuryātkadācana

Therefore one should never at any time make the departure ⟨reckoned⟩ from the entry, nor the entry ⟨reckoned⟩ from that, on the ninth tithi, on the ninth nakṣatra, or likewise on the ninth weekday.

अग्निं हुत्वा देवतां पूजयित्वा नत्वा विप्रानर्चयित्वा दिगीशं दत्त्वा दानं ब्राह्मणेभ्यो दिगीशं ध्यात्वा चित्ते भूमिपालोऽधिगच्छेत्

agniṃ hutvā devatāṃ pūjayitvā natvā viprānarcayitvā digīśaṃ dattvā dānaṃ brāhmaṇebhyo digīśaṃ dhyātvā citte bhūmipālo'dhigacchet

Having offered into the fire, having worshipped the deity, having bowed to the brāhmaṇas and honoured the regent of the quarter, having given a gift to brāhmaṇas and having meditated in his heart on the regent of the quarter, let the protector of the earth set forth.

कुल्माषांस्तिलतण्डुलानपि तथा माषांश्च गव्यं दधि त्वाज्यं दुग्धमथैणमांसमपरं तस्यैव रक्तं तथा तद्वत्पायसमेव चाषपललं मार्गं च शाशं तथा षाष्टिक्यं च प्रियङ्ग्वपूपमथवा चित्राण्डजान् सत्फलम्

kulmāṣāṃstilataṇḍulānapi tathā māṣāṃśca gavyaṃ dadhi tvājyaṃ dugdhamathaiṇamāṃsamaparaṃ tasyaiva raktaṃ tathā tadvatpāyasameva cāṣapalalaṃ mārgaṃ ca śāśaṃ tathā ṣāṣṭikyaṃ ca priyaṅgvapūpamathavā citrāṇḍajān satphalam

Kulmāṣa ⟨steeped beans⟩, sesame and rice, and also māṣa ⟨black gram⟩, cow-produce, curd, ghee, milk; then antelope flesh, and next the blood of that same ⟨antelope⟩; likewise pāyasa, the flesh of the blue jay, venison and hare's flesh, and ṣaṣṭika rice, and priyaṅgu cake, or else speckled birds, ⟨and⟩ good fruit.

कौर्मं सारिकगोधिकं च पललं शाल्यं हविष्यं हया द्यृक्षे स्यात्कृसरान्नमुद्गमपि वा पिष्टं यवानां तथा मत्स्यान्नं खलु चित्रितान्नमथवा दध्यन्नमेवं क्रमा द्भक्ष्याभक्ष्यमिदं विचार्य मतिमान् भक्षेत्तथाऽऽलोकयेत्

kaurmaṃ sārikagodhikaṃ ca palalaṃ śālyaṃ haviṣyaṃ hayā dyṛkṣe syātkṛsarānnamudgamapi vā piṣṭaṃ yavānāṃ tathā matsyānnaṃ khalu citritānnamathavā dadhyannamevaṃ kramā dbhakṣyābhakṣyamidaṃ vicārya matimān bhakṣettathā''lokayet

Tortoise ⟨flesh⟩, and myna and lizard, palala, śāli rice, haviṣya — ⟨these⟩ are for the asterisms beginning with the Horse ⟨Aśvinī⟩; ⟨and then⟩ kṛsara rice, or else mudga, and flour of barley, and fish-food indeed, or speckled rice, or curd-rice. Having thus in order considered what here is to be eaten and what not to be eaten, the discerning man should eat ⟨it⟩, or else should look upon ⟨it⟩.

आज्यं तिलोदनं मत्स्यं पयश्चापि यथाक्रमम् भक्षयेद्दोहदं दिश्यमाशां पूर्वादिकां व्रजेत्

ājyaṃ tilodanaṃ matsyaṃ payaścāpi yathākramam bhakṣayeddohadaṃ diśyamāśāṃ pūrvādikāṃ vrajet

Ghee, sesame-rice, fish and milk — in that order — one should eat as the dohada of the quarter, ⟨and so⟩ go to the directions beginning with the east.

रसालां पायसं काञ्जीं शृतं दुग्धं तथा दधि पयोऽशृतं तिलान्नं च भक्षयेद्वारदोहदम्

rasālāṃ pāyasaṃ kāñjīṃ śṛtaṃ dugdhaṃ tathā dadhi payo'śṛtaṃ tilānnaṃ ca bhakṣayedvāradohadam

Rasālā, pāyasa, kāñjī, boiled milk, likewise curd, unboiled milk, and sesame-rice — one should eat ⟨these⟩ as the dohada of the weekday.

पक्षादितोऽर्कदलतण्डुलवारिसर्पिः श्राणा हविष्यमपि हेमजलं त्वपूपम् भुक्त्वा व्रजेद्रुचकमम्बु च धेनुमूत्रं यावान्नपायसगुडानसृगन्नमुद्गान्

pakṣādito'rkadalataṇḍulavārisarpiḥ śrāṇā haviṣyamapi hemajalaṃ tvapūpam bhuktvā vrajedrucakamambu ca dhenumūtraṃ yāvānnapāyasaguḍānasṛgannamudgān

Beginning from the ⟨first day of the⟩ fortnight: arka leaf, rice, water, ghee, śrāṇā ⟨gruel⟩, haviṣya too, gold-water, and cake — having eaten ⟨these⟩ let him go; ⟨then⟩ rucaka, water, cow's urine, barley-food, pāyasa and jaggery, blood-food, and mudga.

उद्धृत्य प्रथमत एव दक्षिणाङ्घ्रिं द्वात्रिंशत्पदमधिगत्य दिश्ययानम् आरोहेत्तिलघृतहेमताम्रपात्रं दत्त्वाऽऽदौ गणकवराय च प्रगच्छेत्

uddhṛtya prathamata eva dakṣiṇāṅghriṃ dvātriṃśatpadamadhigatya diśyayānam ārohettilaghṛtahematāmrapātraṃ dattvā''dau gaṇakavarāya ca pragacchet

Having first of all raised the right foot, and having gone thirty-two paces, he should mount the conveyance proper to the direction; and having at the outset given sesame, ghee, gold and a copper vessel to the foremost of astrologers, let him proceed.

प्राच्यां गच्छेद्गजेनैव दक्षिणस्यां रथेन हि दिशि प्रतीच्यामश्वेन तथोदीच्यां नरैर्नृपः

prācyāṃ gacchedgajenaiva dakṣiṇasyāṃ rathena hi diśi pratīcyāmaśvena tathodīcyāṃ narairnṛpaḥ

To the east the king should go by elephant, to the south indeed by chariot, in the western direction by horse, and likewise to the north by men.

देवगृहाद्वा गुरुसदनाद्वा स्वगृहान्मुख्यकलत्रगृहाद्वा प्राश्य हविष्यं विप्रानुमतः पश्यन् शृण्वन्मङ्गलमेयात्

devagṛhādvā gurusadanādvā svagṛhānmukhyakalatragṛhādvā prāśya haviṣyaṃ viprānumataḥ paśyan śṛṇvanmaṅgalameyāt

From a temple, or from the guru's house, or from his own house, or from the house of his chief wife — having eaten haviṣya food, authorized by the brāhmaṇas, seeing and hearing what is auspicious, let him set out.

कार्याद्यैरिह गमनस्य चेद्विलम्बो भूदेवादिभिरुपवीतमायुधं च क्षौद्रं चामलफलमाशु चालनीयं सर्वेषां भवति यदेव हृत्प्रियं वा

kāryādyairiha gamanasya cedvilambo bhūdevādibhirupavītamāyudhaṃ ca kṣaudraṃ cāmalaphalamāśu cālanīyaṃ sarveṣāṃ bhavati yadeva hṛtpriyaṃ vā

If here there is delay in the departure on account of business and the like, then by brāhmaṇas and others the sacred thread, a weapon, honey and an āmalaka fruit should at once be set moving ⟨ahead⟩ — or whatever is dear to the heart of all.

गेहाद्गेहान्तरमपि गमस्तर्हि यात्रेति गर्गः सीम्नः सीमान्तरमपि भृगुर्बाणविक्षेपमात्रम् प्रस्थानं स्यादिति कथयतेऽथो भरद्वाज एवं यात्रा कार्या बहिरिह पुरात्स्याद्वसिष्ठो ब्रवीति

gehādgehāntaramapi gamastarhi yātreti gargaḥ sīmnaḥ sīmāntaramapi bhṛgurbāṇavikṣepamātram prasthānaṃ syāditi kathayate'tho bharadvāja evaṃ yātrā kāryā bahiriha purātsyādvasiṣṭho bravīti

Going even from one house to another house is yātrā — so says Garga. From one boundary to another boundary — ⟨so⟩ Bhṛgu. Bharadvāja then declares that prasthāna is a mere bowshot. Vasiṣṭha says that yātrā is thus to be made outside the town here.

प्रस्थानमत्र धनुषां हि शतानि पञ्च केचिच्छतद्वयमुशन्ति दशैव चान्ये सम्प्रस्थितो य इह मन्दिरतः प्रयातो गन्तव्यदिक्षु तदपि प्रयतेन कार्यम्

prasthānamatra dhanuṣāṃ hi śatāni pañca kecicchatadvayamuśanti daśaiva cānye samprasthito ya iha mandirataḥ prayāto gantavyadikṣu tadapi prayatena kāryam

Prasthāna here is five hundred bows; some hold it to be two hundred, and others just ten. He who here has set out from his dwelling and gone forth toward the directions to be travelled — that too must be done with care.

प्रस्थाने भूमिपालो दशदिवसमभिव्याप्य नैकत्र तिष्ठेत् सामन्तः सप्तरात्रं तदितरमनुजः पञ्चरात्रं तथैव ऊर्ध्वं गच्छेच्छुभाहेऽप्यथ गमनदिनात्सप्तरात्राणि पूर्वं चाशक्तौ तद्दिनेऽसौ रिपुविजयमना मैथुनं नैव कुर्यात्

prasthāne bhūmipālo daśadivasamabhivyāpya naikatra tiṣṭhet sāmantaḥ saptarātraṃ taditaramanujaḥ pañcarātraṃ tathaiva ūrdhvaṃ gacchecchubhāhe'pyatha gamanadinātsaptarātrāṇi pūrvaṃ cāśaktau taddine'sau ripuvijayamanā maithunaṃ naiva kuryāt

After prasthāna the king should not remain in one place covering ten days; a vassal, seven nights; other men likewise, five nights. Beyond that let him go on an auspicious day. And for seven nights before the day of departure, and — if that is not possible — on that day itself, he whose mind is set on victory over the enemy should not have intercourse at all.

दुग्धं त्याज्यं पूर्वमेव त्रिरात्रं क्षौरं त्याज्यं पञ्चरात्रं च पूर्वं क्षौद्रं तैलं वासरेऽस्मिन्वमिश्च त्याज्यं यत्नाद्भूमिपालेन नूनम्

dugdhaṃ tyājyaṃ pūrvameva trirātraṃ kṣauraṃ tyājyaṃ pañcarātraṃ ca pūrvaṃ kṣaudraṃ tailaṃ vāsare'sminvamiśca tyājyaṃ yatnādbhūmipālena nūnam

Milk is to be given up for the three nights before; shaving is to be given up for the five nights before; and on this day honey, oil and vomiting are certainly to be given up with effort by the king.

भुक्त्वा गच्छति यदि चेत्तैलगुडक्षारपक्वमांसानि विनिवर्तते स रुग्णः स्त्रीद्विजमवमान्य गच्छतो मरणम्

bhuktvā gacchati yadi cettailaguḍakṣārapakvamāṃsāni vinivartate sa rugṇaḥ strīdvijamavamānya gacchato maraṇam

If he goes after eating oil, jaggery (guḍa), alkaline things and cooked meat, he comes back sick. For one who goes having insulted a woman or a twice-born, death.

यदि मास्सु चतुर्षु पौषमासादिषु वृष्टिर्हि भवेदकालवृष्टिः पशुमर्त्यपदाङ्किता न यावद्वसुधा स्यान्न हि तावदत्र दोषः

yadi māssu caturṣu pauṣamāsādiṣu vṛṣṭirhi bhavedakālavṛṣṭiḥ paśumartyapadāṅkitā na yāvadvasudhā syānna hi tāvadatra doṣaḥ

If in the four months beginning with the month of Pauṣa there is rain, it is indeed untimely rain; ⟨yet⟩ so long as the ground is not marked by the footprints of cattle and men, so long there is no fault in it.

अल्पायां वृष्टौ दोषोऽल्पो भूयस्यां दोषो भूयान् जीमूतानां निर्घोषे वृष्टौ वा जातायां भूपः सूर्येन्द्वोर्बिम्बे सौवर्णे कृत्वा विप्रेभ्यो दद्याद् दुःशाकुन्ये साज्यं स्वर्णं दत्वा गच्छेत्स्वेच्छाभिः

alpāyāṃ vṛṣṭau doṣo'lpo bhūyasyāṃ doṣo bhūyān jīmūtānāṃ nirghoṣe vṛṣṭau vā jātāyāṃ bhūpaḥ sūryendvorbimbe sauvarṇe kṛtvā viprebhyo dadyād duḥśākunye sājyaṃ svarṇaṃ datvā gacchetsvecchābhiḥ

In slight rain the fault is slight; in heavy rain the fault is heavy. When the clouds roar, or when rain has come, let the king have discs of the Sun and Moon made in gold and give them to brāhmaṇas. At a bad omen, having given gold together with ghee, he may go as he pleases.

विप्राश्वेभफलान्नदुग्धदधिगोसिद्धार्थपद्माम्बरं वेश्यावाद्यमयूरचाषनकुला बद्धैकपश्वामिषं सद्वाक्यं कुसुमेक्षुपूर्णकलशच्छत्राणि मृत्कन्यका रत्नोष्णीषसितोक्षमद्यससुतस्त्रीदीप्तवैश्वानराः

viprāśvebhaphalānnadugdhadadhigosiddhārthapadmāmbaraṃ veśyāvādyamayūracāṣanakulā baddhaikapaśvāmiṣaṃ sadvākyaṃ kusumekṣupūrṇakalaśacchatrāṇi mṛtkanyakā ratnoṣṇīṣasitokṣamadyasasutastrīdīptavaiśvānarāḥ

A brāhmaṇa, a horse, an elephant, fruit, cooked food, milk, curds, a cow, white mustard, a lotus, cloth; a courtesan, music, a peacock, a blue jay, mongooses; a single tethered beast, flesh-meat; a good word; flowers, sugarcane, a full pitcher, parasols; earth, a maiden; jewels, a turban, a white bull, liquor, a woman with her son, and blazing fires —

आदर्शाञ्जनधौतवस्त्ररजका मीनाज्यसिंहासनं शावं रोदनवर्जितं ध्वजमधुच्छागास्त्रगोरोचनम् भारद्वाजनृयानवेदनिनदा माङ्गल्यगीताङ्कुशा दृष्टाः सत्फलदाः प्रयाणसमये रिक्तो घटः स्वानुगः

ādarśāñjanadhautavastrarajakā mīnājyasiṃhāsanaṃ śāvaṃ rodanavarjitaṃ dhvajamadhucchāgāstragorocanam bhāradvājanṛyānavedaninadā māṅgalyagītāṅkuśā dṛṣṭāḥ satphaladāḥ prayāṇasamaye rikto ghaṭaḥ svānugaḥ

A mirror, collyrium, washed cloth, washermen; fish, ghee, a throne; a corpse unaccompanied by weeping; a banner, honey, a goat, a weapon, gorocanā; the bhāradvāja bird, a palanquin, the sound of the Veda; auspicious song, an elephant-goad — these, seen at the time of setting out, give good fruit; and an empty pot ⟨is auspicious⟩ when it follows behind one.

बन्ध्या चर्म तुषास्थि सर्पलवणाङ्गारेन्धनक्लीबविट् तैलोन्मत्तवसौषधारिजटिलप्रव्राट्तृणव्याधिताः नग्नाभ्यक्तविमुक्तकेशपतिता व्यङ्गक्षुधार्ता असृक् स्त्रीपुष्पं सरठः स्वगेहदहनं मार्जारयुद्धं क्षुतम्

bandhyā carma tuṣāsthi sarpalavaṇāṅgārendhanaklībaviṭ tailonmattavasauṣadhārijaṭilapravrāṭtṛṇavyādhitāḥ nagnābhyaktavimuktakeśapatitā vyaṅgakṣudhārtā asṛk strīpuṣpaṃ saraṭhaḥ svagehadahanaṃ mārjārayuddhaṃ kṣutam

A barren woman, hide, chaff, bone, a snake, salt, charcoal, firewood, a eunuch, excrement; oil, a madman, fat, medicine, an enemy, a matted-haired ascetic, a wandering mendicant, grass, the diseased; the naked, the oil-smeared, those with loosened hair, outcastes, the deformed, those tormented by hunger; blood, a woman's menses, a chameleon, the burning of one's own house, a cat-fight, a sneeze —

काषायी गुडतक्रपङ्कविधवाकुब्जाः कुटुम्बे कलिर्वस्त्रादेः स्खलनं लुलायसमरं कृष्णानि धान्यानि च कार्पासं वमनं च गर्दभरवो दक्षेऽतिरुट् गर्भिणी मुण्डार्द्राम्बरदुर्वचोऽन्धबधिरोदक्यो न दृष्टाः शुभाः

kāṣāyī guḍatakrapaṅkavidhavākubjāḥ kuṭumbe kalirvastrādeḥ skhalanaṃ lulāyasamaraṃ kṛṣṇāni dhānyāni ca kārpāsaṃ vamanaṃ ca gardabharavo dakṣe'tiruṭ garbhiṇī muṇḍārdrāmbaradurvaco'ndhabadhirodakyo na dṛṣṭāḥ śubhāḥ

A woman in ochre robes, jaggery, buttermilk, mud, a widow, hunchbacks; a quarrel in the household, the slipping of a garment and the like, a buffalo-fight, black grains, cotton, vomiting, the bray of a donkey on the right, excessive rage; a pregnant woman, a shaven head, one in wet clothes, foul speech, the blind, the deaf, a menstruating woman — these, seen, are not auspicious.

गोधाजाहकसूकराहिशशकानां कीर्तनं शोभनं नो शब्दो न विलोकनं च कपिऋक्षाणामतो व्यत्ययः नद्युत्तारभयप्रवेशसमरे नष्टार्थसंवीक्षणे व्यत्यस्ताः शकुना नृपेक्षणविधौ यात्रोदिताः शोभनाः

godhājāhakasūkarāhiśaśakānāṃ kīrtanaṃ śobhanaṃ no śabdo na vilokanaṃ ca kapiṛkṣāṇāmato vyatyayaḥ nadyuttārabhayapraveśasamare naṣṭārthasaṃvīkṣaṇe vyatyastāḥ śakunā nṛpekṣaṇavidhau yātroditāḥ śobhanāḥ

Naming the monitor lizard, the hedgehog, the boar, the snake and the hare is auspicious, but not their sound nor the sight of them; for the monkey and the bear it is the reverse of this. In crossing a river, in danger, in entering, in battle, and in searching for lost property, the omens are inverted; in the rite of an audience with a king, those declared for a yātrā are auspicious.

वामाङ्गे कोकिला पल्ली पोतकी सूकरी रला पिङ्गला छुच्छुका श्रेष्ठाः शिवाः पुरुषसञ्ज्ञिताः

vāmāṅge kokilā pallī potakī sūkarī ralā piṅgalā chucchukā śreṣṭhāḥ śivāḥ puruṣasañjñitāḥ

On the left side the female cuckoo, the house-lizard, the potakī, the sow, the ralā, the piṅgalā and the shrew are best and auspicious; these are reckoned as male-named.

छिक्करः पिक्कको भासः श्रीकण्ठो वानरो रुरुः स्त्रीसञ्ज्ञकाः काकऋक्षश्वानः स्युर्दक्षिणाः शुभाः

chikkaraḥ pikkako bhāsaḥ śrīkaṇṭho vānaro ruruḥ strīsañjñakāḥ kākaṛkṣaśvānaḥ syurdakṣiṇāḥ śubhāḥ

The chikkara, the pikkaka, the bhāsa, the śrīkaṇṭha, the monkey and the ruru deer are reckoned as female-named; ⟨these⟩ and the crow, the bear and the dog are auspicious on the right.

प्रदक्षिणगताः श्रेष्ठा यात्रायां मृगपक्षिणः ओजा मृगा व्रजन्तोऽतिधन्या वामे खरस्वनः

pradakṣiṇagatāḥ śreṣṭhā yātrāyāṃ mṛgapakṣiṇaḥ ojā mṛgā vrajanto'tidhanyā vāme kharasvanaḥ

Beasts and birds that pass by the right are best in a yātrā. Beasts going by in odd numbers are most blessed, and the harsh bray on the left ⟨is auspicious⟩.

आद्येऽपशकुने स्थित्वा प्राणानेकादश व्रजेत् द्वितीये षोडश प्राणांस्तृतीये न क्वचिद्व्रजेत्

ādye'paśakune sthitvā prāṇānekādaśa vrajet dvitīye ṣoḍaśa prāṇāṃstṛtīye na kvacidvrajet

At the first bad omen let him wait eleven prāṇas and then go; at the second, sixteen prāṇas; at the third let him not go anywhere at all.

यात्रानिवृत्तौ शुभदं प्रवेशनं मृदुध्रुवैः क्षिप्रचरैः पुनर्गमः द्वीशेऽनले दारुणभे तथोग्रभे स्त्रीगेहपुत्रात्मविनाशनं क्रमात्

yātrānivṛttau śubhadaṃ praveśanaṃ mṛdudhruvaiḥ kṣipracaraiḥ punargamaḥ dvīśe'nale dāruṇabhe tathograbhe strīgehaputrātmavināśanaṃ kramāt

On the return from a yātrā, entry ⟨into the house⟩ in the mṛdu and dhruva nakṣatras gives good; setting out again ⟨is good⟩ in the kṣipra and cara ones. In dvīśa ⟨Viśākhā⟩, in anala ⟨Kṛttikā⟩, in a dāruṇa nakṣatra and in an ugra nakṣatra there is destruction of wife, house, son and self respectively.

अयनर्क्षमासतिथिकालवासरोद्भवशूलसम्मुखसितज्ञदिक्कपाः भृगुवक्रतादिपरिघाख्यदण्डक्रस्त्र्यृतुजाद्यशौचमपि चोत्सवादिकम्

ayanarkṣamāsatithikālavāsarodbhavaśūlasammukhasitajñadikkapāḥ bhṛguvakratādiparighākhyadaṇḍakrastryṛtujādyaśaucamapi cotsavādikam

The śūla arising from the ayana, the nakṣatra, the month, the tithi, the kāla and the weekday; Venus and Mercury standing facing ⟨one⟩, and the ⟨lords of⟩ the directions; the retrogression of Venus and the rest, the ⟨yogas⟩ named Parigha and Daṇḍaka; the impurity arising from a woman's menses, from a birth and the like; and festivals and the like too —

मृतपक्षरिक्तरवितर्कसङ्ख्यकास्तिथयश्च सौरिरविभौमवासराः अपि वामपृष्ठगविधुस्तथाडलोवसुपञ्चकाभिजिदथापि दक्षिणे

mṛtapakṣariktaravitarkasaṅkhyakāstithayaśca sauriravibhaumavāsarāḥ api vāmapṛṣṭhagavidhustathāḍalovasupañcakābhijidathāpi dakṣiṇe

The tithis reckoned by mṛta, pakṣa, riktā, ravi ⟨the twelfth⟩ and tarka ⟨the sixth⟩; the weekdays of Saturn, the Sun and Mars; the Moon standing to the left or behind; likewise the Aḍāla ⟨yoga⟩, the Vasu-pañcaka, and Abhijit as well when ⟨the journey is⟩ to the south —

लग्ने जन्मर्क्षतन्वोर्मृतिगृहमहितर्क्षाच्च षष्ठं तदीशा वा लग्ने कुम्भमीनर्क्षनवलवतनू चापि पृष्ठोदयं च पृष्ठाशासंस्थमृक्षं दशमशनिरथो सप्तमे चापि काव्यः केन्द्रे वक्राश्च वक्रिग्रहदिवसविवाहोक्तदोषाश्च नेष्टाः

lagne janmarkṣatanvormṛtigṛhamahitarkṣācca ṣaṣṭhaṃ tadīśā vā lagne kumbhamīnarkṣanavalavatanū cāpi pṛṣṭhodayaṃ ca pṛṣṭhāśāsaṃsthamṛkṣaṃ daśamaśaniratho saptame cāpi kāvyaḥ kendre vakrāśca vakrigrahadivasavivāhoktadoṣāśca neṣṭāḥ

The 8th place counted from the birth nakṣatra and from the ⟨natal⟩ lagna falling in the ascendant, and the 6th from an inimical nakṣatra, or their lords in the ascendant; an ascendant in the sign or the navāṃśa of Kumbha or Mīna; a back-rising sign; a nakṣatra situated in the quarter behind ⟨one⟩; Saturn in the 10th and Venus in the 7th; retrograde grahas in a kendra; and the weekday of a retrograde graha, and the faults declared for marriage — ⟨all these⟩ are not desired.

यद्भं द्व्यङ्कसुतेशदिङ्मितमसौ ग्रामः शुभो नामभात् स्वं वर्गं द्विगुणं विधाय परवर्गाढ्यं गजैः शेषितं काकिण्यस्त्वनयोश्च तद्विवरतो यस्याधिकाः सोऽर्थ दोऽथ द्वारं द्विजवैश्यशूद्रनृपराशीनां हितं पूर्वतः

yadbhaṃ dvyaṅkasuteśadiṅmitamasau grāmaḥ śubho nāmabhāt svaṃ vargaṃ dviguṇaṃ vidhāya paravargāḍhyaṃ gajaiḥ śeṣitaṃ kākiṇyastvanayośca tadvivarato yasyādhikāḥ so'rtha do'tha dvāraṃ dvijavaiśyaśūdranṛparāśīnāṃ hitaṃ pūrvataḥ

That nakṣatra which is measured, from the name-nakṣatra, by dvi ⟨two⟩, aṅka ⟨nine⟩, suta ⟨five⟩, īśa ⟨eleven⟩ ⟨and⟩ diś ⟨ten⟩ — that village is auspicious. Having made one's own varga twofold and enriched it with the other's varga, ⟨take⟩ the remainder by the elephants ⟨eight⟩: these are the kākiṇīs; and of these two, by the difference between them, he whose ⟨kākiṇīs⟩ are the greater is the giver of wealth. Now the door: for the rāśis of the twice-born, the vaiśya, the śūdra and the king it is beneficial ⟨reckoned⟩ from the east ⟨onward, respectively⟩.

गोसिंहनक्रमिथुनं निवसेन्न मध्ये ग्रामस्य पूर्वककुभोऽलिझषाङ्गनाश्च कर्को धनुस्तुलभमेषघटाश्च तद्वद् वर्गाः स्वपञ्चमपरा बलिनः स्युरैन्द्र्याः

gosiṃhanakramithunaṃ nivasenna madhye grāmasya pūrvakakubho'lijhaṣāṅganāśca karko dhanustulabhameṣaghaṭāśca tadvad vargāḥ svapañcamaparā balinaḥ syuraindryāḥ

⟨Natives of⟩ Taurus, Leo, Capricorn and Gemini should not dwell in the middle of the village; and neither should ⟨those of⟩ Scorpio, Pisces and Virgo, and Cancer, Sagittarius, Libra, Aries and Aquarius, ⟨each⟩ in the quarters beginning with the east, in order — Scorpio in the east, Pisces in the south-east, Virgo in the south, Cancer in the south-west, Sagittarius in the west, Libra in the north-west, Aries in the north, Aquarius in the north-east. Likewise the eight vargas ⟨of letters⟩, each of which has its own fifth for an enemy, are strong ⟨in those same quarters⟩ beginning with Indra's ⟨the east⟩.

एकोनितेष्टर्क्षहता द्वितिथ्यो रूपोनितेष्टायहतेन्दुनागैः युक्ता घनैश्चापि युता विभक्ता भूपाश्विभिः शेषमितो हि पिण्डः

ekoniteṣṭarkṣahatā dvitithyo rūponiteṣṭāyahatendunāgaiḥ yuktā ghanaiścāpi yutā vibhaktā bhūpāśvibhiḥ śeṣamito hi piṇḍaḥ

⟨The number⟩ dvi-tithi ⟨one hundred and fifty-two⟩, multiplied by the desired nakṣatra diminished by one, joined with ⟨the product of⟩ indu-nāga ⟨eighty-one⟩ and the desired āya diminished by one, and increased also by the ghanas, ⟨then⟩ divided by bhūpa-aśvin ⟨two hundred and sixteen⟩ — what the remainder measures is indeed the piṇḍa.

स्वेष्टायनक्षत्रभवोऽथ दैर्घ्यहृत्स्याद्विस्तृतिर्विस्तृतिहृच्च दीर्घता आया ध्वजो धूमहरिश्वगोखरेभध्वाङ्क्षकाः पिण्ड इहाष्टशेषिते

sveṣṭāyanakṣatrabhavo'tha dairghyahṛtsyādvistṛtirvistṛtihṛcca dīrghatā āyā dhvajo dhūmahariśvagokharebhadhvāṅkṣakāḥ piṇḍa ihāṣṭaśeṣite

⟨The piṇḍa⟩ arisen from one's own desired āya and nakṣatra, divided by the length, gives the breadth; and divided by the breadth, the length. The āyas are dhvaja ⟨banner⟩, dhūma ⟨smoke⟩, hari ⟨lion⟩, śvan ⟨dog⟩, go ⟨bull⟩, khara ⟨ass⟩, ibha ⟨elephant⟩ and dhvāṅkṣa ⟨crow⟩ — here, when the piṇḍa is left as a remainder by eight.

ध्वजादिकाः सर्वदिशि ध्वजे मुखं कार्यं हरौ पूर्वयमोत्तरे तथा प्राच्यां वृषे प्राग्यमयोर्गजेऽथवा पश्चादुदक्पूर्वयमे द्विजादितः

dhvajādikāḥ sarvadiśi dhvaje mukhaṃ kāryaṃ harau pūrvayamottare tathā prācyāṃ vṛṣe prāgyamayorgaje'thavā paścādudakpūrvayame dvijāditaḥ

Dhvaja and the rest ⟨run⟩ through every direction. When it is dhvaja the face is to be made ⟨in any quarter⟩; when hari ⟨the lion⟩, in the east, the south and the north; likewise in the east when it is vṛṣa ⟨the bull⟩; when gaja ⟨the elephant⟩, in the east and the south — or else west, north, east ⟨and⟩ south, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the twice-born onward.

गृहेशतत्स्त्रीसुतवित्तनाशोऽर्केन्द्वीज्यशुक्रे विबलेऽस्तनीचे कर्तुःस्थितिर्नो विधुवास्तुनोर्भे पुरःस्थिते पृष्ठगते खनिः स्यात्

gṛheśatatstrīsutavittanāśo'rkendvījyaśukre vibale'stanīce kartuḥsthitirno vidhuvāstunorbhe puraḥsthite pṛṣṭhagate khaniḥ syāt

When the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter ⟨and⟩ Venus are without strength, ⟨standing⟩ in the seventh ⟨the setting place⟩ or debilitated, there is destruction of the house-lord, of his wife, of his son and of his wealth ⟨respectively⟩. When the nakṣatra of the Moon and of the vāstu stands in front, there is no staying for the builder; when it goes behind, there will be a mine ⟨of treasure⟩.

भं नागतष्टं व्यय ईरितोऽसौ ध्रुवादिनामाक्षरयुक् सपिण्डः तष्टो गुणैरिन्द्रकृतान्तभूपा ह्यंशा भवेयुर्न शुभोऽन्तकोऽत्र

bhaṃ nāgataṣṭaṃ vyaya īrito'sau dhruvādināmākṣarayuk sapiṇḍaḥ taṣṭo guṇairindrakṛtāntabhūpā hyaṃśā bhaveyurna śubho'ntako'tra

The nakṣatra cut by the nāgas ⟨eight⟩ is declared to be the vyaya ⟨expense⟩. That, joined with the syllables of the name ⟨of the house⟩, dhruva and the rest, together with the piṇḍa and cut by the guṇas ⟨three⟩, yields the shares arising as Indra, Kṛtānta ⟨Yama⟩ and Bhūpa ⟨the king⟩; and here Antaka ⟨Yama⟩ is not auspicious.

दिक्षु पूर्वादितः शालाध्रुवा भूर्द्वौ कृता गजाः शालाध्रुवाङ्कसंयोगः सैको वेश्म ध्रुवादिकम्

dikṣu pūrvāditaḥ śālādhruvā bhūrdvau kṛtā gajāḥ śālādhruvāṅkasaṃyogaḥ saiko veśma dhruvādikam

In the directions from the east onward the śālā-dhruvas are bhū ⟨one⟩, two, kṛta ⟨four⟩ ⟨and⟩ gaja ⟨eight⟩. The sum of the śālā-dhruva numbers, together with one, ⟨gives⟩ the dwelling, ⟨named⟩ dhruva and the rest.

तिथ्यर्काष्टाष्टिगोरुद्रशक्रे नामाक्षरं त्रयम् भूद्व्यब्धीष्वङ्गदिग्वह्निविश्वेषु द्वौ नगेऽब्धयः

tithyarkāṣṭāṣṭigorudraśakre nāmākṣaraṃ trayam bhūdvyabdhīṣvaṅgadigvahniviśveṣu dvau nage'bdhayaḥ

At tithi ⟨fifteen⟩, arka ⟨twelve⟩, aṣṭa ⟨eight⟩, aṣṭi ⟨sixteen⟩, go ⟨nine⟩, rudra ⟨eleven⟩ ⟨and⟩ śakra ⟨fourteen⟩ the name has three syllables; at bhū ⟨one⟩, dvi ⟨two⟩, abdhi ⟨four⟩, iṣu ⟨five⟩, aṅga ⟨six⟩, diś ⟨ten⟩, vahni ⟨three⟩ ⟨and⟩ viśva ⟨thirteen⟩, two; at naga ⟨seven⟩, the abdhis ⟨four⟩.

ध्रुवधान्ये जयनन्दौ खरकान्तमनोरमसुमुखदुर्मुखोग्रं च रिपुदं वित्तदनाशे चाक्रन्दविपुलविजयाख्यं स्यात्

dhruvadhānye jayanandau kharakāntamanoramasumukhadurmukhograṃ ca ripudaṃ vittadanāśe cākrandavipulavijayākhyaṃ syāt

⟨The sixteen are⟩ dhruva ⟨and⟩ dhānya, jaya and nanda, khara, kānta, manorama, sumukha, durmukha ⟨and⟩ ugra, and ripuda, vittada ⟨and⟩ nāśa, and ⟨those⟩ named ākranda, vipula ⟨and⟩ vijaya.

पिण्डे नवाङ्काङ्गगजाग्निनागनागाब्धिनागैर्गुणिते क्रमेण विभाजिते नागनगाङ्कसूर्य नागर्क्षतिथ्यृक्षखभानुभिश्च

piṇḍe navāṅkāṅgagajāgnināganāgābdhināgairguṇite krameṇa vibhājite nāganagāṅkasūrya nāgarkṣatithyṛkṣakhabhānubhiśca

When the piṇḍa is multiplied, in order, by nava ⟨nine⟩, aṅka ⟨nine⟩, aṅga ⟨six⟩, gaja ⟨eight⟩, agni ⟨three⟩, nāga ⟨eight⟩, nāga ⟨eight⟩, abdhi ⟨four⟩ ⟨and⟩ nāga ⟨eight⟩, and divided ⟨in order⟩ by nāga ⟨eight⟩, naga ⟨seven⟩, aṅka ⟨nine⟩, sūrya ⟨twelve⟩, nāga ⟨eight⟩, ṛkṣa ⟨twenty-seven⟩, tithi ⟨fifteen⟩, ṛkṣa ⟨twenty-seven⟩ and kha-bhānu ⟨one hundred and twenty⟩ —

आयो वारोंऽशको द्रव्यमृणमृक्षं तिथिर्युतिः आयुश्चाथ गृहेशर्क्षगृहभैक्यं मृतिप्रदम्

āyo vāroṃ'śako dravyamṛṇamṛkṣaṃ tithiryutiḥ āyuścātha gṛheśarkṣagṛhabhaikyaṃ mṛtipradam

⟨the results are⟩ the āya, the weekday, the aṃśaka, the substance, the debt, the nakṣatra, the tithi, the conjunction and the life-span. Now, sameness of the nakṣatra of the house-lord and the nakṣatra of the house gives death.

गेहाद्यारम्भेऽर्कभाद्वत्सशीर्षे रामैर्दाहो वेदभैरग्रपादे शून्यं वेदैः पृष्ठपादे स्थिरत्वं रामैः पृष्ठे श्रीर्युगैर्दक्षकुक्षौ

gehādyārambhe'rkabhādvatsaśīrṣe rāmairdāho vedabhairagrapāde śūnyaṃ vedaiḥ pṛṣṭhapāde sthiratvaṃ rāmaiḥ pṛṣṭhe śrīryugairdakṣakukṣau

At the commencement of a house and the like, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Sun's nakṣatra: at the Calf's head, by the rāmas ⟨three⟩ — burning; at the fore-foot, by the veda-nakṣatras ⟨four⟩ — emptiness; at the hind-foot, by the vedas ⟨four⟩ — stability; at the back, by the rāmas ⟨three⟩ — prosperity; at the right flank, by the yugas ⟨four⟩ —

लाभो रामैः पुच्छगैः स्वामिनाशो वेदैर्नैःस्वं वामकुक्षौ मुखस्थैः रामैः पीडा सन्ततं वार्कधिष्ण्यादश्वै रुद्रैर्दिग्भिरुक्तं ह्यसत्सत्

lābho rāmaiḥ pucchagaiḥ svāmināśo vedairnaiḥsvaṃ vāmakukṣau mukhasthaiḥ rāmaiḥ pīḍā santataṃ vārkadhiṣṇyādaśvai rudrairdigbhiruktaṃ hyasatsat

— gain; by the rāmas ⟨three⟩, ⟨for those⟩ gone to the tail — destruction of the master; by the vedas ⟨four⟩, at the left flank — destitution; by the rāmas ⟨three⟩, ⟨for those⟩ standing at the mouth — unbroken affliction. Or ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Sun's nakṣatra by the aśvins ⟨two⟩, the rudras ⟨eleven⟩ ⟨and⟩ the directions ⟨ten⟩, it is declared to be both bad and good.

कुम्भेऽर्के फाल्गुने प्रागपरमुखगृहं श्रावणे सिंहकर्क्योः पौषे नक्रे च याम्योत्तरमुखसदनं गोजगेऽर्के च राधे मार्गे जूकालिगे सद् ध्रुवमृदुवरुणस्वातिवस्वर्कपुष्यैः सूतीगेहं त्वदित्यां हरिभविधिभयोस्तत्र शस्तः प्रवेशः

kumbhe'rke phālgune prāgaparamukhagṛhaṃ śrāvaṇe siṃhakarkyoḥ pauṣe nakre ca yāmyottaramukhasadanaṃ gojage'rke ca rādhe mārge jūkālige sad dhruvamṛduvaruṇasvātivasvarkapuṣyaiḥ sūtīgehaṃ tvadityāṃ haribhavidhibhayostatra śastaḥ praveśaḥ

When the Sun is in Aquarius, in Phālguna — a house facing east or west; in Śrāvaṇa, ⟨the Sun⟩ in Leo or Cancer; in Pauṣa, in Capricorn — a dwelling facing south or north; and when the Sun is in Taurus or Aries, in Rādha ⟨Vaiśākha⟩, ⟨and⟩ in Mārgaśīrṣa when ⟨the Sun is⟩ in Libra or Scorpio — ⟨that is⟩ good. With the dhruva ⟨fixed⟩ and mṛdu ⟨soft⟩ nakṣatras, and with Śatabhiṣaj, Svāti, Dhaniṣṭhā, Hasta and Puṣya, ⟨is made⟩ the lying-in house; and in Punarvasu, Śravaṇa and Rohiṇī entry there is commended.

कैश्चिन्मेषरवौ मधौ वृषभगे ज्येष्ठे शुचौ कर्कटे भाद्रे सिंहगते घटेऽश्वयुजि चोर्जेऽलौ मृगे पौषके माघे नक्रघटे शुभं निगदितं गेहं तथोर्जो न सन् कन्यायां च तपा धनुष्यपि न सन्कृष्णादिमासाद्भवेत्

kaiścinmeṣaravau madhau vṛṣabhage jyeṣṭhe śucau karkaṭe bhādre siṃhagate ghaṭe'śvayuji corje'lau mṛge pauṣake māghe nakraghaṭe śubhaṃ nigaditaṃ gehaṃ tathorjo na san kanyāyāṃ ca tapā dhanuṣyapi na sankṛṣṇādimāsādbhavet

By some: when the Sun is in Aries, in Madhu ⟨Caitra⟩; in Taurus, in Jyeṣṭha; in Śuci ⟨Āṣāḍha⟩, in Cancer; in Bhādra, ⟨the Sun⟩ gone to Leo; in Aquarius, in Āśvayuja; and in Ūrja ⟨Kārtika⟩, in Scorpio; in Capricorn, in Pauṣa; in Māgha, in Capricorn or Aquarius — the house is declared auspicious. Likewise Ūrja is not good in Virgo, and Tapas ⟨Māgha⟩ not good in Sagittarius either. ⟨The month⟩ is to be taken from the month beginning with the dark fortnight.

पूर्णेन्दुतः प्राग्वदनं नवम्यादिषूत्तरास्यं त्वथ पश्चिमास्यं दर्शादितः शुक्लदले नवम्यादौ दक्षिणास्यं न शुभं वदन्ति

pūrṇendutaḥ prāgvadanaṃ navamyādiṣūttarāsyaṃ tvatha paścimāsyaṃ darśāditaḥ śukladale navamyādau dakṣiṇāsyaṃ na śubhaṃ vadanti

From the full moon ⟨onward⟩ an east-facing ⟨house⟩; on the ninth and after, a north-facing one; then a west-facing one from the new moon onward in the bright half; and on the ninth and after, a south-facing one — these they declare not auspicious.

भौमार्करिक्तामाद्यूने चरोनेऽङ्गे विपञ्चके व्यष्टान्त्यस्थैः शुभैर्गेहारम्भस्त्र्यायारिगैः खलैः

bhaumārkariktāmādyūne carone'ṅge vipañcake vyaṣṭāntyasthaiḥ śubhairgehārambhastryāyārigaiḥ khalaiḥ

⟨Rejecting⟩ Tuesday, Sunday, a riktā tithi, the new moon ⟨and⟩ the seventh, ⟨and⟩ diminished of a movable ⟨sign⟩ in the sixth, free of the pañcaka — the commencement of a house ⟨is made⟩ with benefics standing anywhere but the eighth and the twelfth, and with malefics in the third, the eleventh and the sixth.

देवालये गेहविधौ जलाशये राहोर्मुखं शम्भुदिशो विलोमतः मीनार्कसिंहार्कमृगार्कतस्त्रिभे खाते मुखात् पृष्ठविदिक्शुभा भवेत्

devālaye gehavidhau jalāśaye rāhormukhaṃ śambhudiśo vilomataḥ mīnārkasiṃhārkamṛgārkatastribhe khāte mukhāt pṛṣṭhavidikśubhā bhavet

For a temple, for the building of a house ⟨and⟩ for a water-reservoir, the face of Rāhu ⟨proceeds⟩ from Śambhu's quarter ⟨the north-east⟩ in reverse order, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Sun in Pisces, from the Sun in Leo ⟨and⟩ from the Sun in Capricorn, by three signs ⟨each⟩. In digging, the intermediate quarter behind the face is auspicious.

कूपे वास्तोर्मध्यदेशेऽर्थनाशस्त्वैशान्यादौ पुष्टिरैश्वर्यवृद्धिः सूनोर्नाशःस्त्रीविनाशो मृतिश्च सम्पत् पीडा शत्रुतःस्याच्च सौख्यम्

kūpe vāstormadhyadeśe'rthanāśastvaiśānyādau puṣṭiraiśvaryavṛddhiḥ sūnornāśaḥstrīvināśo mṛtiśca sampat pīḍā śatrutaḥsyācca saukhyam

A well in the middle region of the vāstu — loss of wealth; ⟨and⟩ in the north-east and the rest ⟨in order⟩ — nourishment, increase of lordship, destruction of a son, destruction of the wife, death, prosperity, affliction from enemies, and happiness.

स्नानाग्निपाकशयनास्त्रभुजेश्च धान्य भाण्डारदैवतगृहाणि च पूर्वतः स्युः तन्मध्यतस्तु मथनाज्यपुरीषविद्या भ्यासाख्यरोदनरतौषधसर्वधाम

snānāgnipākaśayanāstrabhujeśca dhānya bhāṇḍāradaivatagṛhāṇi ca pūrvataḥ syuḥ tanmadhyatastu mathanājyapurīṣavidyā bhyāsākhyarodanaratauṣadhasarvadhāma

The rooms for bathing, for fire and cooking, for sleeping, for weapons, for eating, for grain, for the storehouse and for the deities should be ⟨set⟩ from the east ⟨onward⟩; and in the middles between them, ⟨the rooms⟩ named for churning, for ghee, for ordure, for the study of learning, for weeping, for love-making, for medicine, and the all-purpose chamber.

जीवार्कविच्छुक्रशनैश्चरेषु लग्नारिजामित्रसुखत्रिगेषु स्थितिः शतं स्याच्छरदां सितार्कारेज्ये तनुत्र्यङ्गसुते शते द्वे

jīvārkavicchukraśanaiścareṣu lagnārijāmitrasukhatrigeṣu sthitiḥ śataṃ syāccharadāṃ sitārkārejye tanutryaṅgasute śate dve

When Jupiter, the Sun, Mercury, Venus and Saturn are ⟨respectively⟩ in the lagna, the sixth ⟨ari⟩, the seventh ⟨jāmitra⟩, the fourth ⟨sukha⟩ and the third, the standing ⟨of the house⟩ will be a hundred autumns. When Venus, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter are in the first ⟨tanu⟩, the third, the sixth ⟨aṅga⟩ and the fifth ⟨suta⟩, two hundred.

लग्नाम्बरायेषु भृगुज्ञभानुभिः केन्द्रे गुरौ वर्षशतायुरालयः बन्धौ गुरुर्व्योम्नि शशी कुजार्कजौ लाभे तदाऽशीतिसमायुरालयः

lagnāmbarāyeṣu bhṛgujñabhānubhiḥ kendre gurau varṣaśatāyurālayaḥ bandhau gururvyomni śaśī kujārkajau lābhe tadā'śītisamāyurālayaḥ

With Venus, Mercury and the Sun in the lagna, the tenth ⟨ambara⟩ and the eleventh ⟨āya⟩, and Jupiter in a kendra, the house has a life of a hundred years. ⟨With⟩ Jupiter in the fourth ⟨bandhu⟩, the Moon in the tenth ⟨vyoman⟩, and Mars and Saturn in the eleventh ⟨lābha⟩, then the house has a life of eighty years.

स्वोच्चे शुक्रे लग्नगे वा गुरौ वेश्मगतेऽथवा शनौ स्वोच्चे लाभगे वा लक्ष्म्या युक्तं चिरं गृहम्

svocce śukre lagnage vā gurau veśmagate'thavā śanau svocce lābhage vā lakṣmyā yuktaṃ ciraṃ gṛham

When Venus is in its own exaltation or stands in the lagna, or Jupiter has gone to the fourth ⟨veśma⟩, or else Saturn is in its own exaltation or in the eleventh ⟨lābha⟩, the house is joined with fortune for long.

द्यूनाम्बरे यदैकोऽपि परांशस्थो ग्रहो गृहम् अब्दान्तः परहस्तस्थं कुर्याच्चेद्वर्णपोऽबलः

dyūnāmbare yadaiko'pi parāṃśastho graho gṛham abdāntaḥ parahastasthaṃ kuryāccedvarṇapo'balaḥ

When even a single graha standing in another's aṃśa is in the seventh ⟨dyūna⟩ or the tenth ⟨ambara⟩, it makes the house pass into another's hand within a year — if the lord of the varṇa is without strength.

पुष्यध्रुवेन्दुहरिसर्पजलैः सजीवै स्तद्वासरेण च कृतं सुतराज्यदं स्यात् द्वीशाश्वितक्षवसुपाशिशिवैः सशुक्रैर्वारे सितस्य च गृहं धनधान्यदं स्यात्

puṣyadhruvenduharisarpajalaiḥ sajīvai stadvāsareṇa ca kṛtaṃ sutarājyadaṃ syāt dvīśāśvitakṣavasupāśiśivaiḥ saśukrairvāre sitasya ca gṛhaṃ dhanadhānyadaṃ syāt

⟨A house⟩ made under Puṣya, the dhruva ⟨fixed⟩ nakṣatras, Mṛgaśiras ⟨indu⟩, Śravaṇa ⟨hari⟩, Āśleṣā ⟨sarpa⟩ and Pūrvāṣāḍhā ⟨jala⟩ together with Jupiter, and on his weekday, will give sons and kingdom. ⟨Made⟩ under Viśākhā ⟨the two lords⟩, Aśvinī, Citrā ⟨takṣan⟩, Dhaniṣṭhā ⟨vasu⟩, Śatabhiṣaj ⟨the noose-bearer⟩ and Ārdrā ⟨śiva⟩ together with Venus, and on Venus's weekday, the house will give wealth and grain.

सारैः करेज्यान्त्यमघाम्बुमूलैः कौजेऽह्नि वेश्माग्निसुतार्तिदं स्यात् सज्ञैः कदास्रार्यमतक्षहस्तैर्ज्ञस्यैव वारे सुखपुत्रदं स्यात्

sāraiḥ karejyāntyamaghāmbumūlaiḥ kauje'hni veśmāgnisutārtidaṃ syāt sajñaiḥ kadāsrāryamatakṣahastairjñasyaiva vāre sukhaputradaṃ syāt

With Mars, under Hasta ⟨kara⟩, Puṣya ⟨ijya⟩, Revatī ⟨antya⟩, Maghā, Śatabhiṣaj ⟨ambu⟩ and Mūla, on Mars's day, the house will give fire and affliction to sons. With Mercury, under Rohiṇī ⟨ka⟩, Aśvinī ⟨dāsra⟩, Uttaraphalgunī ⟨aryaman⟩, Citrā ⟨takṣan⟩ and Hasta, on Mercury's own weekday, it will give comfort and sons.

अजैकपादहिर्बुध्न्यशक्रमित्रानिलान्तकैः समन्दैर्मन्दवारे स्याद्रक्षोभूतयुतं गृहम्

ajaikapādahirbudhnyaśakramitrānilāntakaiḥ samandairmandavāre syādrakṣobhūtayutaṃ gṛham

Under Pūrvabhādrapadā ⟨Aja Ekapād⟩, Uttarabhādrapadā ⟨Ahirbudhnya⟩, Jyeṣṭhā ⟨śakra⟩, Anurādhā ⟨mitra⟩, Svāti ⟨anila⟩ and Bharaṇī ⟨antaka⟩, together with Saturn and on Saturday, the house will be one beset by rākṣasas and bhūtas.

सूर्यर्क्षाद्युगभैः शिरस्यथ फलं लक्ष्मीस्ततः कोणभैर्नागैरुद्वसनं ततो गजमितैः शाखासु सौख्यं भवेत् देहल्यां गुणभैर्मृतिर्गृहपतेर्मध्यस्थितैर्वेदभैः सौख्यं चक्रमिदं विलोक्य सुधिया द्वारं विधेयं शुभम्

sūryarkṣādyugabhaiḥ śirasyatha phalaṃ lakṣmīstataḥ koṇabhairnāgairudvasanaṃ tato gajamitaiḥ śākhāsu saukhyaṃ bhavet dehalyāṃ guṇabhairmṛtirgṛhapatermadhyasthitairvedabhaiḥ saukhyaṃ cakramidaṃ vilokya sudhiyā dvāraṃ vidheyaṃ śubham

From the Sun's nakṣatra, by the yuga-nakṣatras ⟨four⟩ at the head, the fruit is prosperity; then by the corner nakṣatras, the nāgas ⟨eight⟩, expulsion from the dwelling; then by those measured as gaja ⟨eight⟩, at the branches, there will be happiness; by the guṇa-nakṣatras ⟨three⟩ at the threshold, death of the house-lord; by the veda-nakṣatras ⟨four⟩ standing in the middle, happiness. Having examined this cakra, the wise man should make the door auspicious.

सौम्यायने ज्येष्ठतपोऽन्त्यमाधवे यात्रानिवृत्तौ नृपतेर्नवे गृहे स्याद्वेशनं द्वाःस्थमृदुध्रुवोडुभिर्जन्मर्क्षलग्नोपचयोदये स्थिरे

saumyāyane jyeṣṭhatapo'ntyamādhave yātrānivṛttau nṛpaternave gṛhe syādveśanaṃ dvāḥsthamṛdudhruvoḍubhirjanmarkṣalagnopacayodaye sthire

In the northern course ⟨of the Sun⟩, in Jyeṣṭha, Tapas ⟨Māgha⟩, the last month ⟨Phālguna⟩ and Mādhava ⟨Vaiśākha⟩, and on the return from a journey, a king's entry into a new house should take place — with the dvāḥstha, mṛdu and dhruva nakṣatras, when an upacaya ⟨sign⟩ reckoned from the birth-nakṣatra and from the lagna, and a fixed one, is rising.

जीर्णे गृहेऽग्न्यादिभयान्नवेऽपि मार्गोर्जयोः श्रावणिकेऽपि सन् स्यात् वेशोऽम्बुपेज्यानिलवासवेषु नावश्यमस्तादिविचारणाऽत्र

jīrṇe gṛhe'gnyādibhayānnave'pi mārgorjayoḥ śrāvaṇike'pi san syāt veśo'mbupejyānilavāsaveṣu nāvaśyamastādivicāraṇā'tra

In an old house — and in a new one too, when there is danger of fire and the like — entry is proper also in Mārgaśīrṣa and Ūrja ⟨Kārttika⟩, and in Śrāvaṇa as well, in ⟨the nakṣatras of⟩ Ambupa ⟨Varuṇa: Śatabhiṣaj⟩, Ijya ⟨Jupiter: Puṣya⟩, Anila ⟨Vāyu: Svātī⟩ and Vāsava ⟨Indra: Jyeṣṭhā⟩. Here the examination of combustion and the rest is not obligatory.

मृदु ध्रुवक्षिप्रचरेषु मूलभे वास्त्वर्चनं भूतबलिं च कारयेत् त्रिकोणकेन्द्रायधनत्रिगैः शुभैर्लग्ने त्रिषष्ठायगतैश्च पापकैः

mṛdu dhruvakṣipracareṣu mūlabhe vāstvarcanaṃ bhūtabaliṃ ca kārayet trikoṇakendrāyadhanatrigaiḥ śubhairlagne triṣaṣṭhāyagataiśca pāpakaiḥ

In the mṛdu, dhruva, kṣipra and cara ⟨nakṣatras⟩ and in Mūla, one should have the worship of Vāstu and the offering to the bhūtas performed — at a lagna in which the benefics occupy a trikoṇa, a kendra, the 11th (āya), the 2nd (dhana) and the 3rd, and the malefics have gone to the 3rd, the 6th and the 11th.

शुद्धाम्बुरन्ध्रे विजनुर्भमृत्यौ व्यर्काररिक्ताचरदर्शचैत्रे अग्रेऽम्बुपूर्णं कलशं द्विजांश्च कृत्वा विशेद्वेश्म भकूटशुद्धम्

śuddhāmburandhre vijanurbhamṛtyau vyarkārariktācaradarśacaitre agre'mbupūrṇaṃ kalaśaṃ dvijāṃśca kṛtvā viśedveśma bhakūṭaśuddham

When the 4th (ambu) and the 8th (randhra) are clean, and the mṛtyu ⟨-nakṣatra⟩ reckoned from the birth-star is avoided; when the Sun's ⟨day⟩, Mars' ⟨day⟩, a riktā tithi, a movable ⟨sign⟩, the new moon (darśa) and Caitra are excluded — then, having set in front a jar filled with water and brāhmaṇas, one should enter the dwelling, the bhakūṭa being pure.

वामो रविर्मृत्युसुतार्थलाभतोऽर्के पञ्चभे प्राग्वदनादिमन्दिरे पूर्णे तिथौ प्राग्वदने गृहे शुभो नन्दादिके याम्यजलोत्तरानने

vāmo ravirmṛtyusutārthalābhato'rke pañcabhe prāgvadanādimandire pūrṇe tithau prāgvadane gṛhe śubho nandādike yāmyajalottarānane

The Sun is vāma when he stands within the five houses counted from the 8th (mṛtyu), the 5th (suta), the 2nd (artha) or the 11th (lābha) of the lagna — for a house facing east, south, west or north respectively; ⟨and a vāma Sun is highly auspicious for the entry⟩. Entry into an east-facing house is auspicious on a pūrṇā tithi ⟨5th, 10th, 15th⟩, and on nandā and the tithis following it ⟨nandā 1/6/11, bhadrā 2/7/12, jayā 3/8/13⟩ into houses facing south, west and north respectively.

वक्त्रे भू रविभात्प्रवेशसमये कुम्भेऽग्निदाहः कृताः प्राच्यामुद्वसनं कृता यमगता लाभः कृताः पश्चिमे श्रीर्वेदाः कलिरुत्तरे युगमिता गर्भे विनाशो गुदे रामाः स्थैर्यमतः स्थिरत्वमनलाः कण्ठे भवेत्सर्वदा

vaktre bhū ravibhātpraveśasamaye kumbhe'gnidāhaḥ kṛtāḥ prācyāmudvasanaṃ kṛtā yamagatā lābhaḥ kṛtāḥ paścime śrīrvedāḥ kaliruttare yugamitā garbhe vināśo gude rāmāḥ sthairyamataḥ sthiratvamanalāḥ kaṇṭhe bhavetsarvadā

At the time of entry, ⟨counted⟩ from the Sun's nakṣatra: one ⟨falls⟩ in the mouth; in the kumbha ⟨the pot⟩, burning by fire; four in the east, the deserting of the house; four gone to Yama's ⟨quarter, the south⟩, gain; four in the west, prosperity; four in the north, strife; four in the womb, destruction; three in the anus, steadiness; and three in the throat — from this there would be permanence always.

एवं सुलग्ने स्वगृहं प्रविश्य वितानपुष्पश्रुतिघोषयुक्तं शिल्पज्ञदैवज्ञविधिज्ञपौरान् राजाऽर्चयेद्भूमिहिरण्यवस्त्रैः

evaṃ sulagne svagṛhaṃ praviśya vitānapuṣpaśrutighoṣayuktaṃ śilpajñadaivajñavidhijñapaurān rājā'rcayedbhūmihiraṇyavastraiḥ

Having thus entered his own house at a good lagna — the house furnished with canopies, flowers and the sound of Vedic recitation — the king should honour the craftsmen, the astrologers (daivajña), the knowers of the ritual, and the townspeople with land, gold and garments.

आसीद्धर्मपुरे षडङ्गनिगमाध्येतृद्विजैर्मण्डिते ज्योतिर्वित्तिलकः फणीन्द्ररचिते भाष्ये कृतातिश्रमः तत्तज्जातकसंहितागणितकृन्मान्यो महाभूभुजां तर्कालङ्कृतिवेदवाक्यविलसद्बुद्धिः स चिन्तामणिः

āsīddharmapure ṣaḍaṅganigamādhyetṛdvijairmaṇḍite jyotirvittilakaḥ phaṇīndraracite bhāṣye kṛtātiśramaḥ tattajjātakasaṃhitāgaṇitakṛnmānyo mahābhūbhujāṃ tarkālaṅkṛtivedavākyavilasadbuddhiḥ sa cintāmaṇiḥ

In Dharmapura — adorned with twice-born who study the nigama ⟨the Veda⟩ together with its six limbs — there was Cintāmaṇi: the tilaka ⟨crest-mark⟩ of those who know jyotiṣa; one who spent the utmost labour upon the bhāṣya composed by Phaṇīndra ⟨the lord of serpents, i.e. Patañjali⟩; the author of works on jātaka, saṃhitā and gaṇita, each in its turn; honoured by great kings; his intellect shining forth in tarka ⟨logic⟩, alaṅkṛti ⟨poetics⟩ and the word of the Veda.

ज्योतिर्विद्गणवन्दिताङ्घ्रिकमलस्तत्सूनुरासीत्कृती नाम्नाऽनन्त इति प्रथामधिगतो भूमण्डलाहस्करः यो रम्यां जनिपद्धतिं समकरोद्दुष्टाशयध्वंसिनीं टीकां चोत्तमकामधेनुगणितेऽकार्षीत्सतां प्रीतये

jyotirvidgaṇavanditāṅghrikamalastatsūnurāsītkṛtī nāmnā'nanta iti prathāmadhigato bhūmaṇḍalāhaskaraḥ yo ramyāṃ janipaddhatiṃ samakarodduṣṭāśayadhvaṃsinīṃ ṭīkāṃ cottamakāmadhenugaṇite'kārṣītsatāṃ prītaye

His son was the accomplished Ananta, his lotus-feet saluted by the throng of those who know jyotiṣa, who attained renown by that very name, a sun to the circle of the earth. He composed the delightful Janipaddhati ⟨the manual of nativities⟩, destroyer of ill intent, and he made a ṭīkā upon the Uttamakāmadhenu of gaṇita, for the delight of the good.

तदात्मज उदारधीर्विबुधनीलकण्ठानुजो गणेशपदपङ्कजं हृदि निधाय रामाभिधः गिरीशनगरे वरे भुजभुजेषुचन्द्रैर्मिते शके विनिरमादिमं खलु मुहूर्तचिन्तामणिम्

tadātmaja udāradhīrvibudhanīlakaṇṭhānujo gaṇeśapadapaṅkajaṃ hṛdi nidhāya rāmābhidhaḥ girīśanagare vare bhujabhujeṣucandrairmite śake viniramādimaṃ khalu muhūrtacintāmaṇim

His son, of noble understanding, the younger brother of the learned Nīlakaṇṭha, Rāma by name, having set Gaṇeśa's lotus-feet within his heart, composed this very Muhūrtacintāmaṇi in the excellent city of Girīśa ⟨Śiva⟩, in the Śaka year measured by arms, arms, arrows and moon ⟨= 1522⟩.